American Indian/Native American 1st Nati's topics - tribe.net

question Leonard Peltier

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 21 Dec 2009 16:43:56 GMT

Is there a tribe dedicated to leonard Peltier and the freeing of? if so let me know..message me or invite me.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Gang Violence Grows on an Indian Reservation

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Tue, 15 Dec 2009 17:55:36 GMT

Gang Violence Grows on an Indian Reservation
From: American Indian Center of Indiana <aici.editor@GMAIL.COM>
To: NAGSA-NEWS-L@LISTSERV.INDIANA.EDU
Date: Tue, Dec 15, 2009 10:07 am

Please forward this to everyone you know...thanks.

December 14, 2009
Gang Violence Grows on an Indian Reservation
By ERIK ECKHOLM
PINE RIDGE, S.D. — Richard Wilson has been a pallbearer for at least five of his “homeboys” in the North Side Tre Tre Gangster Crips, a Sioux imitation of a notorious Denver gang.
One 15-year-old member was mauled by rivals. A 17-year-old shot himself; another, on a cocaine binge and firing wildly, was shot by the police. One died in a drunken car wreck, and another, a founder of the gang named Gaylord, was stabbed to death at 27.
“We all got drunk after Gaylord’s burial, and I started rapping,” said Mr. Wilson, who, at 24, is practically a gang elder. “But I teared up and couldn’t finish.”
Mr. Wilson is one of 5,000 young men from the Oglala Sioux tribe involved with at least 39 gangs on the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation. The gangs are being blamed for an increase in vandalism, theft, violence and fear that is altering the texture of life here and in other parts of American Indian territory.
This stunning land of crumpled prairie, horse pastures turned tawny in the autumn and sunflower farms is marred by an astonishing number of roadside crosses and gang tags sprayed on houses, stores and abandoned buildings, giving rural Indian communities an inner-city look.
Groups like Wild Boyz, TBZ, Nomads and Indian Mafia draw children from broken, alcohol-ravaged homes, like Mr. Wilson’s, offering brotherhood, an identity drawn from urban gangsta rap and self-protection.
Some groups have more than a hundred members, others just a couple of dozen. Compared with their urban models, they are more likely to fight rivals, usually over some minor slight, with fists or clubs than with semiautomatic pistols.
Mr. Wilson, an unemployed school dropout who lives with assorted siblings and partners in his mother’s ramshackle house, without running water, displayed a scar on his nose and one over his eye. “It’s just like living in a ghetto,” he said. “Someone’s getting beat up every other night.”
The Justice Department distinguishes the home-grown gangs on reservations from the organized drug gangs of urban areas, calling them part of an overall juvenile crime problem in Indian country that is abetted by eroding law enforcement, a paucity of juvenile programs and a suicide rate for Indian youth that is more than three times the national average.
If they lack the reach of the larger gangs after which they style themselves, the Indian gangs have emerged as one more destructive force in some of the country’s poorest and most neglected places.
While many crimes go unreported, the police on the Pine Ridge reservation have documented thousands of gang-related thefts, assaults — including sexual assaults — and rising property crime over the last three years, along with four murders. Residents are increasingly fearful that their homes will be burglarized or vandalized. Car windows are routinely smashed out.
“Tenants are calling in and saying ‘I’m scared,’ ” Paul Iron Cloud, executive officer of the Oglala Sioux (Lakota) Housing Authority, told the Senate Committee on Indian Affairs in July at a special hearing on the increase of gang activity.
“It seems that every day we’re getting more violence,” Mr. Iron Cloud said.
Perhaps unique to reservations, rivals sometimes pelt one other with cans of food from the federal commodity program, a practice called “commod-squadding.”
As federal grants to Pine Ridge have declined over the last decade, the tribal police force has shrunk by more than half, with only 12 to 20 officers per shift patrolling an area the size of Rhode Island, said John Mousseau, chairman of the tribe’s judiciary committee.
Attorney General Eric H. Holder Jr. has proposed large increases in money for the police, courts and juvenile programs, and for fighting rampant domestic and sexual violence on reservations.
Christopher M. Grant, who used to head a police antigang unit in Rapid City, S.D., and is now a consultant on gangs to several tribes and federal agencies, has noted the “marked increase in gang activity, particularly on reservations in the Midwest, the Northwest and the Southwest” over the last five to seven years.
The Navajo Nation in Arizona, for example, has identified 225 gang units, up from 75 in 1997.
One group that reaches across reservations in Minnesota, called the Native Mob, is more like the street gangs seen in cities, with hierarchical leadership and involvement in drug and weapons trafficking, Mr. Grant said.
Many of the gangs in Pine Ridge, like the Tre Tre Crips, were started by tribal members who encountered them in prison or while living off the reservation; others have taken their names and colors from movies and records.
Even as they seek to bolster policing, Pine Ridge leaders see their best long-term hope for fighting gangs in cultural revival.
“We’re trying to give an identity back to our youth,” said Melvyn Young Bear, the tribe’s appointed cultural liaison. “They’re into the subculture of African-Americans and Latinos. But they are Lakota, and they have a lot to be proud of.”
Mr. Young Bear, 42, is charged with promoting Lakota rituals, including drumming, chanting and sun dances. He noted that some Head Start programs were now conducted entirely in Lakota.
Michael Little Boy Jr., 30, of the village of Evergreen, said he had initially been tempted by gang life, but with rituals and purifying sweat lodges, “I was able to turn myself around.” He is emerging as a tribal spiritual leader, working with youth groups to promote native traditions.
Mr. Grant said a survey of young men in South Dakota reservations found that the approach might be helping.
Mr. Wilson, the 24-year-old gang member, said he regretted not learning the Sioux language when he was young and now wondered about his own future.
“I still get drunk and hang with my homeboys, but not like I used to,” he said.
His car, its windows shattered, sits outside his house, so he cannot get to the G.E.D. class he says he would like to attend. His goal is to run a recording studio where his younger half-brother, Richard Lame, 18, could make rap songs. Mr. Lame is finishing high school and says he wants to go to college.
But he admits that he still joined 30 or so homeboys in town to party any chance he got — “for the rush, the thrill.” As he spoke, he was dressed in the dark colors of his set, the Black Wall Street Boyz; his tiny bedroom was decorated with movie posters of Al Pacino as the megalomaniacal drug dealer Tony Montana in “Scarface,” and he wore a black bandanna.
He pulled out a thick sheaf of his rap lyrics and gave an impromptu performance.
Ever since birth
I been waitin’ for death

--
Kerry Steiner
Volunteer Editor
American Indian Center of Indiana, Inc.
2236 E 10th Street
Indianapolis, IN 46201
(317) 917-8000
(800) 745-5872
Cell: (317) 370-6781
www.AmericanIndianCenter.Org
AICI.Editor@gmail.com
******************************************************************************************************************** nagsa-news-l is shared by Native American student groups and organizations around Indiana University and Bloomington. To unsubscribe, send a message with the phrase "unsubscribe nagsa-news-l" in the message body to listserv@indiana.edu.
This list is moderated and restricted to news and event announcements. For open discussion, please subscribe to aisa-nagsa-l@listserv.indiana.edu.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Thanksgiving Thoughts?

TheDuke — Mon, 23 Nov 2009 16:01:58 GMT

Anyone want to share any opinions or thoughts on Thanksgiving?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

welcome new members

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 14 Sep 2009 00:22:28 GMT

what do you think of the Hopi Prophecies..are we headed torwards the end?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 5 replies

My drum group POW WOW CD's lost or stolen in a move..anyone have some to burn?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 31 Oct 2009 20:06:10 GMT

I don't know if you knew it but I have moved to a much better place. 3 hours north but still in Indiana.
I have interviewed for a job and I think I got it. On oct 28th I celebrated my 50th Birthday. So as I near Elder status,I am rethinking life.
I recieved gifts from cyber friends and Natives from various places. Some sweet grass and sage badly needed. I was blessed.
Unfortunately, my Pow wow drum music cd's were stolen or lost in the move. Even though I left the apartment cleaner than when I moved in and had to leave behind a very expencive 6 foot mirror (wouldn't fit in my truck) :(.
My landlord is trying to keep my deposit of $400.00. He is a slum lord!
And then they messed up my unemployment because I moved thus I was cheated out of a check and had to use the next to pay bank fees. Moving is tough as I know you know!
Now my unemployment ran out but before that they had to empty 2 accounts. Last week I only got 70 dollars and this past week I only got 19. Food stamps ran out and I reaplied.It will be refilled on the 6th. So I have not had an easy move but the people here are so much more spiritual and friendly!
I think (hope it was a good decition). I just could not sign another year lease and be stuck in that negative bad city.
So here is a question for you:
Do you own any drum music? And if so is it a possibility that you could burn me a copy or two? Living without native music is killing me. No Pow Wow to go to, I missed it as it was before my move.
There is a Native American group here in town associated with the University, but I have not been able to contact them, rather they have not gotten back to me. Indian time.

Let me know about the drum cd's. I can post it on tribe.
Wishing you health and happiness.
Kalona'/Raven

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Stand up for injustice and Leonard

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 17 Oct 2009 00:03:16 GMT

Its time to stand big and strong for Leonard Peltier. There may not be another opportunity such as this ~ 564 Tribal Leaders at the White House~ There will be a lot of press there ~ No doubt ~Let the press that day see the peoples support for Leonard also ~ If your in the west,east ,north or south go~one day ~ make a difference ~ could be our last good chance ~take friends~ have a celebration of deliverance ~be strong be happy ~stand proud ~ show that we are still here~one day ~ just one day out of 365~ if you can ~give that day to justice for all of our people ~and help free Leonard Peltier~

The elected leaders all have as they should their own Nations interest first thing in their mind~ But contact your tribal office and ask whoever is going to just say 2 words for Leonard while they are in front of the President~ Just 2 words ~ Free Peltier

If there is anything i can do to help make this possible for you to do please contact me~

In the Spirit of Crazy Horse

and

In the Spirit of Justice for our People
and

In the Spirit of the Indigenous Rights Movement
wanbli

Tribal Directory Please use to make phone calls or send emails.
http://www.doi.gov/bia/ia_tribal_directory.html

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

~In the Spirit of Leonard Peltier~

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 12 Oct 2009 02:26:42 GMT

ON BEING DENIED

My tears are gasoline,

My snot explosive

I piss sulphuric acid

and dump brown bombs of hatred

Oh, God, yes, I hate

the murderers of my People

of my Family

of my Ancestors

of my Elders

of myself

Oh, God, yes, I hate

But their hatred far exceeds mine

and mine hurts only me

I bear the hurt alone

I bear the hurt of the World

Alone

And who will share my pain?

You?

Oh, take my hand then, Brother, Sister,

And let us share the pain of the World

Let us pool our tears of Sadness

And drown our Great Grief

Together

You & I

And the People

Yes, together

Mitakuye Oyasin

We are All related

We are All One

*

~In the Spirit of Leonard Peltier~
www.whoisleonardpeltier.info

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Hopi Proficies fullfilled..watch out

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 19 Jun 2009 00:44:19 GMT

http://www.time.com/time/health/article/0,8599,1905344,00.html?cnn=yes

Cnn.com right now. Watch that space shuttle live at 5:30pm EST

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of my people will cease.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

warning

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 18 Jun 2009 03:01:17 GMT

Selling Out Native Americans
America is a capitalist society. We are product driven, consuming what we want, when we want it. We have even managed to commercialize spirituality -- especially that belonging to America's first people. Large department stores sell knock-off items of spiritual importance and well-known companies and sporting teams exploit Native images in the form of logos and mascots. Men and women without blood ties to Native cultures -- or those with a minuscule amount -- act as leaders, guides, medicine people and spiritual leaders, profiting from workshops, best-selling books, crafts, artwork, movies and false ceremonies.
Native people all over the country are outraged by such commercialization; their culture being stripped, pieces sold to gullible buyers. Their traditions and beliefs blend with others to form counterfeit concepts -- intertwined with stereotypes found in books or movies -- that is now marketed as an actual "religion." The so-called teachers gain authenticity from mainstream America (including publishers and the press) by fooling the public, staking claim to a heritage they truly know little about. They play Indian, looking the part, using buzzwords and stoic language -- yet steering away from "real" Indians, afraid of being challenged in front of their followers.
Mainstream American often accepts their "truths" at face value, without knowing the person is acting out of greed, arrogance and self-appointed superiority. Genuine spiritual leaders would not set out to turn a profit from their teachings. They would not sell a sacred ceremony or conduct a workshop on how to find your inner animal totem. They do not charge for their services, offer a "Shaman" website or create tarot cards. They will, however, instruct those who need instructing and heal those who need healing -- within their own community. Their lives are dedicated to their work. They are neither greedy nor looking for prestige. Their lives belong to their calling, and to the people within their community.
People to watch out for: Mary Summer Rain, Jamie Samms, Sun Bear and the Bear Tribe, Chief Red Fox, Iron Thunderhorse, Harley Swift Deer Reagan, Evelyn Eaton, O'Shinna, Ted Andrews, Jamake Highwater, Shequish Ohoho, Bird Brother, Mary Elizabeth Marlow, Vision Quest Inc, Sedonia Cahill, The Great Round Organization, Cyfus McDonald, Oshena, Brooke Medicine Eagle, Wallace Black Elk, Alonso Blacksmith, Carlos Casta~neda, Mary Thunder, Oceana, Ghostwolf, Barking Tree, Lynn Andrews and Barking Tree.
What they are peddling: Sweat ceremonies/ various workshops/ sun dances/ shaman healing/ power animals/ vision quests/ dreamcatchers/ medicine wheels/ CDs/ pre-made sweat tents/ medicine crystals/ tarot cards/ psychic readings/ Native American weddings or naming ceremonies/ pipe ceremonies/ and books on various topics.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Hopi Prophecies

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 06 Apr 2009 01:50:07 GMT

Well, there are listings going back to Oct of 2004..this was the 1st native tribe..then new agers took over and it was changed...others have sprung up butthis is the original:
Hopi Prophecy

Hopi Elders pass warnings and prophecies from one generation to generation through oral traditions and reference to ancient rock pictographs and tablets.

Hopi Blue Star or Blue Kachina Prophecy

- White Feather of the Bear Clan

An ancient Hopi Indian prophecy states, "When the Blue Star Kachina makes its appearance in the heavens, the Fifth World will emerge". This will be the Day of Purification. The Hopi name for the star Sirius is Blue Star Kachina. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask.

Hopi Prophecy speaks of twin Kachinas - white and blue. Twin - Merging of Self - Twin Pyramids - DNA - Twin Towers falling.

This is the First Sign: We were told of the coming of the white-skinned men, like Pahana, but not living like Pahana -- men who took the land that was not theirs and who struck their enemies with thunder. (Guns)

This is the Second Sign: Our lands will see the coming of spinning wheels filled with voices. (Covered wagons)

This is the Third Sign: A strange beast like a buffalo but with great long horns, will overrun the land in large numbers. (Longhorn cattle)

This is the Fourth Sign: The land will be crossed by snakes of iron. (Railroad tracks)

This is the Fifth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed by a giant spider's web. (Power and telephone lines)

This is the Sixth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed with rivers of stone that make pictures in the sun. (Concrete roads and their mirage-producing effects.)

This is the Seventh Sign: You will hear of the sea turning black, and many living things dying because of it. (Oil spills)

This is the Eighth Sign: You will see many youth, who wear their hair long like our people, come and join the tribal nations, to learn our ways and wisdom. (Hippies)

And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of the Hopi people will cease.

These are the Signs that great destruction is here: The world shall rock to and fro. The white man will battle people in other lands - those who possessed the first light of wisdom. There will be many columns of smoke and fire such as the white man has made in the deserts not far from here. Those who stay and live in the places of the Hopi shall be safe. Then there will be much to rebuild. And soon, very soon afterward, Pahana will return. He shall bring with him the dawn of the Fifth World. He shall plant the seeds of his wisdom in our hearts. Even now the seeds are being planted. These shall smooth the way to the Emergence into the Fifth World.

Prophecy Rock

We Are All Related By Dr. Allen Ross

There is a sandstone cliff, near second mesa on the Hopi Reservation in Arizona. On this cliff is etched a picture of the past, persent, and the future. This site is more commonly known as Hopi Prophecy Rock. The petroglyph depicts the Hopi as emerging from the underground to the surface of the earth. The actual place for this event is a religious site located in the Grand Canyon. The Sioux also say they emerged from underground at a place in the Black Hills known today as Wind Cave.

The story depicted on the prophecy rock continues on by showing how the leading clans of the Hopi migrated in the 4 directions, then turned left---forming a Swastika symbol. The clans that followed migrated in the 4 directions--then turned left---forming reverse Swastika symbol. After journeying in the 4 directions, they were to return to the center. When they reach the center it will be the end of the fourth age.

The Sioux, like the Hopi, traveled in the 4 directions after emerging from the underground. The Sioux also believe that man has evolved through 4 ages, calling them the Age of Fire, Age of Rock, Age of the Bow, and Age of the Pipe. The length of each age is unknown, but the prophecy is that during the time of each age, man would gradually become a "two-heart".

The Hopi Prophecy Rock clearly depicts three "two-heart" individuals. A two-hearted person is one who thinks with his head rather than his heart. This is in reference to the left-brain function of analytical thinking. A person who think with his heart usese the right-brain function of intuitive thinking. Currently modern man is out of balance because we live in a left brained dominated society. We place more emphasis on left-brain modes of thinking vs. right-brain modes of thought.

The Hopi Prophecy Rock shows a junction where the two-hearted people have a choice of choosing to start thinking with their hearts or continue to think with their heads only. If they chose the latter, it will lead to self-destruction; if they chose to think with their hearts they would gradually return to the natural way and their own survival.

On the Hopi Prophecy Rock are 3 circles which represent 3 world-shakings. The story is that people of the Earth would reach a time when they would lose the story of how "we are all related". The Creator would then cause 3 world-shakings to remind the people of our relatedness.

The first world-shaking would be recognized when a bug on ribbon is tossed into the air. This is interpretated as an airplane. The time when airplanes were first used in war was World War I. So World War I would be the first world-shaking.

The second world-shaking would be recognized when man used the Hopi migration symbol (swastika) in war. This was World War II, which is the second world-shaking. The great Oglala Sioux holy man, Nicholas Black Elk, had also foreseen the coming of World War I & II.

The third world-shaking would be recognized by a red cover or cloak.

Could this mean Communist China? Russia?

Sioux Elders tell us that Mother Earth is surrounded by negative energy which is given off by the human brain. One of the reasons for the Sioux Sun Dance is to give thanks to father sun for all he has provided us on Mother earth. By sending good thoughts to the sun, the Sioux could reduce the negative energy.

The Hopi Prophecy story also said that signs of the third-world shaking would be given when:

1. Trees will die. (Acid rain has taken a heavy toll on trees in some areas, but this could also refer to the demise of the rainforest).

2. Man will build a house in the sky. (Space station Mir, or the planned international space station to be built).

3. Cold places will become hot. Hot places will become cold. (Erractic weather patterns and global warming).

4. Lands will sink into the ocean and lands will rise out of the sea.

5. There will be an appearance of the Blue Star Kachina

The constellation of Orion's belt is the area of the sky known to the Sioux as the Heart of the White Buffalo constellation. The White Buffalo legend states that a sacred maiden brought a holy pipe to be used by the Sioux. When she departed she said she would return to help the people when they werer in trouble and turmoil. As she turned to leave she turned into a black buffalo, then a red buffalo, then a yellow buffalo, and finally into a white buffalo. Then she went back up into the clouds.

In August of 1994 a white buffalo was born in Wisconsin. Two more were born in May 1996 in South Dakota. One died but the other lived. Oglala Sioux holy man Dawson No Horse, stated that as we move into the next century, times would be very difficult. Sioux holy man, Black Elk, foresaw the Sacred Hoop of the world's nations coming together soon--- a reference to the thousand years of peace that is to follow the third-world shaking.

Another Hopi Prophecy

- Martin Gasheseoma

Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon. If this were done, the Hopi warned, the balance of natural and universal laws and forces would be disturbed, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today, though of course not necessarily because of Moon rocks.

On August 7, 1970, a spectacular UFO sighting was witnessed by dozens of people and photographed by Chuck Roberts of the Prescott Courier. This occurred after a "UFO calling" by several Hopi Indians and was interpreted by some Hopis as being a partial fulfillment of a certain inscribed on Second Mesa, warning of the coming of Purification Day, when the true Hopi will be flown to other planets in "ships without wings."

The survivors of the Great Deluge thousands of years ago split up into four groups that moved in all four directions. Only one group completed their journey -- to the North Pole and back -- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which the Great Spirit Massau'u traveled. Upon landing, he drew a petroglyph on Second Mesa, showing a maiden riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph signified the coming Day of Purification when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "ships without wings."

The Hopi also predicted that when the heart of the Hopi land trust is dug up, great disturbances will develop in the balance of nature, for the Hopi holy land is the microcosmic image of the entire planet; any violations of nature in the Four Corners region will be reflected and amplified all over the Earth.

Martin Gasheseoma said recently that Hopi "elders told us that when the plants blossom in the middle of winter, we would need to go to Santa Fe to warn everyone of suffering and destruction to come unless they change their ways. Last year, in the middle of winter the plants began to blossom."

How much suffering and destruction will accompany the time of the purification, and what will be its end result? Martin Gasheseoma foretells judgment in front of a big mirror and death to those who are evil and wicked, with only a handful of people surviving in every nation overseas who will then come to this continent, "which we call heaven."

"All the suffering going on in this country with the tornadoes, floods, and earthquakes is carried on the breath of Mother Earth because she is in pain," says Roberta Blackgoat, an elder of the Independent Dineh (Navajo) Nation at Big Mountain. She explains that the Four Corners area is particularly sacred because it literally holds Mother Earth's internal organs -- coal and uranium which the Bureau of Indian Affairs has allowed the Peabody Coal Mine to mine. "They are trying to take her precious guts out for money," says Blackgoat. "My grandfather told me that coal is like the liver, and uranium is both the heart and lungs of Mother Earth." Hopi and Navajo traditionalists are fighting the mining.

These life and death matters will be determined when Pahana returns, and theories abound as to Pahana's identity. Since Pahana has also been called the White Brother, and since he is to return from the east, Hopi of past centuries wondered whether he could have been a Spaniard or an Anglo and devised tests for determining the true Pahana, including knowledge of the greeting of brotherhood, similarities of religious beliefs, and possession of the missing piece of the stone tablet. Many were tested, including Catholics, Baptists, and Mormons, but none passed to the satisfaction of traditional Hopi.

Dan Evehema, Hopi Elder

The time will come when from the earth will arise a mystic fog which will dilute the minds and hearts of all people. Their guidelines of wisdom and knowledge will falter, the Great Laws of our Creator will dissolve in the minds of people. Children will be out of control and will no longer obey the leaders, immorality and the competitive war of greed will flourish.

When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we must reform, telling us that people of all color must unite and arise for survival, and that we must uncover the causes of our dilemmas. Unless man-made weapons are used to strike first, peace will then come.

So the time will come when we will experience late springs and early frosts, this will be the sign of the returning Ice Age.

We believe militarism is born out of injustice, poverty and ignorance where absolute governments refuse to hear the grievances of minorities. So the people resort to violence, demonstrations and even terrorism when they see no other way to be heard. What can we do when our world leaders and the people are acting like fools in attempts to solve the problems confronting us? Once again we will quote the prophecy of our Elders. We hope it will interest you so that you will be more aware of it because it has been happening for some time.

According to prophecy, the day will come when people in high places will be hunted. This will get out of control. The hunting will gather strength and spread. This situation might even erupt on our land. Finally, this will lead us to the Biblical version of Armageddon (the Hopi version is closely related). A final decisive battle between good and evil. This will occur under one God or Chief. The prophets say we will speak one language and that this will happen in Hopiland, in the village of Oraibi , where the new life plan will be drawn, in the pattern and cycle of religion. Here also a final decision will be made for the wicked. They will be beheaded and speak no more. If this does not materialize there will be a total destruction through the acts of man or nature. Then new life will begin from a girl and a boy. This is a frightening prophecy and will not be supported by many.

It is in the prophecies of the Hopi that in a case like this the Navajo may help our cause. Also the Bahannas or the Paiute Tribe may help. We doubt that the U.S. Government will easily concede our sovereignty.

There are two water serpents, one at each pole with a warrior sitting on his head and tail. These command nature to warn us by her activities that time is getting short, and we must correct ourselves. If we refuse to heed these warnings, the warriors will let go of the serpents; they will rise up, and all will perish.

We are much concerned about the climate. No one seems to be able to predict the weather accurately from day to day. However, we know according to our time markers that it is past due for certain seeds to be planted at their proper time. In recent springs, we were reluctant to plant due to the late snow and cold weather. Once more maybe our ancient prophecy is right, that one day we will plant wearing finger sacks (gloves) clearing away snow with our feet before planting. The summers will become shorter for maturing the corn for harvest. The result is anybody's guess.

The question is, will this occur the world over? This would depend on the geographical areas. In the regions with different climates, things will happen in different ways. For instance, tropical land could become a land of ice, and the Arctic region could become tropical. This need not happen if we, the people, get our leaders to do something about the harmful things being done to the environment.

It is said that, if the future generations find out that we did nothing to preserve the good ways, they might throw us from our houses into the streets. This suffering will be of our own making. The lack of peace in our own spiritual being could trigger the revolution. Our True White Brother might come and find we have forsaken the sacred instructions. Then he will whip us without mercy.

Let us take a look into the future through the eyes of our prophets. Hopi were instructed to tell of the Great Purification just ahead of a time when Humankind would once again become highly civilized, tending to become careless and leading us to self-destruction. They said that, along the way, the industrialized world will have certain problems. People will be uncomfortable because of the changing times, and they will have to make adjustments to find new life styles.

Industrialized nations will become careless in getting more the resources out of the earth. Believing all these things will last forever, soon natural resources will be depleted. Fuel shortages will occur; industrial machinery will come to a standstill. The machinery used for planting, harvesting and transport will become useless. Supermarket shelves will become empty of farm produce. The farmers and those who grow their own food will not sell their produce. Money will become worthless. The white man with all his intelligence and technology will not be able to repair the damage. We will see extraordinary events in Nature and Earth, including humans.

Modern man looks upon old wisdom and knowledge as dead, useless and no longer respected. Modern man depends on the money system and no longer on Mother Earth for food. According to prophecy when this happens Mother Earth will hide her nourishment because of the view that ancient food is poor man's food. When all food disappears, modern man will try to correct his mistake, the conditions he caused upon the earth through his inventions. He will try to achieve some kind of method to heal the wound, but this will not be possible when we reach the point of no return.

The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance. The pattern is simple: The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi.

This prophecy is related to the Biblical version of that which may yet come to pass. It goes on to say that common people will become concerned and frustrated because of their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty policies and the deceitfulness of the world leaders. The common people the world over will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders have failed. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the world over. Revolution could erupt on our land.

The liberators will come in from the west with great force. They will drop down from the sky like rain. They will have no mercy. We must not get on the house tops to watch. They will shake us by our ears, like children who have been bad. This will be the final decisive battle between good and evil. This battle will cleanse the heart of people and restore our Mother Earth from illness, and the wicked will be gotten rid of.

If this fails to materialize, our Great Creator through nature will do the task according to their [sic] plans. It could be total destruction in any form. Only brother and sister will survive to begin a new way of life. This prophecy is frightening and doubtful. Perhaps it is of no value to most people.

Eventually a gourd full of ashes would be invented, which, if dropped from the sky, would boil the oceans and burn the land causing nothing to grow for many years. This would be the sign for a certain Hopi to bring out the teachings in order to warn the world that the third and final event would happen soon and could bring an end to all life unless people correct themselves and their leaders in time.

The final stage, called The Great Day of Purification, has been described as a Mystery Egg in which the forces of the Swastika and the Sun plus a third force symbolized by the color red culminate either in total rebirth or total annihilation; we don't know which. But the choice is yours; war and natural catastrophe may be involved. The degree of violence will be determined by the degree of inequity caused among the peoples of the world and in the balance of nature. In this crisis rich and poor will be forced to struggle as equals in order to survive.

The reality that it will be very violent is now almost taken for granted among Traditional Hopi, but man still may lessen the violence by correcting his treatment of nature and fellow man. Ancient, spiritually based communities, such as the Hopi, must especially be preserved and not forced to abandon their wise way of life and the natural resources they have vowed to protect.

The man-made system now destroying the Hopi is deeply involved in similar violations throughout the world. The devastating reversal predicted in the prophecies is part of the natural order. If those who thrive from that system, its money and its laws, can manage to stop destroying the Hopi then many may be able to survive the Day of Purification and enter a new age of peace. But if no one is left to continue the Hopi way, the hope for such an age is in vain.

Since mankind has lost peace with one another through conflict due to the new ways, the Great Spirit, the Great Creator, has punished the people in many ways. Through all of this there was always a small group who survived to keep the original ways of life alive. This small group is comprised of those who adhere to the laws of the Creator, who keep the spiritual path open, out from the circle of evil. According to our knowledge we are not quite out of the circle.

Now we enter the time of testing that only the Great Creator can confirm. The alignment of the planets, we were so kindly informed of by the star watchers has been awaited by the Hopi. As the time nears, the predicted behavior of the people accurately describes the behavior of people in the 1990's. When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we MUST reform.

Ambitious minds will decrease, while the people of good hearts, who live in harmony with the earth, will increase until the earth is rid of evil. If the Hopi are right, this will be accomplished and the earth will bloom again. The spiritual door is open. Why not join the righteous people? The Horny Toad Woman gave Massau'u a promise that she would help him in time of need, saying she too had a metal helmet. After the Hopi have fulfilled their pattern of life, Massau'u will be the leader, but not before, for He is the First and He shall be the Last.

ROBERT GHOST WOLF

Hopi Theory Of Creation

August 1997

Robert has been called a holistic healer, teacher, ceremonial leader, prophet and Shaman. He is an internationally recognized author, speaker and artist. Ghost Wolf is a Metis, part Iroquois and Lakota. He has worked with the Apache, Lakota, Osage, Hopi and Ojibwa elders for many years.

Robert says that ETs are contacting us now. Almost all Native American cultures have ancient prophecies telling of interactions with "Star Brothers" and their coming which they have recorded on petroglyphs.

The Hopi Indians are the Record Keepers of the Native Americans. The Hopis call this the "The Fourth Age of Man". According to them the earth has been wipped clean 3 times already. First by Fire, next by Ice, most recently by the flood... approximately 11,000-12,000 years ago. Some believe that the actual date of the flood occured on June 5, 8498 BC. According to the Hopis we are about to enter "The Fifth Age", which they call "The World of Illumination", which seems to coincide with the dawning of the Age of Aquarius.

The Hopis say that there will two more worlds after this. "The Sixth Age" which is "The World of Prophecy and Revelation" and "The Seventh Age" is "The World of Completion".

The Native Americans have been not only the forefathers of we Americans who came to this country a few hundred years ago but they have been the Keepers of the Earth for a long period of time. What they believe is very sacred to us. This knowledge is re-emerging at this time in the Earth's history.

The Hopi believe that they descended from the Pleiades and that even before that they came from Lyra which is the Ring Nebula that the Pleiadians have spoken to Bill Meier about. They call Lyra the "Eye of God".

Robert mentions volcanoes going off in the Pacific Rim. This warms up the water making fish change their migration patterns. For example salmon from Alaska are not as plentiful as before. The El Nino' is also swelling to record proportions. He says this means Hopi legends are being fulfilled and we are at the end of the Dream.

Asked what we can do about this, he said we need to return to the Earth and one way to do that is to restore our bodies to health by eating natural grains such as wheat, rice, millet, and corn. He travels around the world doing the Ghost Dance which is to raise the consciousness of people. He said we have got to stop fighting each other. He said people are not the enemy, the Corporation is the enemy because they are being greedy and taking profits now without regard to the future impact on our environment.

The 3 days of darkness of Hopi Prophecy will be 1998/1999. [This did not occur, but the concpet of three days of darkness may yet occur in aother timeline as it appears in other religions.

Phoenix Bird would raise its wings and fly. Fire that burned it was the consumption of human desires. We are still not in balance.

Hopi Clan Rocks were given out to all four races a long time ago.

They are stored by race in the following locations:
White - Switzerland
Black - Kilimajaro Mountains in Africa
Yellow - Tibet
Red - Hopi land

A white man will come and restore the Fire Clay tablet.

The Hopi Rock has a + sign and a - (minus) sign on it with a circle.

They represent positive, negative and neutral forces in a magnetic field.

Where they cross is a vortex into the next dimension.

Greatest thing we have for healing is the human spirit.

We are children of the Sun.

Prophecies which should have happened 10 years ago have been put off.

We have been given a window of opportunity.

Spiritual Love is the answer. True knowledge is beyond words.

Comets are a sign of prophecy.

Hale-Bopp was the twin Kachina, white and blue. [No! It is Sirius}

The next one will be red. It is the Purifier. It will stop and observe us.

If we are not purified enough it will finish the job for us.

If there is an Armegeddon it is within each of us.

We have 12 strands of DNA in our blood.

Scientists don't know what they are for since they are not being used.

But we can activate them ourselves.

One way is through drumming and ceremony.

End time should be seen as the Beginning time.

We are creating at this moment what our Tomorrow will be.

reply to this post
RavenBlueWol...
online status 140 friends
June 14, 2004 - 09:17 AM
Re: Prophecies

2012 hopi/mayan dates

What is your opinion? Does our oral tradition the Cherokee and the Hopi have any relavence? Is it 2012? I would like to hear opinions from the Native American traditions and stories point of view. of course the Myans are Native people and we do have some members here from south america...so please feel free to responde and post here.

Just one article:

www.levity.com/eschaton/Why2012.html
reply to this post
RavenBlueWol...
online status 120 friends
March 22, 2004 - 02:40 PM
Re: 2012 hopi/mayan dates

THE HOW AND WHY OF THE MAYAN END DATE IN 2012 A.D.
by John Major Jenkins
〓 May 23rd, 1994
Originally published in the Dec-Jan '95 issue of Mountain Astrologer.
Why did the ancient Mayan or pre-Maya choose December 21st, 2012 A.D., as the end of their Long Count calendar? This article will cover some recent research. Scholars have known for decades that the 13-baktun cycle of the Mayan "Long Count" system of timekeeping was set to end precisely on a winter solstice, and that this system was put in place some 2300 years ago. This amazing fact - that ancient Mesoameri- can skywatchers were able to pinpoint a winter solstice far off into the future - has not been dealt with by Mayanists. And why did they choose the year 2012? One immediately gets the impression that there is a very strange mystery to be confronted here. I will be building upon a clue to this mystery reported by epigrapher Linda Schele in Maya Cosmos (1994). This article is the natural culmination of the research relating to the Mayan Long Count and the precession of the equinoxes that I explored in my recent book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies (Borderlands Science and Research Foundation, 1994). The Mayan Long Count
Just some basics to get us started. The Maya were adept skywatchers. Their Classic Period is thought to have lasted from 200 A.D. to 900 A.D., but recent archeological findings are pushing back the dawn of Mayan civilization in Mesoamerica. Large ruin sites indicating high culture with distinctly Mayan antecedents are being found in the jungles of Guatemala dating back to before the common era. And even before this, the Olmec civilization flourished and developed the sacred count of 260 days known as the tzolkin. The early Maya adopted two different time keeping systems, the "Short Count" and the Long Count. The Short Count derives from combining the tzolkin cycle with the solar year and the Venus cycle of 584 days. In this way, "short" periods of 13, 52 and 104 years are generated. Unfortunately, we won't have occasion to dwell on the properties of the so-called Short Count system here. The Long Count system is somewhat more abstract, yet is also related to certain astronomical cycles. It is based upon nested cycles of days multiplied at each level by that key Mayan number, twenty:
Number of Days / Term
1 / Kin (day)
20 / Uinal
360 / Tun
7200 / Katun
144000 / Baktun
Notice that the only exception to multiplying by twenty is at the tun level, where the uinal period is instead multiplied by 18 to make the 360-day tun. The Maya employed this counting system to track an unbroken sequence of days from the time it was inaugurated. The Mayan scholar Munro Edmonson believes that the Long Count was put in place around 355 B.C. This may be so, but the oldest Long Count date as yet found corresponds to 32 B.C. We find Long Count dates in the archeological record beginning with the baktun place value and separated by dots. For example: 6.19.19.0.0 equals 6 baktuns, 19 katuns, 19 tuns, 0 uinals and 0 days. Each baktun has 144000 days, each katun has 7200 days, and so on. If we add up all the values we find that 6.19.19.0.0 indicates a total of 1007640 days have elapsed since the Zero Date of 0.0.0.0.0. The much discussed 13-baktun cycle is completed 1872000 days (13 baktuns) after 0.0.0.0.0. This period of time is the so called Mayan "Great Cycle" of the Long Count and equals 5125.36 years.
But how are we to relate this to a time frame we can understand? How does this Long Count relate to our Gregorian calendar? This problem of correlating Mayan time with "western" time has occupied Mayan scholars since the beginning. The standard question to answer became: what does 0.0.0.0.0 (the Long Count "beginning" point) equal in the Gregorian calendar? When this question is answered, archeological inscriptions can be put into their proper historical context and the end date of the 13-baktun cycle can be calculated. After years of considering data from varied fields such as astronomy, ethnography, archeology and iconography, J. Eric S. Thompson determined that 0.0.0.0.0 correponded to the Julian date 584283, which equals August 11th, 3114 B.C. in our Gregorian calendar. This means that the end date of 13.0.0.0.0, some 5125 years later, is December 21st, 2012 A.D.1
The relationship between the Long Count and Short Count has always been internally consistent (both were tracked alongside each other in an unbroken sequence since their conception). Now it is very interesting to note that an aspect of the "Short Count", namely, the sacred tzolkin count of 260 days, is still being followed in the highlands of Guatemala. As the Mayan scholar Munro Edmonson shows in The Book of the Year, this last surviving flicker of a calendar tradition some 3000 years old supports the Thompson correlation of 584283. Edmonson also states that the Long Count was begun by the Maya or pre-Maya around 355 B.C., but there is reason to believe that the Long Count system was being perfected for at least 200 years prior to that date.
The point of interest for these early astronomers seems to have been the projected end date in 2012 A.D., rather than the beginning date in 3114 B.C. Having determined the end date in 2012 (for reasons we will come to shortly), and calling it 13.0.0.0.0, they thus proclaimed themselves to be living in the 6th baktun of the Great Cycle. The later Maya certainly attributed much mythological significance to the beginning date, relating it to the birth of their deities, but it now seems certain that the placement of the Long Count hinges upon its calculated end point. Why did early Mesoamerican skywatchers pick a date some 2300 years into the future and, in fact, how did they pinpoint an accurate winter solstice? With all these considerations one begins to suspect that, for some reason, the ancient New World astronomers were tracking precession. The Precession
The precession of the equinoxes, also known as the Platonic Year, is caused by the slow wobbling of the earth's polar axis. Right now this axis roughly points to Polaris, the "Pole Star," but this changes slowly over long periods of time. The earth's wobble causes the position of the seasonal quarters to slowly precess against the background of stars. For example, right now, the winter solstice position is in the constellation of Sagittarius. But 2000 years ago it was in Capricorn. Since then, it has precessed backward almost one full sign. It is generally thought that the Greek astronomer Hipparchus was the first to discover precession around 128 B.C. Yet scholarship indicates that more ancient Old World cultures such as the Egyptians (see Schwaller de Lubicz's book Sacred Science) and Babylonians also knew about the precession.
I have concluded that even cultures with simple horizon astronomy and oral records passed down for a hundred years or so, would notice the slow shifting of the heavens. For example, imagine that you lived in an environment suited for accurately demarcated horizon astronomy. Even if this wasn't the case, you might erect monoliths to sight the horizon position of, most likely, the dawning winter solstice sun. This position in relation to background stars could be accurately preserved in oral verse or wisdom teachings, to be passed down for centuries. Since precession will change this position at the rate of 1 degree every 72 years, within the relatively short time of 100 years or so, a noticeable change will have occurred. The point of this is simple. To early cultures attuned to the subtle movements of the sky, precession would not have been hard to notice.2
The Maya are not generally credited with knowing about the precession of the equinoxes. But considering everything else we know about the amazing sophistication of Mesoamerican astronomy, can we realistically continue to deny them this? Many of the as yet undeciphered hieroglyphs may ultimately describe precessional myths. Furthermore, as I show in my book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies, the Long Count is perfectly suited for predicting future seasonal quarters, indefinitely, and precession is automatically accounted for. Some of the most incredible aspects of Mayan cosmo-conception are just now being discovered. As was the case with the state of Egyptology in the 1870's, we still have a lot to learn. In addition, Mayanists like Gordon Brotherston (The Book of the Fourth World) consider precessional knowledge among Mesoamerican cultures to be more than likely.
The Sacred Tree
We are still trying to answer these questions: What is so important about the winter solstice of 2012 and, exactly how were calculations made so accurately, considering that precession should make them exceedingly difficult?
If we make a standard horoscope chart for December 21st, 2012 A.D., nothing very unusual appears. In this way I was led astray in my search until Linda Schele provided a clue in the recent book Maya Cosmos. Probably the most exciting breakthrough in this book is her identification of the astronomical meaning of the Mayan Sacred Tree. Drawing from an impressive amount of iconographic evidence, and generously sharing the process by which she arrived at her discovery, the Sacred Tree is found to be none other than the crossing point of the ecliptic with the band of the Milky Way. Indeed, the Milky Way seems to have played an important role in Mayan imagery. For example, an incised bone from 8th century Tikal depicts a long sinking canoe containing various deities. This is a picture of the night sky and the canoe is the Milky Way, sinking below the horizon as the night progresses, and carrying with it deities representing the nearby constellations. The incredible Mayan site of Palenque is filled with Sacred Tree motifs and references to astronomical events. In their book Forest of Kings, Schele and Freidel suggested that the Sacred Tree referred to the ecliptic. Apparently that was only part of the picture, for the Sacred Tree that Pacal ascends in death is more than just the ecliptic, it is the sacred doorway to the underworld. The crossing point of Milky Way and ecliptic is this doorway and represents the sacred source and origin. In the following diagram of the well known sarcophagus carving, notice that the Milky Way tree serves as an extension of Pacal's umbilicus. The umbilicus is a human being's entrance into life, and entrance into death as well:

Diagram 1: Pacal and the Sacred Tree.
We may also remember at this point that the tzolkin calendar is said to spring from the Sacred Tree. The Sacred Tree is, in fact, at the center of the entire corpus of Mayan Creation Myths. We should definitely explore the nature of this astronomical feature.
The first question that came up for me was as follows. Since Lord (Ahau) Pacal is, by way of divine kingship, equated with the sun, and he is portrayed "entering" the Sacred Tree on his famous sarcophagus lid, on what day does the sun come around to conjunct the crossing point of ecliptic and Milky Way? This would be an important date. In the pre-dawn skies of this date, the Milky Way would be seen to arch overhead from the region of Polaris (Heart of Sky) and would point right at where the sun rises. This (and the corollary date 6 months later) is the only date when the Sun/Lord could jump from the ecliptic track and travel the Milky Way up and around the vault of heaven to the region of Polaris, there to enter the "Heart of Sky." It should be mentioned that 1300 years ago, during the zenith of Palenque's glory, Polaris was much less an exact "Pole Star" than it is now. Schele demonstrates that it wasn't a Pole Star that the Maya mythologized in this regard, it was the unmarked polar "dark region" symbolizing death and the underworld around which everything was observed to revolve. Life revolves around death - a characteristically Mayan belief. The dates on which the sun conjuncts the "Sacred Tree" are thus very important. These dates will change with precession. Schele doesn't pursue this line of reasoning, however, and doesn't even mention that these dates might be significant. If we go back to 755 A.D., we find that the sun conjuncts the Sacred Tree on December 3rd. I should point out here that the Milky Way is a wide band, and perhaps a 10-day range of dates should be considered.
To start with, however, I use the exact center of the Milky Way band that one finds on star charts, known as the "Galactic Equator" (not to be confused with Galactic Center). Where the Galactic Equator crosses the ecliptic in Sagittarius just happens to be where the dark rift in the Milky Way begins. This is a dark bifurcation in the Milky Way caused by interstellar dust clouds. To observers on earth, it appears as a dark road which begins near the ecliptic and stretches along the Milky Way up towards Polaris. The Maya today are quite aware of this feature; the Quich »Maya call it xibalba be (the "road to Xibalba") and the Chorti Maya call it the "camino de Santiago". In Dennis Tedlock's translation of the Popol Vuh, we find that the ancient Maya called it the "Black Road". The Hero Twins Hunahpu and Xbalanque must journey down this road to battle the Lords of Xibalba. (Tedlock 334, 358). Furthermore, what Schele has identified as the Sacred Tree was known to the ancient Quich »simply as "Crossroads."
This celestial feature was not marginal in ancient Mayan thought and is still rec- ognized even today. In terms of how this feature was mythologized, it seems that when a planet, the sun, or the moon entered the dark cleft of the Milky Way in Sagittarius (which happens to be the exact center of the Milky Way, the Galactic Equator), entrance to the underworld road was possible, which could then take the journeyer up to the Heart of Sky. Shamanic vision rites were probably involved in this scenario. In the Yucatan, underground caves were ritual places used by shaman to journey to the underworld. Schele explains that "Mayan mythology identifies the Road to Xibalba as going through a cave" (Forest of Kings, 209). Here we have a metaphorical reference to the "dark rift" in the Milky Way by way of its terrestrial counterpart, a syncretism between earth and sky which is characteristic of Mayan thinking. Above all, what is becoming apparent from the corpus of Mayan Creation Myths is that creation seems to have taken place at a celestial crossroads - the crossing point of ecliptic and Milky Way.
To clarify this ever growing picture, we should stop here and plot out some charts. In addition to the detailed star maps from Norton's 2000.0 Star Atlas which allowed me to pinpoint the crossing point of Galactic Equator and ecliptic, I use EZCosmos to plot these positions3. What I found answers the question of why the Maya chose the winter solstice of 2012, a problem seemingly avoided by astronomers and Mayanists alike. While it is true that the sun conjuncts the Sacred Tree on December 3rd in the year 755 A.D., over the centuries precession has caused the conjunction date to approach the winter solstice. So, how close are we to perfect conjunction today? Exactly when might we expect the winter solstice sun to conjunct the crossing point of Galactic Equator and ecliptic - the Mayan Sacred Tree? Any astronomer will tell you that, presently, the Milky Way crosses the ecliptic through the constellation of Sagittarius and this area is rich in nebulae and high density objects. In fact, where the Milky Way crosses the ecliptic in Sagittarius also happens to be the direction of the Galactic Center.4
The Charts
So the quest returns to identifying why December 21st, 2012 A.D. might represent some kind of astronomical anomoly. I'll get right to the heart of the matter. Let's look at a few charts.

Chart 1.

Here is a full view of the sky at noon on December 21st, 2012 A.D. The band of the Milky Way can be seen stretching from the lower right to the upper left. The more or less vertical dotted line indicates the Galactic Equator. The planets can be seen tracing a roughly horizontal path through the chart, indicating the ecliptic. The sun, quite strikingly, is dead center in the Sacred Tree. Let's look closer.

Chart 2.

The field is now reduced from a horizon-to-horizon view to a field of 30 degrees. Part of the constellation of Sagittarius can be seen in the lower left portion of the chart. The planet in the middle-to-upper left portion of the chart is Pluto, which rarely travels directly along the ecliptic. The center square near the sun is placed on the Trifid Nebula (M20). According to the star chart I used, this nebula is very close to the crossing point of Galactic Equator and ecliptic. However, a small star (4 Sgr) is even closer; it sits right on the Galactic Equator and its declination is only 00 .08' below the ecliptic. Let's look closer at these features.

Chart 3.

The field is now reduced to a 5-degree span, what astrology considers to be within conjunction. The dot to the lower right of the sun is the star 4 Sgr. Amazingly, the Sun is right on target. We couldn't have hoped for a closer conjunction. 1 day before or after will remove the sun a noticeable distance from the crossing point. December 21st, 2012 (13.0.0.0.0 in the Long Count) therefore represents an extremely close conjunction of the winter solstice sun with the crossing point of Galactic Equator and the ecliptic, what the ancient Maya recognized as the Sacred Tree. It is critical to understand that the winter solstice sun rarely conjuncts the Sacred Tree. In fact, this is an event that has been coming to resonance very slowly over thousands and thousands of years. What this might mean astrologically, how this might effect the "energy weather" on earth, must be treated as a separate topic.
But I should at least mention in passing that this celestial convergence appears to parallel the accelerating pace of human civilization. It should be noted that because precession is a very slow process, similar astronomical alignments will be evident on the winter solstice dates within perhaps 5 years on either side of 2012. However, the accuracy of the conjunction of 2012 is quite astounding, beyond anything deemed calculable by the ancient Maya, and serves well to represent the perfect mid-point of the process.
Let's go back to the dawn of the Long Count and try to reconstruct what may have been happening.
Why: Winter Solstice Sun Conjuncts The Sacred Tree in 2012 A.D.
First, the tzolkin count originated among the Olmec at least as early as 679 B.C. (see Edmonson's Book of the Year). We may suspect that astronomical observations were being made from at least that point. The tzolkin count has been followed unbroken since at least that time, up to the present day, demonstrating the high premium placed by the Maya upon continuity of tradition. In this way, star records, horizon positions of the winter solstice sun, and other pertinent observations could also have been accurately preserved. As suggested above, precession can be noticed by way of even simple horizon astronomy in as little time as 100 to 150 years. (Hipparchus, the alleged "discoverer" of precession among the Greeks, compared his own observations with data collected only 170 years before his time.) Following Edmonson, the Long Count system may have appeared as early as 355 B.C. Part of the reason for implementing the Long Count system, as I will show, was probably to calculate future winter solstice dates.
We must assume that even at this early point in Mesoamerican history, the crossing point of ecliptic and Milky Way was understood as the "Sacred Tree". Since the Sacred Tree concept is intrinsically tied into the oldest Mayan Creation Myths, this is not improbable. At the very least, the "dark rift" was already a recognized feature. Early skywatchers of this era (355 B.C.) would then observe the sun to conjunct the dark ridge in the Milky Way on or around November 18th.5 This would be easily observed in the pre-dawn sky as described above: the Milky Way points to the rising sun on this date.
Over a relatively short period of time, as an awareness of precession was emerging, this date was seen to slowly approach winter solstice, a critical date in its own right in early Mayan cosmo-conception. At this point, precession and the rate of precession was calculated, the Long Count was perfected and inaugurated, and the appropriate winter solstice date in 2012 A.D. was found via the Long Count in the following way.
How: Long Count and Seasonal Quarters
Long Count katun beginnings will conjunct sequential seasonal quarters every 1.7.0.0.0 days (194400 days). This is an easily tracked Long Count interval. Starting with the katun beginning of 650 B.C.:
Long Count Which Quarter? Year
6.5.0.0.0 Fall 650 B.C.
7.12.0.0.0 Winter 118 B.C.
8.19.0.0.0 Spring 416 A.D.
10.6.0.0.0 Summer 948 A.D.
11.13.0.0.0 Fall 1480 A.D.
13.0.0.0.0 Winter 2012 A.D.
Note that the last date is not only a katun beginning, but a baktun beginning as well. It is, indeed, the end date of 2012.6
The Long Count may have been officially inaugurated on a specific date in 355 B.C., as Edmonson suggests, but it must have been formulated, tried, tested, and proven before this date. This may well have taken centuries, and the process no doubt paralleled (and was perhaps instigated by) the discovery of precession. The Long Count system automatically accounts for precession in its ability to calculate future seasonal quarters - a property which shouldn't be underestimated.
Summary
This has been my attempt to fill a vacuum in Mayan Studies, an answer to the why and how of the end date of the 13-baktun cycle of the Mayan Long Count. The solution requires a shift in how we think about the astronomy of the Long Count end date. The strange fact that it occurs on a winter solstice immediately points us to possible astronomical reasons, but they are not obvious. We also shouldn't forget the often mentioned fact that the 13-baktun cycle of some 5125 years is roughly 1/5th of a precessional cycle. This in itself should have been suggestive of a deeper mystery very early on. Only with the recent identification of the astronomical nature of the Sacred Tree has the puzzle revealed its fullness. And once again we are amazed at the sophistication and vision of the ancient New World astronomers, the decendants of whom still count the days and watch the skies in the remote outbacks of Guatemala.
This essay is not contrived upon sketchy evidence. It basically rests upon two facts:
1) the well known end date of the 13-baktun cycle of the Mayan Long Count, which is December 21st, 2012 A.D. and
2) the astronomical situation on that day. Based upon these two facts alone, the creators of the Long Count knew about and calculated the rate of precession over 2300 years ago. I can conceive of no other conclusion. To explain this away as "coincidence" would only obscure the issue.
For early Mesoamerican skywatchers, the slow approach of the winter solstice sun to the Sacred Tree was seen as a critical process, the culmination of which was surely worthy of being called 13.0.0.0.0, the end of a World Age. The channel would then be open through the winter solstice doorway, up the Sacred Tree, the Xibalba be , to the center of the churning heavens, the Heart of Sky.
Notes:
1Linda Schele and David Freidel, unlike most Mayanists, continue to support the work of Floyd Lounsbury in promoting the 584285 correlation. This is 2 days off from the Thompson correlation that I use. The decisive factor in supporting the Thompson correlation of 584283 is the fact that it corresponds with the tzolkin count still followed in the highlands of Guatemala. To account for this discrepency in his correlation, Lounsbury claims that the count was shifted back two days sometime before the conquest (not likely), thus explaining its present placement. This means that either correlation will give the December 21st end date. Nevertheless, Schele and Freidel still report that the end date is December 23rd, 2012 rather than Dec. 21st, an unfortunate faux pas understandable only because they aren't particularly interested in the specifics of the correlation debate. For a detailed discussion of this topic, refer to my book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies.
2Case in point is the mysterious existence of myths obviously describing precession in the ancient verses of the Kalevala, the Finnish National Epic. These myths were relayed from the earliest times by way of singers. Many of these stories are thoroughly magical and are filled with sky lore. The Finnish language is not of Indo- European origin and up until the late 19th century peasants in Finland and northwestern Russia had little contact with Europe. Indeed, their heritage suggests more contact with Central Asia than Europe. Some of the Kalevala stories describe a sacred Mill called the Sampo (derived from sanskrit Skambha = pillar or pole) with a "many ciphered cover". This spinning Mill is a metaphor for a Golden Age of plenty and the starry sky spinning around the Pole Star (known as the Nail of the North), which in the Far North is almost straight over head. The Mill at some point is disturbed, its pillar being pulled out of its peg, and a new one - a new "age" - must be constructed. This becomes the chore of Ilmarinen, the primeval smith. In this legend, ancient knowledge of precession among unsophisticated "peasants" who were nonetheless astute skywatchers, was preserved via oral tradition almost down to modern times.
3EZCosmos is a graphic software package that can accurately plot and animate the positions of planets, stars, nebula and so on, for 14,000 years. It is well suited to this research because it accounts for precession in its positional calculations. It also happens to be the software that Linda Schele used to discover the astronomical meaning of the Mayan Sacred Tree.
4 Here we briefly converge with the ideas of Terence McKenna. In the book he co- authored with his brother Dennis (Invisible Landscape, Seabury Press 1975 and Harper San Francisco, 1993), Terence suggests that the position of winter solstice sun within 3 degrees of the Galactic Center in the year 2012 A.D. (a "once-in-a-precessional- cycle" event) may provide the eschatological end point for his theory of time known as Timewave Zero. His end date was chosen for historical reasons and was, apparently, only later discovered to correspond with the Mayan end date. The McKennas point out that this unusual astronomical situation has been noted by other writers, namely, Giorgio de Santillana and Hertha von Dechend in Hamlet's Mill (1969). As ACS Publication's The American Ephemeris for the 21st Century shows, in the year 2012 the Galactic Center is at 27 Sagittarius (within 3 of winter solstice). Thus McKenna demonstrates that on winter solstice of 2012, Galactic Center will be rising heliacally just before dawn, in a way reminiscent of how the Maya observed Venus's last morningstar appearance.
5This basically follows the "1 degree every 72 years" rule of precession. In this way, back in 3114 B.C. the sun conjuncted the Sacred Tree on Oct 10th, which is 72 degrees, or 1/5th of the ecliptic from the winter solstice. The Fall Equinox sun conjuncted the Sacred Tree about 6400 years ago (1/4th of a precessional cycle). Ancient cultures in Mesopotamia may have recognized this alignment, and called it a Golden Age. The fall from this state of alignment may be responsible for the original Fall from Paradise myth, which filtered out to the Judaic tradition.
6The Long Count has other strange astronomical properties. For instance, the 13- katun cycle of 256 years was known to the Yucatec Maya as a prophecy cycle. We see it used in the Books of Chilam Balam. The astronomical reference here is to conjunction cycles of Uranus and Pluto, two of which equal 256 years. From another angle, 3 katuns equal exactly 37 synodical cycles of Venus.
Sources:
Brotherston, Gordon. The Book of the Fourth World. Cambridge University Press. 1992.
Edmonson, Munro. The Book of the Year. University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, Utah. 1988.
EZCosmos. Astrosoft, Inc. DeSoto, Texas. 1990.
Jenkins, John Major. Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies. Borderlands Science and Research Foundation. Garberville, CA. 1994.
Mayan Calendrics. Dolphin Software. 48 Shattuck Square #147, Berkeley, CA. 94704. 1989 &1993.
Meeus, Jean. Astronomical Tables of the Sun, Moon and Planets. Willmann- Bell Publishers. Richmond, VA. 1983.
Michelsen, Neil F. The American Ephemeris for the 21st Century. ACS Publications. San Diego, CA. 1982, 1988.
Ridpath, Ian (ed.). Norton's 2000.0: Star Atlas and Reference Handbook. Longman Group UK Limited. 1989.
Schele, Linda and Freidel, David. A Forest of Kings: The Untold Story of the Ancient Maya. William Morrow and Company, Inc. New York. 1990.
Schele, Linda; Freidel, David; Parker, Joy. Maya Cosmos: Three Thousand Years on the Shaman's Path. William Morrow and Company, Inc. New York. 1993.
Tedlock, Dennis. The Popol Vuh: The Definitive Edition of the Mayan Book of the Dawn of Life and the Glories of Gods and Kings. Simon & Schuster. New York.
1985
Author's Biographical Information:
John Major Jenkins (March 4th, 1964, 9:19 p.m., Chicago) is a student of Mayan time. On several trips to Central America in the late 80's, he worked and lived with the Quich »and Tzutujil Maya in Guatemala. Observations gathered on these trips were published in Chicago area newspapers. Since then he has devoted his time to studying Mayan cosmo-conception and the mathematical and philosophical properties of the sacred calendar. More thought provoking ideas can be found in his recent book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies (Borderlands Science and Research Foundation, 1994). Additional information on the Mayan end date alignment is available by writing the author at Four Ahau Press: P.O. Box 3; Boulder, CO 80306. Four Ahau Web
reply to this post
RavenBlueWol...
online status 140 friends
October 14, 2004 - 06:20 AM new
Re: Prophecies

I bring this up front...if you do not know your past...how can you know your future?
posted by:
Kalonapossessorof...

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 9 replies

Cheyenne Nation Tribal Report - Sweet Medicine - Cheyenne Prophet

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sun, 24 May 2009 19:03:36 GMT

Cheyenne Nation Tribal Report - Sweet Medicine - Cheyenne Prophet

http://www.cheyennenation.com/tribalreport/October/The%20People%20Page%208.htm

THE PEOPLE

A Message From Our Elders: White Bull Tells of Sweet Medicine

A Message From Our Elders: White Bull (Ice) Talks to George Bird Grinnell in 1908 About the Warnings of Sweet Medicine

The Sweet Medicine oral tradition is still alive and spoken only during certain occasions and only after prayers are offered. However, there are numerous written accounts of Sweet Medicine’s warnings. We have found one of the oldest written accounts of the prophet’s warnings as told by Ice.

One man who sat in the circle in the lodge spoke to Sweet Medicine, who for a long time had been sitting in silence with his head hanging down, as if discouraged. He said, “Friend, what is your trouble? Why are you sorrowful?” Sweet Medicine answered, “Yes, it is true I am troubled. Listen to me carefully. Listen to me carefully.” He said this four times. “Our great-grandfather spoke thus to me, repeating it four times. He said to me that he had put people on this earth, all kinds of people. He made us, but also made others. There are all kinds of people on earth that you will meet some day, toward the sunrise, by a big river. Some are black, but some day you will meet a people who are white, --good-looking people, with light hair and white skins.” A man spoke up, and said, “Shall we know them when we meet them?”

“Yes,” said Sweet Medicine, “you will know them, for they will have long hair on their faces, and will look differently from you. They will wear things different from your things, --different clothing. It will be something like the green scum that grows on waters about springs (the thread of cloth). Those people will wander this way. You will talk with them. They will give you things like isinglass (things that flash or reflect the light, mirrors) and something that looks like sand that will taste very sweet. But do not take the things they give you. They will be looking for a certain stone. They will wear what I have spoken of, but it will be of all colors, pretty. Perhaps they will not listen to what you say to them, but you will listen to what they say to you. They will be people who do not get tired, but who will keep pushing forward, going, going, all the time. They will keep coming, coming. They will try always to give you things, but do not take them. At last I think that you will take the things that they offer you, and this will bring sickness to you. These people do not follow the way of our great-grandfather. They follow another way. They will travel everywhere, looking for this stone which our great-grandfather put on the earth in many places.”

“Buffalo and all animals were given you by our great-grandfather; but these people will come in, and will begin to kill off these animals. They will us a different thing to kill animals from what we use, --something that makes a noise and sends a little round stone to kill. Then after a while a different animal will come into the country. It will have a head like a buffalo, but it will have white horns and a long tail. These animals will smell differently from the buffalo, and at last you will come to eating them. When you skin them, the flesh will jerk, and at last you will get the same disease. At last something will be given to you, which, if you drink it, will make you crazy. These people will have something to give to animals to eat which will kill them.”

“There will be many of these people, so many that you cannot stand before them. On the rivers you will see things going up and down, and in these things will be these people, and there will be things moving over dry land in which these people will be.”

“Another animal will come, but it will not be like the buffalo. It will have long heavy hair on its neck, and a long heavy tail which drags on the ground. It will come from the south.”

“When these animals come, you will catch them, and you will get on their backs and they will carry you from place to place. You will become great travelers. If you see a place a long way off, you will want to go to it, so at last you will get on these animals with my arrows. From that time you will act very foolishly. You will never be quite. You will want to go everywhere. You will be very foolish. You will know nothing.”

He took some grass in his hand, and held it out before him, and said, “Here is something that the animals live on.” Then he put it down and he took other plants in his hand, and said, “You see that these are different-looking grasses and plants. These are to be used for your medicine”; and as he put each one down on the ground, he explained the uses of each.

“These people will not listen to what you say; what they are going to do they will do. You people will change: in the end of your life in those days you will not get up early in the morning; you will never know when day comes; you will lie in bed; you will have disease, and will die suddenly; you will all die off.”

“At last those people will ask you for your flesh (he repeated this four times), but you must say ‘No.’ They will try to teach you their way of living. If you give up to them your flesh (your children), those that they take away will never know anything. They will try to change you from your way of living to theirs, and they will keep at what they try to do. They will work with their hands. They will tear up the earth, and at last you will do it with them. When you do, you will become crazy, and forget all that I am teaching you.”

George Bird Grinnell, “Some Early Cheyenne Tales. II,” Journal of American Folk-Lore, Vol. XXI, NO. 80 (1908), pages 319-320.

----- Original Message -----
From: Frankmitchellart@aol.com
To: chaykeya@msn.com
Sent: Saturday, May 23, 2009 9:45 PM
Subject: Re: MK Ultra Indians - Prophecy (mind controlled Indians)

In a message dated 5/23/09 9:51:43 PM, chaykeya@msn.com writes:
where can i find this prophecy?

"Remember what I have said. But at last you will not remember. Your ways will change. You will leave your religion for something new. You will lose respect for your leaders and start quarreling with one another. You will lose track of your relations and marry women from your own families. You will take after the Earth Men's ways and forget good things by which you have lived and in the end become worse than crazy."
Sweet Medicine - Cheyenne Prophet

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

John Trimbach said the Wounded Knee group wants equal time from PBS to "dispel .......

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 23 May 2009 02:57:49 GMT

John Trimbach said the Wounded Knee group wants equal time from PBS to "dispel the myths and correct the damage done to the historical record" by the film.
A group calling itself The Wounded Knee Victims and Veterans Association has accused PBS of presenting a slanted version of events during the American Indian Movement's takeover of Wounded Knee village in 1973.

The 71-day occupation was the subject of "Wounded Knee," the last installment in national public broadcasting's "American Experience -- We Shall Remain" film series. "Wounded Knee" aired Monday and Tuesday.
Ads by Yahoo!

Group members say the film, directed by Stanley Nelson, uses distortions, half-truths and false statements to glorify AIM without telling the other side of the story.

"This film attempts to explain away the destruction of the village by invoking historical issues (broken treaties, Indian boarding schools, government-sponsored relocation, etc.) and by rationalizing the criminality of the perpetrators," reads a letter the group sent to PBS president and CEO Paula Kerger. "One of the film's worst transgressions is its contemptible disregard for the real victims of Wounded Knee, the villagers who lived there."

A group spokesman provided a copy of Kerger's e-mail response to the letter, in which she says, "Please know that we take allegations of the nature described in your letters very seriously."

Kerger said the allegations were shared with the "producing station" for "Wounded Knee" and the "We Shall Remain" series for review. She said she would provide a more complete response after reviewing the producers' findings.

The letter from the Wounded Knee Victims and Veterans Association is signed by JoAnn Gildersleeve Feraca, daughter of the owners of the Wounded Knee Trading Post, which was destroyed during the occupation; Romona and Saunie Wilson, daughters of the late Oglala Sioux Tribal Chairman Richard "Dick" Wilson; Richard Two Elk, a Wounded Knee veteran and former AIM member; Joseph H. Trimbach, a retired FBI special agent in charge; Patrick LeBeau, an Indian Studies professor at Michigan State University; Paul DeMain, editor of News from Indian Country; Shawn White Wolf, CEO of White Wolf Media Group; and John M. Trimbach, who co-authored the book "American Indian Mafia" with his father, Joseph Trimbach.

All but the Trimbachs are Native American.

The film includes archival footage from the takeover along with present-day interviews with AIM leaders Dennis Banks, Russell Means, Carter Camp and others.

John Trimbach said the Wounded Knee group wants equal time from PBS to "dispel the myths and correct the damage done to the historical record" by the film.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Take action for indigenous Rights and sacred sites!

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 30 Apr 2009 03:02:50 GMT

WEDNESDAY, MAY 6, 2009 at 3 P.M. SAN FRANCISCO!!!

Take Action for Indigenous Rights and Sacred Sites!
No Toxic Waste Dump or Border Wall on O’odham Lands near the village and sacred site at Quitovac, Sonora, Mexico!
Assemble at the Mexican Consulate,
532 Folsom Street, between 1st and 2nd Streets, San Francisco.

Followed by a March to US EPA office.

The Mexican government and a company called CEGIR/Centro de Gestion Integral de Residuos S.A. want to build a toxic dump in O’odham territory in Sonora, Mexico, near the sacred site and village of Quitovac. The dump would dispose of industrial hazardous wastes. The permit process has been conducted with no involvement of the Indigenous O odham communities in decision-making processes. The proposed dump would desecrate the sacred ceremony site at Quitovac, and devastate the culture, traditions, sacred sites and spiritual well-being of the O’odham Indigenous peoples in both Mexico and the U.S.. The dump would also expose children and nearby communities to dangerous toxins released in the land, air, and water, and could contaminate water the communities depend on. The Tohono O’odham tribal government in Arizona has passed a resolution denouncing the dump project due to its impact on the sacred ceremonial grounds at Quitovac and on O’odham people, their culture and environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency has failed to uphold its responsibility to protect the O’odham people who are U.S. citizens who visit Quitovac for ceremonies and family vis its. We call on the US EPA to strongly urge the Mexican government to reject the dump due to its impacts on O’odham who are US citizens.
“To the O'odham, Quitovac is the place that defines who we are as people of the desert. We are related to the earth from which we are made. Our Him'dag, our way of life, is based upon this principle. Quitovac holds the traditional knowledge that the O'odham tap into during ceremony, and when we sing our songs and vocalize the old sacred words, we communicate with the grounds when we dance the way the Creator and our helper Brother I'itoi taught us. When we talk about the land we mean the total environment, the plants and animals, the waters, ponds and seas and underground rivers, the mountains, the sky and all humanity. We cannot allow a toxic dump here.” Ofelia Rivas, O’odham Rights Cultural and Environmental Justice Coalition

CALL AND EMAIL THE MEXICAN & US GOVERNMENTS TODAY!
TELL THEM TO OBEY THEIR OWN LAWS &STOP THE TOXIC DUMP PROPOSED NEAR QUITOVAC
Alfonso Flores, Mexican Secretary of the Environment Tel: +52 5556 243342
E-mail: alfonso.flores@semarnat..gob.mx & nbsp; Lisa Jackson, US EPA Administrator jackson.lisa@epa.gov (202) 564-4700

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Mac Arthur Park in Los Angeles on Friday May 1st,

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 30 Apr 2009 03:00:40 GMT

Hello!
I hope some of you will be able to join us at Mac Arthur Park in Los Angeles on Friday May 1st, to celebrate May Day and stand in solidarity with our relatives that stood up after having survived severe, unexplainable, and inexcusable police brutality that occurred there in 2007-

Please take a moment to watch the youtube videos and If you are unable to join us in person, then please be there in spirit!

Bests,
AIM

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wFCPhEGuI-I

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ivn8PrZlAXo

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vYOi42dYazM

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P1kEu6eRklo

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a_nHFVKD9rs

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eeus9IO1C-w

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QYVWAqSRBUU

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJvIqnw5_1s

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

new info if anyone is here? hello?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 22 Apr 2009 22:14:50 GMT

Subject: Education Seminar

Greetings Relations!

I have been asked by the University I work (the College of Business) for (Johnson & Wales University in North Miami) to invite Nation/Tribal education leaders and/or coordinators to an Educational Informational event during the summer 2009. I do not have the dates yet (for the seminar) until I get interest from the People. So far, I have been told that the University will cover all expenses and what the event is about is to tell Nation/Tribal education leaders what we have to offer potential Native students. Can you contact your education leaders and let them know? Have them contact me so I can make the arrangements through JWU.
Pass this on to anyone interested.

Regards,
Enid

Dr. Enid Conley, Ph.D., Ed.S.

Remain close to the Great Spirit.
Show great respect for your fellow beings.
Give assistance and kindness wherever needed.
Be truthful and honest at all times.
Do what you know to be right.
Look after the well being of the body and mind.
Treat the earth and all that dwell there on with respect.
Take full responsibility for your actions.
Dedicate a share of your efforts for the greater good.
Work together for the benefit of All.
- American Indian Spirituality

The Average US Credit Score is 692. See Yours in Just 2 Easy Steps!

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

History Native...info

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 30 Mar 2009 22:24:51 GMT

In a message dated 3/23/09 7:53:05 PM, crichardson66@comcast.net writes:

From: Daniel Murphree nasbsh@gmail.com
Date: Tue, Mar 17, 2009
Subject: CFC: Native America: A State-By-State History

CALL FOR CONTRIBUTORS
NATIVE AMERICA: A STATE-BY-STATE HISTORY

Greenwood Press invites scholars of Native American history
to submit entries for its forthcoming publication titled
Native America: A State-by-State History. This 3-volume
set will cover North American Indian history in the United
States from the pre-colonial period to the present.
Intended for high school and college audiences, each
chapter will be organized alphabetically by state. Some
states will have shorter chapters, around 7,000-10,000
words in length; other states will be covered in 10,000
to 25,000 words. Each chapter will start with a chronology
of events significant to Native American history in that
particular state followed by a narrative overview of
these events, a section highlighting notable individual
Indians in the state, a brief essay on native cultural
contributions to the state and a suggested readings list.

Interested potential authors should submit a CV noting
their credentials and expertise as well as the name of
the state(s) on which they would like to submit chapters. Established
scholars and advanced graduate students are
encouraged to contribute. Each author will receive an
honorarium for their contribution, and depending on the
number of entries submitted, may be eligible to receive
a complimentary copy of the three volume set.

Approved contributors will receive an assignment and
contributors' guidelines document via email followed by
a release form postal mailed from the publisher to be
signed and returned. Complete entries are subject to a
rigorous editing process and will be accepted for
publication at the discretion of the editor and publisher.

Please send all inquiries to nasbsh @ gmail.com.

Editor, Native America: A State-by-State History
Daniel S. Murphree
Associate Professor of History
University of Texas at Tyler
3900 University Boulevard
Tyler, TX 75799

--------------------------------------

I am a professor at Bacone College in Muskogee, Ok; I am
editing an encyclopedia on American Indian affairs for
Greenwood Publishing. I am seeking advice, suggestions,
and contributions. I hope you don't mind if I take the
liberty of attaching a brief overview of the encyclopedia
that includes a working list of issues.

I am seeking suggestions of other issues that would be
relevant for this work, as well as contributors for this
volume. If you have a suggestion, are interested in
contributing, or know of potential contributors, please
let me know. I can be contacted at
russell.lawson @ gmail.com
or lawsonr @ bacone.edu.

Thanks very much.
Russell Lawson

Greenwood Encyclopedia of American Indian Issues Today. Editor: Russell
M. Lawson, Bacone College

Overview:
The Greenwood Encyclopedia of American Indian Issues Today
provides a complete examination of issues relevant to American Indians
in the second decade of the 21st century. Approximately
100 essays written by an international collection of scholars
will examine and describe political, social, economic, moral,
and cultural issues facing contemporary American Indians.
Each essay will describe theories, institutions, people,
laws, customs, and forms of expression and behavior relevant
to the particular issue. Sidebars will provide additional
information on people and topics of particular interest.
Charts and graphs on trends and numbers will lend statistical
support to the essays. Select transciptions of primary source documents
will be included, as will numerous illustrations
to provide visual support to the issues under study.
Anticipated publication date: 2011.

Issues and Topics:
Economic Issues
Employment: unemployment, Affirmative Action, discrimination.
Casinos/Gaming: economic boon; conflict among tribes; tourism.

Legal Issues
Civil and Human Rights: Ongoing racism toward Indians from non-Indians
within towns and states; hate crimes directed
toward Indians; reservation clashes with non-Indians in
nearby towns contesting for similar resources; challenges
to sovereignty by non-Indians; prejudice toward Indians in the workplace
and government.
Law and Justice: Congressional actions, court rulings, Supreme
Court, interpretation of Constitution.
Law Enforcement: tribal, local, federal; jurisdiction;
cooperation v. competition.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Dept. of the Interior: relationship
to tribes and reservations: federal recognition and federal aid.
Indian Trust, Dept. of the Interior: mismanagement.
Repatriation: Native American Grave Protection and Repatriation
Act; sacred objects.

Political Issues
Federal Recognition: treaties; federal assistance: which
tribes are recognized, which aren’t, why?
Politics: influence on local, state, federal political offices;
grassroots political groups; Indians as lobbyists, and PACs.
Tribal Government: representing all members of tribe, on and
off reservation? Using resources, such as gaming money,
honestly and correctly?
Service in U.S. Armed Forces: underrepresented? Same
opportunities as whites? Prejudice?
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Dept. of the Interior: relationship
to tribes and reservations: federal recognition and federal aid.
Indian Trust, Dept. of the Interior: mismanagement.
Reservations: state and federal: relation of federal
reservations to Bureau of Indian Affairs.
Activism: political.
Sovereignty: relation to state and federal governments;
self-determination.

Social Issues
Social Problems: illiteracy, unwanted pregnancies, abortion.
Social Status: within tribes, between tribes, within white
society.
Family: interracial marriages and children; divorce; tribal traditions
v. pressures of contemporary society.
Women: leaders, rights, activism.
Health Care: Indian Health Service, diseases.
Poverty: children, tribal, reservations.
Race: race relations, especially blacks and Indians: competition
and rivalries in communities and on college campuses.
Substance Abuse: alcoholism; methamphetamines.

Religious Issues
Missionaries: Christianity: is the missionary impulse of
Christianity toward American Indians still valid?
Traditional v. Organized Religion: can synthesis of traditional
spiritual religion and Christianity be sustained? Is postmodern
Christianity viable among American Indians?

Education Issues
Higher Education: American Indian Studies, tribal colleges
and universities: is there still a place for exclusivity in
Indian higher education?
Public and Private Education: primary and secondary; Indian
schools; No Child Left Behind.

Psychological Issues
Emotional and Mental Problems: depression, anxiety, phobias.
Individualism: individual successes; challenges to individual successes;
tribal conformity.

Historical Issues
Genocide: contemporary historical issues: continued debate over
genocide. Attempts to convince Indians and non-Indians of its historical
reality; counter-attempts to prove “genocide” in the strict sense of the
word did not occur.

Intellectual Issues
Science: impact on tribal identity (forensics); archeology;
social sciences; geology; hydraulics.

Property Issues
Land Restoration: how to determine broken treaties; when
occupation is legal ownership.
Mineral Rights and Resources: mining, oil and gas: making money
v. protecting land and heritage.
Activism: rights, repatriation, government mismanagement of
lands and resources.
Nuclear Waste: monitored retrieval storage.
Environmental issues: pollution; “environmental racism”.
Tribal Land Use: hunting, fishing, water, hydroelectric:
What to use? What to preserve?

Cultural Issues
Modernization: embracing modern culture, assumptions,
technology, materialism.
Tribal Roles: “Popularity of Being Indian”; who is Indian
and who is not? The validity or lack thereof of percentage
of Indian blood.
Tribal Rivalries: inter-rivalries over land, opportunities,
tourism: intra-rivalries between urban and non-urban residents of same
tribe.
National Museum of the American Indian: on National Mall,
Washington, D.C.: too much popularization, making Indianness mainstream?

Stereotypes: in literature, film, education, sports;
traditional misconceptions; xenophobic language; ethnocentric attitude
toward Indians.
Arts and Humanities: poetry, literature, music, theater:
the American Indian “voice”; fraudulent and fake
representations of Indian art put on exhibit and for sale.
Indianness: personal and collective identity; what is an Indian?
Indian athletes: professional, amateur, traditional Indian;
under-representation of American Indians in NCAA and
professional sports; difficulty in getting college/professional
teams to consider Indians who played athletics on reservations;
inadequate educational background on reservation schools to be accepted
in top colleges and play for teams.
Film and Visual Media by and about Indians: documentaries and
dramatizations illustrating a wide range of issues such as
Indian activism, challenges of identity, education, reservation
life, relationship with federal government and other issues of
sovereignty.
Print Media by and about Indians: Misrepresentation and
distortion of tribal culture by newspapers and magazines
(such as religious beliefs and concern for sacred objects), particularly
gaming/casinos; political and social cartoons.
Historic Preservation: museums; historic structures. Funding?
Exclusivity legitimate? Indian ownership and control?
Cultural Preservation: traditions, ceremonies, languages;
group and self identity in the face of mass society.
Mascots and Logos: sports, advertising.

Urban Issues
Urban Indians: half the Indian population but often left
out of benefits reservation Indians enjoy; poverty; disparate
educational progress; mental and physical disabilities;
interaction of Urban Indians with urban non-Indians and
interaction with non-urban Indians on reservations from
the same tribe.

Regional Issues
Borderlands: Mexican tribes; cultural interaction; illegal immigrants;
dispute over use of resources.
Alaska: Alaska Indians; mineral rights: when to use land?
When to preserve?
Canada: Canadian Indians; cultural interaction; boundary issues
(resources) with Indians in Alaska and U.S.

Demographic Issues
Census Data: changes to Indian population; economic condition
of American (and Alaska) Indians: poverty, housing, home-life,
dependents; population growth on reservations.

==================
X+X+X+X+X+X+X+X+X
==================

That's it for now. Part 3 will be out soon.

Have a great month.

Phil Konstantin
http://americanindian.net

Cherrie Richardson Collazo

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

s.o.s.

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 23 Mar 2009 22:19:08 GMT

Corine Fairbanks
Today at 2:02pm
Reply
On Tuesday March 17th, 2009 we achieved a small victory. The Carpinteria School Board voted to remove the floormats and the athletic patch that were in current use at Carpinteria High School.

Thank you to everyone that was able to attend the meeting and show support for the removal of the imagery. Thank you to all of those that were with us in spirit and emailed your support of the removal. Many people have has shown immense wisdom, courage, and support in speaking out against the institutionalized racism, intimidation and harrassment that continues to thrive in Carpinteria.

We have been advised by many elders, and those with much more experience than us, that what happened last night would would happen. We all know that anger & fear, in all of its forms - erupt whenever someone challenges the idea, the concept, that Native Americans are not mascots and our sacred items are not for thier mockery or marketing tactics.

This small victory leads to a deeper committment in our efforts to make more steps in educating, outreaching, networking and organizing to Native and non-Native people, business, organizations, and schools to remove the offensive Carpinteria imagery. We urge all of you to continue to show your support of us, the Unified Carpinterians and the Coalition Against Racism in Education.

We understand that it took the LA Unified School District amost 10 years to ban Native American mascots and imagery, but it was accomplished. We have no doubt, that this will be accomplished as well.

Respectfully;

AIM Santa Barbara

please take a moment and write your feelings to these individuals below-
Just copy and paste all the email addresses

City Council
Mayor; greggcarty@ci.carpinteria.ca.us
alclark@ci.carpinteria.ca.us
bradstein@ci.carpinteria.ca.us
joearmendariz@ci.carpinteria.ca.us
kathleenreddington@ci.carpinteria.ca.us

Carpinteria School Board Members

Terry Hickey Banks tbanks@cusd.net
Lou Panizzon lpanizzon@cusd.net
Leslie Deardorff ldeardorff@cusd.net
Beverly Grant bgrant@cusd.net
Alex Pulido apulido@cusd.net

Superintendent: Paul A. Cordeiro pcordeiro@cusd.net ,

Support the American Indian Movement of Santa Barbara
Source: apps.facebook.com

Our mission: The American Indian Movement is a grassroots national organization intended to restore dignity for Indigenous Peoples & to change policy in local, state & national government

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

dispelling myths

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 13 Mar 2009 22:17:40 GMT

Native American indians are not allergic to alcohol and 80% of all Natives are not alcoholic..I was shocked to hear this from a friend that heard this some 10-20 years ago and hasn't kept up with the science and medicine which disproved this theory..still the white man cares to remeber the worst eh?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

do Natives have knowledge of tunnels?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 12 Mar 2009 04:08:46 GMT

i found this and thought you might enjoy it.

GOVERNMENT MAP OF UNDERGROUND TUNNELS
UFO BASES

Subterranean Tunnels, Underground Alien Bases

United States Underground Cities, Bases and Tunnels Systems
GOVERNMENT MAP OF UNDERGROUND TUNNELS

These areas were found off a government map showing just some of the underground bases in the United States.

EDWARDS AIR FORCE BASE :From Edwards a tunnel goes to Vandenberg Air Force Base From Vandenberg you back up to Edwards and go Southeast to subterranean base at a place that the map designates as Cat., which probably means Catalina Island, showing a flying saucer there so alien space crafts are probably seen there. The map shows an underground base and a tunnel going into it at a place called 29 palms.
The next place on the map where an underground base is, is the Chocolate Mts.
There appears to be a site in Nevada at Tonopah, Area 51 at Groom Lake, and a place designated as COG AFB.
In Arizona we have sites at Wickiup and Page.
Utah there is one at Salt Lake City (R&D AFB).
There is one in Riverton "M", Denver, Colorado, Colorado Springs, COG Creedo and Delta.
In New Mexico they are at Dulce, Taos, Los Alanos, ALB, AFB, Datil and Carlsbad.
In Texas there is one at Lubbock. Denton "908" (C.O.G) seems to have an isolated one, Ft. Stockton and in Old Mexico there is one at Chihuahua.
Tulsa Oklahoma has one and just NE of there we appear to have one with a saucer coming out of it.
Hutchison AFB Kansas has one.

Arizona Tunnels and Caves

GRAND CANYON - Cave[s] near the confluence of the Colorado and Little Colorado rivers. Hopi legends say that their ancestors once lived underground with a friendly race of "ant people" [not to be confused with the sinister "mantis" people described by several abductees], but some of their kind turned to sorcery and made an alliance with lizard or serpent men known as the "two hearts", which dwelt in still deeper caverns below. The "flood" of evil and violence forced the peaceful Hopi's to the surface world. An explorer named G. E. Kincaid claimed to have found "one of" the ancient caves, in which were reportedly discovered Oriental, Egyptian & Central American type artifacts. Smithsonian archaeologists S. A. Jordan and associates also explored the man-made cavern with hundreds of rooms, enough to hold over 50 thousand people. The underground city is about 42 miles up river from El Tovar Crystal Canyon and Crystal Creek, and about 2000 feet above the river bed on the east wall. John Rhodes after 3 years of field research reportedly discovered the Grand Canyon city, which is now being used as a museum for elitist groups and has lower levels that are being used by "super secret black book operatives", which can only be entered via a stainless steel door at the bottom of a stairwell deep within the "city" that is "guarded by a very lonely soldier staring into the darkness... dressed in a white jumpsuit and armed only with an M16 assault rifle to ward off his imagination." source: ARIZONA GAZETTE, March 12, 1909 & April 5, 1909; Robert Morning Sky; John Rhodes
----------------------------------------------------------------
SEDONA - Famous for it's massive vortexs,is claimed to be an ancient colony of the Lemurians.

According to Commander X, there are reports of a joint-operational underground city and facility under the Enchantment Resort in Boyton Canyon, where clone-like men in black have been seen, along with unusual electromagnetic vortex phenomena. source
David Icke, Children of the Matrix notes that Sedona is associated to ufo activities with a reptilian underground bse where members of the reptilian race work with their human or part-human puppets in the Illuminati on the scintific and genetic agenda. The base would appear to be under Boynton Canyon in Sedona. This is not far from the reservation of the Hopi tribe, which has Lemurian connections.

------------------------------------------------
ARIZONA, SUPERSTITION MTS. - Several people claim to have had experiences with all types of alien beings inhabiting underground levels below the superstitution Mts. east of Phoenix. Early reports speak of humans and human-dwarfs inhabiting the caverns of the region, although in the 20th century reports of reptilian and grey type aliens have increased. Some encounters involve white-greys from Epsilon Bootes, humanoid or reptiloid "deros" in black hooded cloaks using abducted/programmed humans above and below as mind slaves or worse; reptilian humanoids with integrated human DNA abducting and raping women; and various other regressive underground scenarios. source: Kaye Kiziar; Commander X; Brian Scott; Steve Brodie; Hank Krastman
----------------
FORT HUACHUCA, ARIZONA - Had and possibly still does have a large underground and tunnel system that is occupied by a Top Secret communications and cryptography unit. NSA either commands or has peripheral use of the facility. The Arizona military site is also one of the many designated detainment (concentration) camps authorized by our government, under the homeland security act, is martial law is necessarily declared.

Arkansas

CUSHMAN - Caverns west and west-north-west of the town are legendary for stories of deep cavern systems, encounters with hairy humanoids with an attitude, giant serpents and insects, deadly gas pockets, strange electro-magnetic phenomena and unexplained disappearances. One of these is "Blowing Cave" which lies in the mining area NW of Cushman and is located 1/4 mile north of a road leading west from Cushman, one of several caverns in the area, some of them possibly connecting at the deeper levels. Between the large entrance and an underground lake far back in the cave is a trail that winds through an area of rubble or "breakdown". The trail is intersected by a crack in the earth [between the entrance and the lake] that, if followed into the breakdown, widens enough to enter. This chasm is reportedly an entrance to the endless networks of the alien underworld. source: Charles Marcoux - - George Wight - D. A. Lopez; TRIP TO A CUSHMAN CAVERN

California

Indian Legends of California

The Modoc tribe tell that ' thousands of snows ago, there was a great storm over Mt. Shasta. The Great Spirit, who lived within the mountain, sent his youngest daughter out to speak to the storm and tell it to stop blowing so hard, or else the mountain might blow over. He also told her not to stick her head out the top of the mountain, or the wind could catch her long, red hair, and blow her away. The girl, however, having never seen the sea, was overcome with curiosity and stuck her head out of the top of the mountain to see it. As her father the Great Spirit had warned, her long, red hair caught the mighty wind, and she was blown away. Fortunately a group of Grizzly bears found her and took her in. These Grizzly bears were not like modern Grizzlies, however, they were more like humans, walking on two feet, and when the Great Spirit's daughter came of age, she married the oldest Grizzly's son. Their children were then a combination of spirit and animal, having the nature of both; they were the first Modocs.'

There have been tales of strange-looking, robed persons emerging from the forests and coming into nearby towns surround Mt. Shasta to trade gold nuggets for supplies: 'These odd looking persons were not only peculiar in their dress and different in attire from any costume ever seen on the American Indian, and especially in the California Indian, but distinctive in features and complexion; tall, graceful and agile, having the appearance of being quite old and yet exceedingly virile.' A protrusion in the center of their very high foreheads was said to be a special organ enabling them to communicate by telepathy. When approached by townspeople, the Lemurians would apparently vanish into thin air.

According to the Brotherhood of the White Temple in Sedalia, Colorado entitled Mysteries of Mount Shasta, that it is Atlanteans, not Lemurians, who inhabit Mt. Shasta. Though the Lemurians had indeed created vast, underground pleasure palaces beneath the mountain, they had lost their freedom in a great war with the Atlanteans, and remain imprisoned by the Atlanteans in their pleasure palaces even today. "After their retreat, the Atlantean victors sealed the entrance and established an elaborate guard system which prohibits the Lemurians to ever escape their bondage. The Atlanteans, Dr. Doreal states, still reside in their colony beneath Mt. Shasta and commute every three months by strange cigar-shaped airships to an area in the South Pacific in order to check the sealed entrance of the imprisoned Lemurians." It is these aircraft, some say, that accounts for the occasional appearances of UFOs above Mt. Shasta.

The Paihute Indians of the southwest USA claim that a Greek or Egyptian-like race first colonized the massive caverns within the Panamint Mts. thousands of years ago [one source claims the base was established around 2500 B.C., which is incidentally about 600 years following the beginnings of the rise of Egyptian intellectual culture] when Death Valley was part of an inland sea connected to the Pacific Ocean. When the sea dried up these people -- who were described as wearing flowing robes draped over one shoulder, head-bands holding back their long dark hair, and bronze-golden skin -- out of necessity began to develop their collective knowledge and intellect and soon afterwards began to construct "silvery flying canoes". At first these flying machines possessed wings, were relatively small, and flew with a dipping movement and a loud 'whirring' noise. As time passed the ships became wingless, grew larger in size, and flew ever more smoothly and silently. Eventually these people, the HAV-MUSUVS moved their civilization into still deeper caverns which they had discovered farther underground, and commenced to explore the nearby planets and eventually other star systems as their own technological explosion began to refine every aspect of their society. These Hav-musuvs have apparently had interplanetary or interstellar travel for 3000-4000 years since they first developed their flying machines. Could they have been one of the many native-terranian "ancient astronaut" civilizations which apparently had colonized Lyra and other systems? The story of the Panamints was related by a Navaho Indian by the name of Oga-Make, who in turn heard it from an old Paihute medicine man

29 PALMS MARINE BASE - Underground facilities involved with recovered alien technology and research. Also a geological anomaly in the area created by sea water rushing in to underlying caverns when the area was under water, creating a tunnel-like structure from which UFO's have been seen to emerge. Attempts of Army personnel to send cameras down resulted in the camera cables being "cut", and and attempts to send military speleonauts down on ropes resulted in the explorers being exposed to a noxious blue gas which had apparently been released from below to prevent them from descending. source: Val Valerian; 29 PALMS MARINE BASE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANAHEIM - On Nov. 3, 1989, radio talk show host Ken Hudnell announced his intention to take a group to visit an ancient underground city 60 miles from Anaheim. source: THE LEADING EDGE; KEN HUDNELL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BAKERSFIELD - In 1972 Wanda Lockwood of Bakersfield reported that in 1970 she was playing with her son in his bedroom when what sounded like a large steel hammer struck the concrete basement floor 3 times. Her child Danny was so surprised that he began to cry. Having heard a similar noise several months earlier beneath her living room, Wanda was curious and put her ear to the bedroom floor and clearly heard "the roar of machinery". She took a hammer and began to pound the bedroom [basement?] floor in a 1-2-3, 1-2-3 manner until 5 minutes later a "being" beneath the floor began to tap back in the same 1-2-3, 1-2-3 manner. She could hear a series of noises and knocks and then she faintly heard MEN talking to each other, but the voices were too muffled to understand. In later months she would again hear the machinery when placing her ear to the floor, but never again the men's voices. source: FATE Magazine, April, 1972
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BARSTOW - Camp Irwin. Reports of several tunnels below the Camp Irwin area, one of which is an abandoned mine at the bottom of which is an "earth crack" which leads to a tunnel that connects with a massive underground river about a quarter of a mile wide, one of at least five subterranean rivers which rise and fall with the tides, suggesting the source of origin being a large underground sea below the dry basins of Utah and Nevada. One of these reportedly runs below Kokoweef and Dorr peaks near the SW flank of the Ivanpah Mts. NW of Needles, California. These underground rivers are said to empty into the Pacific or Gulf of California via large aqua caves near the base of the continental slopes. source: DEPTHS OF THE EARTH, by William R. Halliday; Leon Davidson; Richard Toronto; FORT IRWIN; CALIFORNIA'S UNDERGROUND RIVER CANYONS

Leon Davidson, in an early issue of Flying Saucers Magazine, spoke of a large network of "underground tunnels in the California desert, at Camp Irwin, near Barstow." This may tie-in with an item related by a Los Angeles municipal water director, as related in an early issue of Richard Toronto's Shavertron letter-zine, stating that this water director knew of 5 large underground rivers which ran beneath the Mojave desert, and that die-traces showed that at least one of these emptied into the Pacific ocean through openings in the continental slopes (One source stated that such a river exited in the Gulf of California).

Other sources speak of a "Kokoweef" river-system which is alleged to lie below Kokoweef peak just east of Fort Irwin, which looked- -according to it's alleged discoverer, a Mr. Earl Dorr, and a few "Indians" who also claimed to have been in it--like a "Grand Canyon" underground. It allegedly consists of a river chasm generally 500 ft. wide and over a thousand feet high-deep, sided by steep tiered-shelved underground cliffs, huge stalactites and cataracts. Also, the alluvial sands on the 'beaches' along the river, which allegedly hold a large percentage of gold dust, are said to be several feet deep. The entrance to this cavern was allegedly dynamited shut by Mr. Dorr to protect anyone else from getting to "his" gold. There is in fact evidence that Dorr did dynamite shut the lower level of 'Kin Sabe' cave in Kokoweef Peak, and there are present-day attempts to break through into this underground system. The water of the river allegedly rose and fell with the tides, suggesting that a very large body of water might exist upstream, that is if Dorr's account as well as the accounts of the Indians were not fabricated).

The municipal water director, according to the Shavertron article, spoke with a man who claimed that he was hired several years ago by the government to look for water sources for Ft. Irwin. He alleged to have explored an old mine in the area and found that deep down, the shaft intersected with an ancient earth fault or chasm- like cave which continued horizontally for a considerable distance. This government employee followed the chasm and allegedly emerged onto the bank of a huge underground river-cave over a quarter of a mile wide! The tremendous water flow-- possibly originating from the waters that apparently disappear beneath the Great Basin, the Nevada and Mojave deserts?--could have 'fed' the water needs of all of Southern California.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEEP SPRINGS - Deeps Springs, due east of San Jose and next to the California-Nevada border, is named after a small spring fed lake, within which government divers have reportedly discovered an underground river which they have followed for approximately 27 miles in the direction of Las Vegas, although it is uncertain whether or how much of this is walkable. Deep Springs, according to an agent who was part of a secret CIA paramilitary force called "Yellow Fruit" or "YF" based at the Nevada Test Site [where they are working with "blond" humanoid aliens in an effort to fight the Greys at deep springs], is the basing area of a large nest of grey aliens and communist - homosexual human collaborators who are using the "National Resources Defense Council" as a front for their agency, and who are involved in an electromagnetic war with the "benevolent ones" who have made allies within the Nevada Test Site, who serve as advisors to intelligence agencies that are turning against the greys as a result of betrayals of joint-operation treaties. However there are still intelligence agencies under alien control working at the Nevada Test Site and especially within the deeper underground levels [the benevolent ones and their allies essentially having gained the "upper ground"], however the whole scenario is a mess and "out of control", largely because of the military-industrial "machine" itself which has become so compartmentalized and secretive [even to the exclusion of Congressional oversight] that the true patriots don't have the freedom or backup to do much damage against their underground nemesis, mainly because of the limitations imposed upon them by fraternal oaths, mental programming, and military security clearances. It is basically every man for himself, UNTIL at least the PUBLIC and CONGRESS gets involved and adds their support to the patriots who are literally dying on the front lines in this battle with an alien nemesis which has infiltrated the very core of the military-industrial complex. Men In Black, by the way, have also been seen at Deep Springs. Also several "stand-offs" allegedly exist throughout the world, the Deep Springs - Nevada Test Site stand-off being possibly the largest and most critical. Gravity anomaly maps also suggest the existence of massive caverns beneath the area. Agent "YF" cited the following coordinates as locations of Deep Springs extension facilities, in most cases near the bases of mountains near which portals to the underground installations exist: N 37 22 30 - E 117 58 0; N 38 21 0 - E 115 35 0; N 35 39 0 - E 114 51 0; and also Yucca Lake: N 37 0 30 - E 116 7 0. source: John Lear; LEADING EDGE Newsletter, Dec. 1989 - Jan. 1990
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
, CADIZ - The late Earl Gambrel tells how he was transported by an alien craft one night from the outskirts of Barstow to an area just 2 miles NW of Bonanza Springs, some 13 miles from Cadiz and just south of the Clipper mountain area. He found [or was shown] a cave or tunnel in the side of a hill near a natural rock arch and a peak which looks like it has "a black railroad car on top of it." After considerable travel underground at a 30 degree descent, he reached an underground city with streets and houses filled with large crystals, now abandoned. He also heard of another man who reportedly found the cave and told others about it, but who was killed shortly thereafter. source: John Winston; Map Location of Cadiz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHINA LAKE - A woman names "Diane" claimed that she has had numerous alien encounters since childhood. During one encounter she was taken to a joint alien-military facility deep beneath the China Lake Naval Weapons Test Center via magnetic a elevator to a huge facility where she observed numerous humans and animals in cages who had been bio-genetically altered. Also, possible massive underground facilities beneath Argus and/or Southeast Peaks NW of Trona in the China Lake Reserve. source: ALIEN MAGIC, by William F. Hamilton III; UNDERGROUND BASES AND TUNNELS, by Richard Sauder;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEAR LAKE - According to Robert K. Newkirk, northern California's "Clear Lake has many underground caverns [leading under Mt. Konocti?] that we know have no endings and others that run to San Francisco Bay." source: AMAZING STORIES; Mt. Konocti
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EDWARDS AIR FORCE BASE - The "Haystack" bluff or butte near the launch area reportedly holds underground levels and surface pylons where pulse beam and stealth research is being carried out. Haystack Butte is reportedly the central hub of massive underground activity, with underground connections to other facilities. Witnesses who have described alien activity there have died under mysterious circumstances. Also reports of a 50 mile underground tube-shuttle linking Edwards AFB with the Tahachapi facility, and an ongoing excavation below the base down past 9000 feet, with underground facilities being monitored by hovering remote-controlled basketball sized metallic spheres capable of electromagnetically monitoring the encephalographic waves of base workers and visitors and thus anticipate their intents. source: B.S.R.F. Newsletter, Dec. 1990; The LEADING EDGE Newsletter, May 1989; William F. Hamilton, III
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EL PASO MOUNTAINS - Below Iron canyon and Gofer, NW of Garlock [over a dozen miles north of Mojave, California near the El Paso Mountains], there have been reports of alien beings who control deadly "manchines" which stalk the surface, especially near Iron canyon, at night. Also reports of secret government monitoring activity and also a major electromagnetic 'vortex' energy field in the area. source: UFO ANNUAL magazine [year uncertain]; El Paso Mts.; Garlock Fault Zone
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESSEX - Jack Mitchell, founder of Mitchell Caverns [18 miles north of Essex, which is 28 miles west of Needles and 111 miles east of Barstow on Route 66] claimed that while exploring a shaft called "The Cave of the Winding Stair" in or near Mitchell Caverns, he was lowered down a ledge 500 feet, from where he set fire to a gasoline soaked sock with a rock in it, and watched it disappear into the shaft without seeing it hit anything. source: CAVEMAN, the autobiography of Jack Mitchell; Mitchell's Caverns
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
, HELENDALE - SW of Barstow. A Lockheed facility known as the RCS [Radar Cross Section] test range, and also known as the "Helendale" facility. A massive underground base site and C.O.G. [Continuity Of Government] facility, located 6 miles north of Helendale auxiliary airport. Several underground openings, especially in the northern end. Also a 100 foot pylon for testing antigravity prototypes. Some of these pylons are retractable and rise from or sink into openings in the ground. source: HUFON REPORT, Nov. 1992; Helendale Facility
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BETWEEN HOPLAND & LAKEPORT - Edward John spoke of an area midway between the two cities [in the area of the Krishna temple] and somewhat south, where the following has been reported: space-time distortions, attempted attacks by alien creatures at night, an atmosphere of terror covering a 30 mile area, black automobiles disappearing into clifs, strange voices in an unknown language coming out of thin air, cars mysteriously stalling and starting, rumors of a "bottomless cave" with a stone staircase leading downward, unexplained disappearances of "government vehicles" along the Hopland - Lakeport road, and mysterious deaths among residents of a nearby valley. Also a 1990 magnetic survey identified a large gap in the magnetic field near Lakeport and Mt. Konocti, suggesting a large cavernous expanse below. source: AMAZING STORIES magazine, May 1946 - Dec. 1946; Route from Hopland[*star] to Lakeport
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JUNE LAKE - Jack Peterson reported an encounter near June Lake where he reportedly observed a small humanoid being exiting from a cone-shaped machine which had emerged from the depths of the earth, and which disappeared into the earth after the "alien" had re-entered the craft. source: SHAVERTRON, issue No.14; June Lake, California
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LANCASTER - A collaboration between Northrup, McDonnel-Douglas and Lockheed is developing and testing antigravity air and/or space craft in massive underground facilities. Abductees report being taken to these elaborate multi-billion dollar underground complexes where they have seen human military personnel working with grey aliens and in some cases reptilian humanoids. Glowing discs, triangles, boomerangs, elongated shapes, spheres and other types of antigravity craft have been seen flying or hovering in the area, as well as black unmarked helicopters. source: HUFON REPORT, Nov. 1992; Michael Lindemann & Michael Riconosciuto
----------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, LANDERS. About a dozen miles north of Yucca Valley is Giant Rock, thought to be the largest free-standing boulder in the world. It covers 5800 sq. ft. and is 7 stories high. It was used in ancient times for seances by native American chiefs. Frank Critzer was the first modern individual to excavate rooms from beneath Giant Rock. According to Hank Krastman, Frank stated that in the process of his excavations he "had stumbled onto some unusual glass-lined tunnels under ground which went down real deep". Critzer hollowed out 400 square feet of rooms from under the north side. Deputies from Riverside county [Giant Rock is in San Bernardino county] during WWII tried to apprehend Frank for questioning as a possible German spy [there were several in the area at the time] but when Frank baracaded himself in his "home" the deputies threw in a tear gas grenade, which ignited a pile of dynamite under his table that was used for excavation. The deep "glass" tunnels may have been buried in that explosion. Frank was killed, and newspapers held with the spy story even though the FBI told George Van Tassel it was not true. George restored some of the rooms under the rock, where he claimed to have had meetings with human ET's who claimed to be members of a Sol-ar system Tribunal on one of the moons of Saturn. Van Tassel was instructed to build the domed "Integratron" near the Giant Rock, with the belief that the weight of the rock pressing down on the sand-quartz below created an electromagnetic field similar to the one created about 7 feet above the apex of the Great pyramid, generated by the massive weight pressing down on the quartz-laden stones. After George passed away the "government" blew up the underground chamber. source: INTERNATIONAL UFO Magazine, article by Hank Krastman; Giant Rock & the Integratron
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, MT. LASSEN - Two young men reported the discovery of a glazed tunnel behind an outcropping of rock at about the 7500 ft. level on the slopes of Mt. Lassen. They explored the cavern using a strange tunnel vehicle and were captured by men dressed as surface people who were known as the "horlocks", humans under the total mind-control of some alien force, only to be rescued by an underground resistance force. Others have reported abductions near Lassen by a human - reptilian collaboration. source: AMAZING STORIES magazine, Dec. 1946; Mt. Lassen Natl. Park
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, LLANO - A large McDonnel-Douglass facility based at the old Grey Butte Airport, about 6 miles SW of El Mirage dry lake and 9 miles NE of Llano. Also contains pylons upon which various aerodynamic hulls are placed for stealth and other design tests. Often the objects atop the pylons have been seen to glow at various intensities. source: HUFON REPORT, Nov. 1992; Map of Llano, California; the Yano [sic/i.e. Llano] Facility & Aliens
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES - On Feb. 12, 1953, witnesses observed an automobile enter the throat of a storm drain near Willowbrook and Greenleaf Avenues. Police followed the fresh tire-tred marks into the tunnel for 7 miles, while other police & flood control workers continued the search by dropping through manhole covers. The search continued until midnight, until 7 miles up the drain the tracks VANISHED. "In the muddy silt covering the floor of the drain, the tire-tred marks were sharp and fresh... then no more tracks." source: STRANGE DISAPPEARANCES, by Brad Steiger
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES - A legendary underground city, now flooded, is said to lie below the Los Angeles Public Library and surrounding areas. Patterned after the shape of a lizard, the city is said to be connected to Mt. Shasta, and was built by an ancient race that revered reptiles. Although filled with gold, parts of the ancient city has become flooded. source: QUEST FOR THE LOST CITY, article by Sanford M. Cleveland in AMAZING STORIES magazine, July 1947; see also THE LIZARD PEOPLE UNDER LOS ANGELES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES - In the old Spanish Garavanza district, where Avenue 64 and York Boulevard now lie, there used to be a ranch owned by Ralph Rodgers who had employed several Mexican and Chinese workers. In early 1900 Andrew C. Smith and Charles A. Elder, discovered a rumored tunnel entrance in the area and reported it to the local newspaper, whose editor confirmed their story. They explored the tunnel to some depth. They also learned from a Mexican elder of a native American village that existed on the banks of the Arroyo Seco River. When the Spanish entered the area this man, Juan Dominquez, had explored the tunnel "leading to a gigantic cave and then still going further down", spreading under the entire village of Garavanza and connecting to the Spanish Church of the Angels on North Avenue 64. One entrance was reportedly located along the west bluff of Arroyo Seco River about 300 feet south of the former Pasadena Ave. Rail Bridge, and about 20 feet above the stream, but the city "blew up" the entrance after children were hurt in the cave, and a Freeway exists now in the area, however a secret opening still exists in the basement of the Spanish church mentioned above. Early visitors to the cave had reported "many caverns and tunnels going deep down, with eerie voices coming from them." The cave used to be used by natives for ritual purposes. source: Article by Hank Krastman in THE HOLLOW HASSLE INSIDER, Vol.3, No.1; The Church of the Angels - Los Angeles
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, MOJAVE - Stories of underground pits and shafts [some natural, others artificial mine-shafts] leading to underground caverns below Iron Canyon near the El Paso Mts. NE of Mojave. Reports of underground alien activity, automatons, and electromagnetic vortexes, all of which are carefully monitored by secret government agents. [see also: CALIFORNIA, EL PASO MOUNTAINS]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, OAKVILLE - Just east of Santa Rosa, there is a secret government facility that has been constructed near the Oakville Grade, which will reportedly consolidate many of the C.O.G. [Continuity Of Government] operations of the Military-Industrial Complex. Black "mystery helicopters" have been seen leaving and entering the facility on a constant basis. source: Several issues of the NAPA SENTINEL Newspaper
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, PALMDALE - Reports of a multi-layered technology center over 8 levels in depth and the size of a massive city. Many of the workers being "synthetics" and humans with "ultra top secret" security clearances. source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR, July 7, 1992; The Skunk Works - Palmdale
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, QUINCY - Cossette Willoughby tells about an experience that she and her husband Ken had while staying at a turnout about 20 miles from Quincy, in a heavily wooded area. She saw an "old man" with white hair, white shirt and dark trousers who "swung his head from side to side like a lizard as he walked, he had a reptilian appearance [and] carried a very elaborate cane [with] a large ball carved on top with four cobras wound around the stick." When she tried to get his attention the "man" ignored her, walking across the road from one patch of woods to another, in an area where the turnout was the closest sign of civilization for several miles around. source: Cossette Willoughby of Fairacres, New Mexico; Quincy, California map
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, SALTON SEA - Mountains adjacent to the Salton sea of S. California have been the site of reports of subterranean rock slides, and also legends concerning the ancient "seven caves" of the Aztecs which some believe lie below the area. source: Penny Harper; Salton Sea Naval facility
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, SAN DIEGO - The COMTRAPAC submarine base reportedly maintains several underground levels. The 6th sub-level containing a terminal to a sub-shuttle transit system capable of subterraneous hi-speed transit to other U.S. underground bases as far away as Washington D.C. source: UFO JOURNAL OF FACTS, Spring, 1991 [a MUFON research journal], article by Forest Crawford of Illinois-Missouri MUFON; San Diego Sub-Base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, SAN FRANCISCO - There is a report of a demolition crew who, several years ago, broke into a subterranean tunnel while demolishing a building. Workers followed the tunnel for a while until they came face to face with hair animal-men whose eyes reflected their lights back at them with a reddish glow. source: NEW ATLANTEAN JOURNAL[?]; a Related Site?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, TEHACHAPI MTS. [NW of Los Angeles] - Several accounts suggest that the military-industrial complex had entered in to a collaboration with a parasitical alien race. In exchange for advanced technology the industrialists have allowed the aliens to have access to the multi-trillion dollar military-industrial underground network in order to carry out "genetic experiments" on earth. Those who received the new "Trojan horse" technology also received major alien mind-control programming, and as a result the underground networks are quickly being assimilated by the alien collective, effectively controlling the minds of those earth people who pose the greatest threat to alien imperialism, i.e. those who have access to interplanetary technology. Tehachapi is also called the "Anthill", there are open silos where laser light systems are tested and hovering basket-ball sized cosmodrones or "spybees" monitor all activity above and below ground, where "ground-scrapers" descend at least 2 miles and 42 sub-levels, connecting to other facilities via tunnels and mag-lev shuttles and also to more ancient alien cavern domains [natural and artificial] deep beneath the earth. There are also reportedly cloned humans with cybernetic minds and assimilated reptilian/alien DNA which work in these facilities known as the 'Orange' because of their 'stalky' yellowish or reddish hair, along with Grey aliens, Reptiloids, Military Industrial Black Ops, and others. This site is also known as the Tejon or Tahachapi "Ranch", and is located at the mouth of Little Oak Canyon, about 25 miles NW of Lancaster. It is partially powered by the Kern River hydroelectric project, where there is also a mountain that has been "hollowed out". One can reportedly drive underground [with required security clearance] from California City to Palmdale to George AFB/Victorville through underground cities and tunnels where aliens have been seen "all over the place", having free access to the underground network, yet these aliens have been known to abduct or even kill some who have reported their presence there, because the aliens operate "inside our government" [via the Military-Industrial Trojan horse which operates largely outside of Congressional oversight] and do not want their subversive activities to be discovered by the masses or by more benevolent space forces who are at war with these "regressive" alien forces. These regressive aliens attempt to create a facade of benevolence towards those "programmed" humans who work in the underground facilities, or use fear and intimidation towards those who are aware of their true intentions. Reports of abductions and dissections of humans abound, reportedly with the purpose of "finding our weaknesses and learning how to control us" through controlling the social infrastructure upon which most have become dependent. source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR, July, 1992; Val Valerian; Michael Lindemann; "High Strangeness in the Antelope Valley", by William F. Hamilton III
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA, YUCCA MOUNTAIN - Reports of underground tunnels descending several miles beneath the mountain. source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR, July 7, 1992; the Los Alamos Labs - Yucca Mountain Project
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CALIFORNIA, SANTA ROSA - Underground FEMA facility. source: Richard Sauder
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A very active UFO base exists beneath Mt. Ranier. There are also said to be underground "vaults" containing records of the ancient Lemurians. (Note: F.L. Boschke wrote the book "The Unexplained" about the mysteries surrounding Mt. Ranier.) The ice cap of Mt. Ranier contains a maze of corridors and caves. In August of 1970, scientists climbed to the top of Mt. Ranier, and entered these caverns and tunnels. Evidence was found indicating that a small lake exists deep beneath the ice cap. It is possible that one could find a way to get beneath Mt. Ranier through these tunnels.
The Mt. Lassen Entrance Mt. Lassen in Tehama County, California is an entrance to a large underground city. Near the foot of Mt. Lassen is a town called Manten. A man named "Ralph B. Fields" lived (lives?) there, and found the entrance to the underground city. His friend "Joe" was with him. The cave entrance is in the side of the mountain, at a little over 7,000 feet above sea level, and is near a rock outcropping suitable for camping under.

Death Valley, CA. Entrance.
Local Indian legends speak of a tunnel that runs beneath the desert. (Note: The book "Death Valley Men," tells the story of 3 people who are supposed to have found an underground city connected with this tunnel, and who actually took treasures from it. The entrance to the Death Valley Tunnel is in the Panamint Mountains down on the lower edge of the range near Wingate Pass, in the bottom of an old abandoned shaft. The bottom of the shaft is collapsed, opening an entrance into a large tunnel system containing much treasure. These tunnels connect with the surface also through arches (like large windows) in the side of the mountain and they look down on Death Valley. They're high above the valley now, but they were once on the edge of the water, and were accessed by boats. The "windows" in the Death Valley side of the Panamint Mountains are about 4,500-5,000 feet above the bottom of Death Valley, and are across from Furnace Creek Ranch. From these openings you can see the green of the ranch below you and Furnace Creek Wash across the valley. (So, with high-powered binoculars or a telescope, you should be able to see the openings from the Furnace Creek Ranch, or Wash.) You can drive down Emigrant Canyon towards Death Valley. You can then park beside the road between Furnace Creek Ranch and the Salt Bed. (From here, the windows should be visible through binoculars.) Indian legends of the Paiutes Indians speak of the people who used to live in the Panamint's caverns.

The Mt. Shasta, CA Entrance
There are tunnels beneath Mt. Shasta that lead to a UFO base there, as well as tunnels that connect with the vast world-wide tunnel network. The Lemurian city "Telos" is said to exist beneath Mt. Shasta. William Hamilton has done much research on Mt. Shasta and the tunnels. He has privately published a book entitled "Alien Magic" 249 North Brand Boulevard, Suite 651 Glendale, CA 91203

COLORADO

BLANCA PEAK - Mt. Blanca [Massif] is located in the mysterious San Luis Valley of Colorado, which has been a "hot spot" for UFO sightings and animal mutilations. Also Southwestern tribes have legends involving caverns below the Mt. Blanca, San Luis Lakes, and Great Sand Dunes National Monument region, through which their ancestors migrated during a time of surface natural disasters before emerging onto the surface once again. There have been some rumors of an attempted government attack upon an underground alien [Grey] base beneath Mt. Blanca, using a deadly nerve agent, which backfired or failed. Blanca peak is located between Alamosa and Walsenberg.

DELAWARE

DELAWARE BAY - Richard S. Shaver created a stir in AMAZING STORIES Magazine from 1945-1950 after sending a ms. to editor Ray Palmer [who backed Kenneth Arnold's investigation of the 'Maurey Island/Tacoma' UFO incident which also involved military industrialist agent Fred L. Crisman -- who later happened to be a close associate of Clay Shaw who Attorney James Garrison accused of being the Mafia-CIA go-between in the JFK assassination], Palmer also having publicized Arnold's own sighting of disc-shaped craft over Mt. Rainier, which became the original source for the term "flying saucers". Shaver's ms. was originally titled A WARNING TO FUTURE MAN, until it was embellished and "occultized" by Palmer to accommodate his metaphysical and science-fiction oriented readership, and re-named I REMEMBER LEMURIA. Shaver told of his experiences where he would "hear peoples thoughts" while working on a certain arc welding machine at an auto plant in Detroit. The "machine" made him sensitive to the thought-waves of others in the factory, however he claimed that many of the "voices" or thought-waves what he intercepted did not come from the factory but emanated from caverns BELOW Detroit involved a warring subterranean factions known as the dero and the tero, of star-ships, machines capable of transmitting electronically-enhanced focuced encephalographic or telepathic beams or rays, and other bizarre and horrific realities. Shaver also told of how his first visit to "the caves" occurred when a "hologram" of a young woman led him to a cavern entrance; also of his second and last physical visit to a hidden cave entrance on the east coast of Delaware [Bay], via a boat by which he navigated the water-filled passage for a few miles until reaching a "Tero" city. While there the "Deros", he claimed, attacked and killed all of his Tero "friends", but for some reason they left Shaver alive. Shaver left the cave and never returned to the inner world physically, however he continued to recieve "thought beams" which claimed to originate from other "Teros" yet which became increasingly occultic and confusions, suggesting, according to some, that the "Deros" were manipulating Shaver in order to bring ridicule to the subject of an underground reality that was on the verge of becoming public knowledge on the surface. The "Shaver Mystery" DID however provoke much feedback from others who recounted similar experiences with the underground realm, however the highly occultic "messages" that Shaver continued to receive for years afterwards led many to become entangled in deeply occultic practices and belief systems and also paranoid schizophrenic behaviors. Who or whatever was manipulating Shaver's mind apparently succeeded in dragging many people under their occultic influence. According to Ray Palmer, who stayed overnight at Shaver's house on on occasion, he heard five separate and distinct voices one night coming out of Shaver, who was apparently linked to a collective mind via electro-telepathic waves. The "group" of voices which were being channeled through Shaver were matter-of-factly discussing the murder and dismemberment of a woman within "the caves", and one of the "voices" was stating -- according to Palmer -- that such things should not be taking place. source: AMAZING STORIES Magazine; THE HIDDEN WORLD; SHAVER MYSTERY Magazine; CAVEAT EMPTOR; SHAVERTRONmagazine; Richard Shaver, the founder of Ufology?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLORIDA
MIAMI - Underground genetics-breeding facility with several mature and young girls being held captive by grey aliens. Used to breed a "hybrid" slave labor race that is intended to infiltrate surface society and do the bidding of the New World Order, which is to be ultimately controlled by an alien agenda. source: Mr. X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEORGIA -
Engineer Rex Ball came upon a network of tunnels in Georgia in 1940, which led to an underground installation manned by Oriental-looking men in coveralls and a few American military officers. When caught in the tunnels, an officer issued the curt command: "Make him look like a nut!" The next thing he recalled was waking up in a field uncertain whether the experience was real or a dream. source: THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES, by John A. Keel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ATLANTA - A major underground Bavarian Illuminati facility constructed in collaboration with a similar base below the Denver International Airport. Like the D.I.A. facility, the Atlanta facility is occupied by the cult of the serpent [human & alien collaborators] and is "intended" to be used jointly with the Denver Airport facility as duel U.S. headquarters for New World Order regional control, and for continued "Montauk" or "Phoenix" Project operations. source: Mr. X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOUGLAS - In the 1950's, Earl Meeks was drilling a well on his property 6 miles from Douglas when he broke through to empty space. The shaft began to suck in a constant flow of air and sounds resembling "an underground railway" were so loud that they had to cover the "well" with planks at night so that they could sleep. A few decades later a subscriber to THE HOLLOW EARTH INSIDER, "Lucky", visited the Meeks homestead 6 miles WEST of Douglas, and learned that people from all over the state had come to investigate the well the entire 2 weeks that it sucked in air, before the Meeks finally had it capped off. "Lucky" told of his intention to seek permission from the Meeks to uncap the well. source: FATE Magazine, Jan. 1957; THE HOLLOW EARTH INSIDER, Vol.1, No.4 [Spring, 1993]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARIETTA - A planned underground Pentagon facility below Kennesaw mountain, a few miles from Dobbins Air Force Base, to be used as a "defense" installation for the surrounding 13 states region, was reported by Richard Sauder. source: UNDERGROUND BASES AND TUNNELS, by Richard Sauder
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THOMASVILLE - Underground FEMA facility. source: Richard Sauder
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDAHO
BURLEY - Druggist George Haycock claimed that he had explored a shaft that could be entered via a boulder strewn depression or sink 6 miles west of Burley, and one mile off the main road [presumably in the opposite direction from the river?]. Native American legends told of a demonic race that would emerge from a cave and capture their women and children. Mr. Haycock reported psychic attacks and impressions of evil activities taking place underground. The shaft led to a long square-cut yet ancient horizontal crawlspace tunnel with branch tunnels and a cave-in which he attempted to dig through, although experiencing unusual "resistance" in doing to. He later wrote friends that someone was trying to blast the shaft closed with dynamite and also reported a death threat he had received in the mail telling him to cease and desist his explorations. Shortly after this, he was found strangled to death in his home. source: AMAZING STORIES magazine, Oct. 1947 & Jan. 1948
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ILLINOIS
CHICAGO - Allegations that the Bahai Temple near Chicago, which has foundation "pillars" reaching hundreds of feet to the bedrock below, contains an entrance to an underground system deep below which connect to other underground systems. source: Kenneth Van Hoof

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Hopi Prophecy

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 07 Feb 2009 22:58:27 GMT

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 1)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pB9gqjZ9_IQ

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 2)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ETeuvmdKiRg

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 3)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9LroV8LoHO0

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 4)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SeyrCw-gRAE

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 5)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2A0_cyuW1PU

Hopi Prophecy Rock 2012 by Thomas Banyacya
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y9Vhivi6nws

Hopi Elder Thomas Banyacya
http://www.dreamscape.com/morgana/tethys.htm

Hopi Interpreter Thomas Banyacya
http://www.angelfire.com/on/GEAR2000/tbhopi.html

Thomas Banyacya
http://www.answers.com/topic/thomas-banyacya

Remembering Thomas Banyacya
http://www.sonic.net/~kerry/banyacya/thomas.htm

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Native TV

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 07 Feb 2009 22:33:38 GMT

Just tell them Kalona/Raven sent you:
Native American Television!!!

You are invited to add your thoughts, voice and presence…

This Forum serves to gather input, interest and voices, of Individuals, that share not only an interest but actually a want and need to see Native Americans not only represented but govern their very own Media Outlet via the following methods:

Cable/ Direct TV / SAT/ Public Television/ IPTV and any other Media Relevant Wireless Network

To date there are only sparsely Native American Networks streaming Native American Content within the United States in the mainstream media or public broadcasting venues, meaning there is no channel that any Native American can turn to, on a national scale to view Native American / Indigenous content, may it be a weekly sitcom, film, comedy documentary, news, events you name it…the faces of Native Americans are not openly portrait, other then an occasional Blockbuster or Network Production. Small representation is accumulating online, with networks and websites streaming content thru, YouTube, Mogulus and other methods to at least be somewhat visual…This Forum could collectively combine voices throughout the Internet to link together a strong foundation to let national Networks realize that as we will see this coming April…”WE WILL REMAIN…we are still here…and have more then just a small share to add to the Entertainment Industry

At this very moment there are stations, networks and channels specifically geared and even suited towards other ethnics of this country, such as the African American, Hispanic, Asian and Indian communities. As examples there are Networks such as BET, The Bollywood channel, and more!

Just this past year in November 2008 the lack of national media acknowledgement became once again very clear, as November is Native American Heritage month, and the Friday after the National Thanksgiving Holiday was voted in to be the National Native American Heritage Day…

There was no specialized programming about Native Americans in the Media to commemorate and celebrate the culture, no Native made movies or documentaries, no commercials, no events, no historical placements…nothing…and if so sparsely…mainstream news does not cover anything of importance or value pertaining to Native Americans…

This must change hence Nick White Swan and I designed this network to show, and demonstrates that not only is there a want and lack…but that this needs to not only be addressed but can actually change, if strong numbers show, that we do want this to happen, we have content, material…and def. the passion to see Native American / Indigenous programming, making it onto the national Air & Media waves…

Please give your thoughts and voice to this, by joining this network, by adding your content, by showing the public, that Native Americans, are producing content, are writing scripts, are wonderful entertainers, craftsmen, actors, musicians, film makers and artists so it may be put in front of Media Networks, cable and satellite providers to stimulate them to consider their lack of realizing this Nations first people as an completely ignored and untapped media market, and also to finally give Native Americans and their children something to identify with culturally speaking! Think about it…when is the last time, you clicked through your cable, dish or satellite tv channels and came across a native American family being truthfully portrait within a sitcom…or were exposed to Native American Documentaries… saw a pow wow ( The Gathering of Nations, or Schemutzin just as a broad example both draw thousands of people each year ) featured, or the coverage of the NAMMY”s for that matter?

This lack of presence is apparent, but as with anything, if people are not being made aware things can not nor will they change. The lifestyles and conditions within many Native American Communities depends on the acceptance of media implementation…it is a reasonable fact, that people in general do care about things that they are exposed to visually speaking…things that are not seen, usually are not dealt with, poverty, and self efficiency can only be incorporated into a Change of passage, if we add Native American content into the line up of available network programming…finally giving a voice and equality…a right that needs to be available to All Americans especially it’s first Americans. As Rev. Lewis put it in the Inauguration…Where the red man can get ahead man….

http://theoriginstv.ning.com/

Cherrie

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

emergency help needed

Sizzle — Fri, 16 Jan 2009 02:37:34 GMT

Dear Ones,

Please read:

''Emergency Winter Heating/Utility Assistance Program for the Elders, Disabled, and Seriously Ill.''

Winter in South Dakota started early Autumn 2008 and has been
exceptionally brutal with days and nights already breaking many records
for below 0*F temperatures and reported wind chill factors defying
comprehension at -72*F.

On the Pine Ridge Oglala Sioux Reservation, this has set even the
most solid of reservation organizations scrambling for heating fuel.
Add to the problem a 33% increase in propane costs this year and it has
become a very tenuous situation.

Sadly, like everywhere, it's always the elders and sick who are the most at risk.

Still there are many qualified elders and disabled from the Reservation
on a waiting list for assistance.

Bitter cold temperatures and snow still persist and are expected to
continue well into March 2009.

But with the early onset of winter and the blizzards and extended frigid
temperatures creating extreme need, funding is low or depleted
at this point for most of them.

The ultimate goal will be the programs provided which will continue
to keep people alive and warm, one family at a time.

www.republicoflakotah.com/

Please visit www.nativeprogress.org
to help send money, food, blankets etc...

I spoke to a lady named Jeri Baker and a gentleman named John DuBray this morning.
JERRY: 570-460-6567
JOHN: 605-441-5477

www.nativeprogress.org/content/view/49/112/

Jeri provided me with the above website to peruse:
John gave the following address for mailing supplies:

ONE SPIRIT
28080 ALLEN RD
ALLEN, SOUTH DAKOTA
57714

NATIVEPROGRESS.ORG
www.nativeprogress.org/

The woman in charge of directly working with the elderly on the reservation is:

LINDA BULL BEAR
605-454-0007
LBULLBEAR@NATIVEPROGRESS.ORG

Please notify those you think might help of this crisis.

FEMA is not helping. I repeat, FEMA is NOT helping.

Thank you Sooper Bear and Crow's World for the tip and thank you friends for taking the time to read my blog.
people.tribe.net/da7fbb5a-...40cac/blog
Love,
Sooper Bear

Please- lets all do what ever we can and also pass along this message... Thanks
Blessed Be
Siz'l

"The survival of the world depends upon our sharing what we have and working together. If we don't, the whole world will die. First the planet, and next the people."

FOOLS CROW
Ceremonial Chief of the Teton Sioux

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

call for artists and musicians

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 07 Jan 2009 22:49:02 GMT

Subject: Press Query for Distribution: Lifestyle & Entertainment

Summary: Call for avant garde artists & musicians to participate each 4th Thursday of the month!

Category: Native American Lifestyle, Art & Entertainment

Name: Yvette Dubel & Cherrie Collazo

Email: whatisculturalfusion@gmail.com

Media Outlet/Publication: cf AaP Radio/Oci Novosti

Anonymous? No

Specific Geographic Region? No

Region:

Deadline: Every 3rd Thursday of each month!

Query:

"Looking for talented - positively oriented avant garde Native American artists mixing media or talented musicians with an awakened message?

In continuing development of Cultural Fusion Experience radio show – We are asking for your help to find artists and musicians we can be excited about sharing with the audience that is drawn to a cultural diverse and universal experience.
The audio from the broadcasts will also be featured in the sister digital magazine (Oci Novosti) launching in early 2009.

What kind of guests are we interested in? People, that are passionate- intelligent, talented and soulful. The kind of people you find
Fascinating, puzzling and amazing who are changing the world for the better through their work....people who
would have fun recording a friendly chat about their work, their processes, their inspirations, intentions, lessons from their journey and then sharing it with anyone else who wants to listen.

ONLY Apply as an artists & musicians that will grant permission to play and promote their music tracks and projects etc. on the show.
For example: When guests are delayed, technical difficulties encountered and eventually for segments focused on music (when Yvette finds some new music to fall in love with) - We keep music tracks loaded so we can go to that while we sort things out.

We have a place for musicians who just want to submit music and those that would like to explore doing an interview AND playing some tracks - promoting performance dates are welcome provided I REALLY like the work. PLEASE have both representatives and musicians see the above links to ensure referrals are a good fit. Of course, We are open to something that may not be represented so if you feel we might like it - give it a go and let us know about it.

For visual and mixed media performance artists - visuals of work are appreciated, which will also open a discussion about the artists passion and visions in reference to the piece…

To get a sense of some of the music preferences of past shows listen to the cf AaP Playlist @ http://culturalfusion.ning.com and the "tracks played" chart on http://www.last.fm/user/ydubel/charts

Contact us at whatiscultural@gmail.com with Radio Guest in the subject.
Business website http://webantiphon.com

Thanks for your time and attention!"

Yvette & Cherrie

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Native American Transglobal Summit...

Cherrie — Tue, 12 Aug 2008 21:41:02 GMT

PRESS RELEASE

Native American Transglobal Summit, held at the Walt Disney World Resort in Orlando Florida

“CELEBRATION OF SPIRIT-Path of the Warrior”
Event held at the Walt Disney World Resort hotel, expected to attract 1,000 attendees including:
Artists, actors, professionals, motorcycle industry, and some of the largest corporations to raise money for Native American Achievement Centers
August 10, 2008

For Immediate Release, Tinton Falls, New Jersey,
We are just 10 days away from the opening celebration, of the COS on August 20th, and the excitement is just exhilarating, as we continue to add more and more wonderful people to our line up of events.
The Event is taking place at the Walt Disney World Resort in Orlando Florida, beginning Wed. August 20th thru Sat. August 23rd.
The entire event is built to generate global awareness about diversity, and the Native American Communities, its hopes, aspirations, accomplishments and ongoing path.
The lineup of supporters and sponsors from the national corporate community is groundbreaking: Wal-Mart, IBM, UPS, HP, Walt Disney, Marathon Oil, Verizon, Coca Cola, Lockheed Martin, BNSF, Dell, ConAgra Foods, Conoco Phillips, Northrop Grumman and many more.

On day two for instance will the COS offer the Talking Stick Supplier Diversity Forum, at which Native American business owners are encouraged to join and learn, how to become a supplier to participate in the billions of dollars of revenue The Federal Government/Department of Defense and corporations such as IBM, Marathon Oil, Northrop Grumman and others spend annually procuring products and services from Native American owned businesses. During lunch, you'll enjoy a panel discussion with well known Native American women CEOs such as Dr.Freda Porter - CEO & President, Porter Scientific
Valerie Red-Horse - Senior Managing Director Tribal Finance Western International Securities, Monica Simeon - CEO, Sister Sky, Andrea Rush – CEO Rush Trucking
Moderator: Marilyn Johnson, Vice President Market Development IBM
who will speak about their experiences and success as business leaders/owners.
This approach to helping the native compete on the job market “has broken new ground in bringing technology to rural and low-income Native American communities,” said Wayne Rustin, Director Global Equal Opportunity, Marketplace and Workforce Diversity, IBM.
The COS is continuing to add to the already registered 200 plus Tribal Leaders and Elders that will be attending, and will be part of many panel discussions pertaining Indian Issues.

In addition will the COS also host a very special concert event which will help raise much-needed funds for Native American technology centers, the four-day event will feature prominent leaders and native celebrities from many of the 565 Indian Nations recognized by the federal government.

This is part of the line-up,
Award winning Actress and one of our finest Ms. Tonantzin Carmelo, known for her work as Thunder Heart Woman from Into the West, which for this role Tonantzin received various awards as well as a prestigious nomination for a Screen Actors Guild Award for Outstanding Performance by a Leading Actress in a TV Movie, Tonantzin is also part of a brand new documentary PBS Mini-series which will air in 2009 called,
“We Shall Remain” will bring her knowledge and profoundly visionary voice, to some of the COS keynote events, and panel discussions.

Ms.Irene Bedard Native American Actress and definitely one of our Pioneers, known through films such as Smoke Signals, and also as her role as Margaret Light Shines in Stephen Spielbergs “Into the West”, and her role as Pocahontas, will share her experiences, and her thoughts, about our Native American Women, people and struggles, adding her profound knowledge of the Media Industry, and bringing a true role model to any of the young American Indian Women that will be present throughout the event.

Dr. Joseph Kalt head of the Indian Studies Department at Harvard University will be a Keynote speaker about American Indian Studies, Education and the furthering of the American Indians.

Dr. Michael Epitropoulos, PhD in Nutrition, Chiropractor, and Dr. Arnold Vera, Board Certified in Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolism, are co-founders of the Vera Endo Wellness Institute will speak on the health of Native Americans

Russell & Pearl Means co-founders of AIM, Actor with numerous powerful roles such as Chingachgook in Last of the Mohicans, also part of the new PBS Mini-series “ We Shall Remain, Educator and Visionaries, will add their experiences, visions, hopes and voices in several of the events, Joanne Shenandoah Musician and Visionary, will be performing as will The Aztec Fire Dancers astound you with their unique ancient methods of Indigenous dancing with fire.
Dr.Will Morreau Goins Renowned Native American Author of Native American Literature, Cultural Speaker, Story Teller and Advocate, Pat Spears Co- Founder & President of the Intertribal Council on Utility Policy and is also on the Executive Board of Native Energy, and some surprises for later…
Red Feather Woman (Rose Red Elk), our 2006 Native American Music Award Winner and also traditional story teller, Kevin Locke Famous Flutist and Visionary Hoop Dancer, also will add to the wonderful Entertainment line-up, which Kevin will come directly from his Tour in Europe just to participate in the Celebration of Spirit.

John Two Hawks Award Winning Flutist will be performing, adding a spiritual experience through his music.

Fred Snyder, Director of the International Native American Co-Operative, which Fred will actually be traveling 2300 miles from Tucson AZ, Fred and his family will have unique hand-made crafts from over 300 Tribal Nations of North America. An information desk with maps, brochures, Indian Events, will be available free for those who want to know more about the 556 Tribal Nations in America; The NATIVE AMERICAN DIRECTORY an 886 page book [The Indian Red Pages ] will be given away each hour in a drawing, the largest collection of antique seed beads from 1860-1910 will be on display and available to repair you treasured grandmothers beadwork, a collection of Indian old pawn turquoise jewelry will be a highlight of the 4 day exposition for the most serious collector. Some items that the Information & Trade Center will bring are baskets ,bead-work ,fetishes , kachinas , Alaska ivory / bone carvings ,Southwest turquoise jewelry ,miniatures for doll collectors ,Indian music including flute ,powwow, peyote, storytelling ,and Native American Church, drums ,and pottery of the Southwest.

The Celebration of Spirit Charity Motorcycle Ride is on Day Four. Image Makers Advertising, The Biker Guide Magazine, Main Street Merchants’ Association and the Full Moon Saloon have joined together to host musical entertainment and the unveiling of the Celebration of Spirit Themed Motorcycle built by Apache Builder, Daniel Sanchez of Cut Throat Customs, Humble, TX. Attendees will also be greeted with opportunities to enter raffles, win prizes, including a 3 Day/2 Night getaway, and the first 250 registered riders will receive welcome bags. The event begins at 11:00am at the Full Moon Saloon for the ride registration and the riders will leave at 2:00pm from Historic Main Street Daytona to arrive at Vans Skate Park at Festival Bay Mall on International Drive in Orlando, FL to attend the 2nd Annual Native Skate Jam.

More details and registration is available through www.hopeharmony.org and www.NAmCham.org.

If you would like to participate, attend and be part of this truly amazing Celebration, then please contact us as soon as possible to register, and secure your rooms.
We like to add, that all proceeds of this event are paying for the event itself, and all remaining funds will go directly back into the establishing of more Native American Achievement Centers throughout Indian Country.

Please join us at the Celebration of Spirit, and within the American Indian Proverb:

We all will be remembered by the tracks that we leave!

Cherrie Richardson Collazo
Acting Media Chair COS
crichardson66@comcast.net
Main: 732-747-7518

Carroll Coccia
Chair of the Native American Chamber of Commerce, Houston TX
cocchia1@sbcglobal.net
Mobile: 713-614-1272

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

a call to healers

Sizzle — Fri, 01 Aug 2008 17:36:26 GMT

Cheryl Little Deer is at Stanford Hospital with a brain tumor. They want to do surgery tomorrow and she wants to leave the hospital to take care of a few things. She is asking that she "be held in love and light by people of spirit." and the Saquasohuh bundle in Berkeley will pray with it for the highest and best for her and all her relations. Her voicemail is (415) 721-1789 and as of 7/27 she is in room 304A with a direct line of (650) 498-3705. Please also forward this request to any prayer circles you may be part of.

thanks and blessings to all my relations

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Sun Dance Ceremony

Durwin — Sat, 02 Aug 2008 02:33:28 GMT

Indian Creek Sacred Sundance
Invitation to Come
Indigenous Indian and Non-Natives Welcome
All Spiritual & Traditional Leaders are Welcome

Taylorsville California
Purification: August 6th-9th
Tree Day: August 10th
Dance Days: August 11th-14th

Contact Intercessor: Charles Fast Horse @ 530 356-6851
Gene Radino@ 209 606-6493
Email: Charles @ hbfh2008@hotmail.com

MapQuest: http://www.mapquest.com/maps?city=Taylorsville+&state=CA&address=2100+Genesee+Road&zipcode=95983

Please No: Alcohol, Drugs, Marijuana, Guns or Weapons, Cameras, cassette recorders, video cameras, devices, drawing sketches, recording devices, any form of media. This is not a spectator entertainment or stage.

Donations are Needed: Blankets for Sweats, Food, Travel Expenses, Etc.

Attention: The (I.C.S.S.) is a group of elders, relatives, and close friends. In the past many of our friends could not attend the meetings held in Modesto, CA. Many live far and in between. Our project for posters to advertise the event, for stationary, and telephone calls were on a shoe string budget. All who come will expect at lease that main course of a noon meal. This reflects the traditional Lakota give away custom, and it must be done. The remarkable thing is that although people do not advise the intercessor in advance as to whether they will be present, the expectation is that sufficient food be on hand and cooked. This latter operation requiring enormous effort in itself. Bread, coffee, kool-aid sugar, salt, pepper, payment for singers, etc., some who travel some distance or who lose work time a small share of the overall income as compensation.
Hopefully this will help us. Charles Fast Horse

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

From my friend,Michele Black Elk Prayer

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 20 Mar 2008 12:25:02 GMT

Grandfather, Lean to hear me.....Black Elk Message Grandfather, Great Spirit, once more behold
me on earth and lean to hear my feeble voice.
You lived first, and you are older than all need,
older than all prayer. All things belong to you
-- the two-legged, the four-legged, the wings
of the air, and all green things that live.

You have set the powers of the four quarters
of the earth to cross each other. You have made
me cross the good road and road of difficulties, and
where they cross, the place is holy. Day in, day out,
forevermore, you are the life of things.

Hey! Lean to hear my feeble voice.
At the center of the sacred hoop
You have said that I should make the tree to bloom.

With tears running, O Great Spirit, my Grandfather,
With running eyes I must say
The tree has never bloomed

Here I stand, and the tree is withered.
Again, I recall the great vision you gave me.

It may be that some little root of the sacred tree still lives.
Nourish it then
That it may leaf
And bloom
And fill with singing birds!

Hear me, that the people may once again
Find the good road
And the shielding tree.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

from a fellow ative American

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 28 Apr 2008 23:04:56 GMT

Just an update…on my ranting…………..

From: Cherrie Collazo [mailto:crichardson66@comcast.net]
Sent: Monday, April 28, 2008 12:32 PM
To: 'webmaster@sioux.org'; 'Shannon Brown'; 'gonative@nemontel.net'; 'naba@n-a-b-a.org'; 'info@nativeamericanmedia.org'; 'visionmaker@unl.edu'; 'airos@unl.edu'
Cc: 'tjryan@natv.org'; 'rflood@natv.org'; 'longestwalk@comcast.net'; 'indianz@indianz.com'; 'electricbrave@gaiapod.com'
Subject: Re.Just reaching out......

Tan si To All My Relation

Over this past weekend I sat and finally reached a point to take my thoughts and give them voice, as some of you may know, do I work for a Dream of seeing American Indians to finally receive equal rights, voices, and visual acceptance within this countries Media...so I emailed what I am now openly sharing here...

PLEASE...if you are of American Indian lineage then add your voice to ours...I feel strongly that if we realize that our separatism, is the actual barrier of our lack of forward movement...then maybe, we can overcome the obstacles placed into our paths...and maybe at some point in time, we as a people will also be able to see the trees bare fruits again...of hopes and dreams, and aspirations...

It is no longer acceptable to sit by the dark corners of the room...complaining about the not being able to see...move to where the light comes thru and understand...that a conditioned mind, may just be what is the mental block...

Any other ethnic group...is advancing within their "boundaries"...because of not feeding into a separatism point of view...they say that today there are but only 2.5 Million American Indians / Native Americans within the continental United States...this literally means...that the majority of people feel that due to blood quantum...a card and Tribal affiliation...we are still being assimilated!

There are 100'ds of thousands of Americans...that carry "red" blood in their DNA...from past Slavery to the actual here and now...My father for instance was stationed in Germany during post war occupation and after he passed in 1976...my mother chose for me and other siblings, to be educated in Germany, as a German & French woman this was her choice and right as a mother...

How many children do you think were fathered by American Indians that are / were out of wedlock...that possibly know of there lineage...but due to lack of paternal presence...other then knowing thru their mothers still are American Indian in part!

How many American Indian soldiers do you feel could have fathered children in foreign lands????? A valid question to raise, especially when one understands that the main given excuse for the lack of interested presence within the National Media to the American Indian is this;

What is YOUR DEMOGRAPHICS...excuse me....

American Indians have an ongoing story to share...with the world, from it's fundamental belief system, to it's ongoing genocide...and assimilation, This countries recorded History is based on many of unfilled holes, and simply put much as the bible interpretations...of certain individuals...

Our classrooms, still today do not teach...the fundamental essence of the key aspects of American Indian Influences, not only within governmental structures but overall lack of knowledge with regards to just how truly intertwined the American Indian is within not only the history of this country, but it's culture...reaching far beyond the borders of this Nation.

I truly feel that if people in general were to finally realize that by joining their minds, hearts and hands...we could see, that as with all Indigenous people there is unseen beauty...and once having come to that very threshold the heartbeat of this Nation could be heard much like the drums from long ago...

We will indeed be known by the tracks we leave...

what do you wear on your feet...if anything at all????

Tansi…My name is Cherrie

I along side of some others am attempting to bring global awareness to earth friendly and sustainable means of living, and being green…however am I also an advocate and voice for trying to be breaking the barriers of the lack of voices and actual presence of the American Indian in any type of broadcast media…example…when is the last time you turned your tv on to watch an American Indian Sitcom for instance??? Try never… is it not procurer that we can find most ethnics readily represented on television yet nothing about American Indians in the 21st Century at all, when is the last time you actually heard an American Indian artist clearly being broadcasted on the Radio… next, try going to a local music store and find American Indian Music…( unless it's Flute of course ) am I being sarcastic…of course I am.

When is the last time, you stood in line to see a movie on big screen mind you…that was not only American Indian Produced etc., but actually gave way to being in the here and now, and not the snapshot "biographies" that make it to the screen every blue moon…which were / are you aware that Dances with Wolves will now have a part 2… I am sure that it is also no big secret, that most of American Indian actors do receive roles…portraying anything but what they are, mainly Hispanics. The world is now on a "go green path" well if that is not American Indian…then I don't what is…so within this…

Today…I thought I would take the opportunity to contact you to point out to you a couple of web links that you may just find interesting enough, to reach out to…and within this possibly creating a flow of more and more Tribes and their affiliations to become what today still seems to be an unheard voice…would it not be wonderful, to finally be able to turn on any television and actually see American Indian TV…without Hollywood's glorified / romanticized versions? And even more so…would it not be simply put amazing…to understand fully, that every company that is now going "green" is literally just following in the ancient belief of a people that are imbedded in this soil…and other indigenous people's beliefs! Also would I like to add that it is extremely important to understand that we are by far 2.5 Million American Indians left within this country…which is one of the main reasons why National Broadcasting is making it so difficult for American Indian artist to become visual on any scale since the main reasoning that is giving usually is "what is your demographics?"

I would appreciate your input very much so…but even if I do not hear back from you…I urge you to check into the links I have attached…and possibly reach out to these venues!!!!

Thank You for your time…and sending only BEAUTY your way!!!

www.nativeenergy.com

www.americanindiantv.com

www.gaiapod.com

www.nativegreen.com

Now below are all the different venues I already emailed this to:

Confederate Salish & Kootenai Tribes Flathead Reservation http://www.cskt.org/

Three Affiliated Tribes Fort Berthold Reservation http://www.mhanation.com/main/main.html

Shinnecock Indian Nation Shinnecock Reservation http://www.shinnecocknation.com/powwow2004.asp

Lumbee Tribe http://www.lumbeetribe.com/index2.htm

BIA http://www.doi.gov/bureau-indian-affairs.html

Chumash Indian Tribe http://www.chumashindian.com/

Cherokee Nation http://www.cherokee.org/

Peqout Museum http://www.pequotmuseum.org/

..:namespace prefix = st1 ns = "urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:smarttags" />..:namespace prefix = st1 ns = "urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:smarttags" />National Museum Of The American Indian http://www.nmai.si.edu/

Native Energy www.nativeenergy.com

American Indian TV www.americanindiantv.com

These still have to be emailed

Go Native America Vacations http://gonativeamerica.homestead.com/LakotaMoon07.html

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Cherokee creation

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 17 Apr 2008 15:33:50 GMT

The earth is a great island floating in a sea of water, and suspended at each of the four cardinal points by a cord hanging down from the sky vault, which is of solid rock. When the world grows old and worn out, the people will die and the cords will break and let the earth sink down into the ocean, and all will be water again. The Indians are afraid of this.

When all was water, the animals were above in Gälûñ'lätï, beyond the arch; but it was very much crowded, and they were wanting more room. They wondered what was below the water, and at last Dâyuni'sï, "Beaver's Grandchild," the little Water-beetle, offered to go and see if it could learn. It darted in every direction over the surface of the water, but could find no firm place to rest. Then it dived to the bottom and came up with some soft mud, which began to grow and spread on every side until it became the island which we call the earth. It was afterward fastened to the sky with four cords, but no one remembers who did this.

At first the earth was flat and very soft and wet. The animals were anxious to get down, and sent out different birds to see if it was yet dry, but they found no place to alight and came back again to Gälûñ'lätï. At last it seemed to be time, and they sent out the Buzzard and told him to go and make ready for them. This was the Great Buzzard, the father of all the buzzards we see now. He flew all over the earth, low down near the ground, and it was still soft. When he reached the Cherokee country, he was very tired, and his wings began to flap and strike the ground, and wherever they struck the earth there was a valley, and where they turned up again there was a mountain. When the animals above saw this, they were afraid that the whole world would be mountains, so they called him back, but the Cherokee country remains full of mountains to this day.

When the earth was dry and the animals came down, it was still dark, so they got the sun and set it in a track to go every day across the island from east to west, just overhead. It was too hot this way, and Tsiska'gïlï', the Red Crawfish, had his shell scorched a bright red, so that his meat was spoiled; and the Cherokee do not eat it. The conjurers put the sun another hand-breadth higher in the air, but it was still too hot. They raised it another time, and another, until it was seven handbreadths high and just under the sky arch. Then it was right, and they left it so. This is why the conjurers call the highest place Gûlkwâ'gine Di'gälûñ'lätiyûñ', "the seventh height," because it is seven hand-breadths above the earth. Every day the sun goes along under this arch, and returns at night on the upper side to the starting place.

There is another world under this, and it is like ours in everything--animals, plants, and people--save that the seasons are different. The streams that come down from the mountains are the trails by which we reach this underworld, and the springs at their heads are the doorways by which we enter, it, but to do this one must fast and, go to water and have one of the underground people for a guide. We know that the seasons in the underworld are different from ours, because the water in the springs is always warmer in winter and cooler in summer than the outer air.

When the animals and plants were first made--we do not know by whom--they were told to watch and keep awake for seven nights, just as young men now fast and keep awake when they pray to their medicine. They tried to do this, and nearly all were awake through the first night, but the next night several dropped off to sleep, and the third night others were asleep, and then others, until, on the seventh night, of all the animals only the owl, the panther, and one or two more were still awake. To these were given the power to see and to go about in the dark, and to make prey of the birds and animals which must sleep at night. Of the trees only the cedar, the pine, the spruce, the holly, and the laurel were awake to the end, and to them it was given to be always green and to be greatest for medicine, but to the others it was said: "Because you have not endured to the end you shall lose your, hair every winter."

Men came after the animals and plants. At first there were only a brother and sister until he struck her with a fish and told her to multiply, and so it was. In seven days a child was born to her, and thereafter every seven days another, and they increased very fast until there was danger that the world could not keep them. Then it was made that a woman should have only one child in a year, and it has been so ever since.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

The Mystery of the Anasazi

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Tue, 08 Apr 2008 17:40:37 GMT

The Mystery of the Anasazi

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

very very important to read and pass on via e-mail or by tribe to all natives you know

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 07 Apr 2008 12:50:06 GMT

AMERICAN INDIAN POINT OF VIEW ON RACISM: 40 YEARS AFTER MLK, ENOUGH IS ENOUGH

The North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs chairman, Paul Brooks, issued the following statement today regarding the racially charged comments made on the April 1st airing of Raleigh’s G105 radio station “Bob and the Showgram.” The show is a production of Clear Channel Communications Corporation.

We are outraged with a public presentation of racially degrading and inflammatory comments similar to those by the “Don Imus Show” that infuriated the American public. On the 40th anniversary of Martin Luther King’s assassination the world remembers and reviews advances made in American society by diverse ethnic groups to overcome racial disparities. Incidents such as these by media personalities on G105 evidence that the institution of racism is ever present, and demands redress and response by corporate America and government.

As leaders of North Carolina’s American Indian tribes, we will not tolerate the divisive and inflammatory statements made by radio talk show hosts Bob Dumas, Mike Morse, Kentucky Kristin, and intern Chelsea Prior, on Tuesday April 1, 2008. “Bob and the Showgram” have a history of controversial broadcast and have had subsequent disciplinary action, apparently to no avail. The North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs will not tolerate this type of degradation towards American Indians, and demands the immediate termination of the radio talk show host, co-hosts, and the executive producer of this show. The Commission also calls for the Federal Communications Commission to investigate Clear Channel Communications Corporation and examine Clear Channel’s history, tolerance, and promotion of this type of inflammatory and reprehensible programming.

The statements made by these media personalities are not part of an isolated incident, however, this show reflects derogatory and insultuous comments against American Indians, African Americans, Asians, and Hispanics. G105’s “Bob and the Showgram’s” remarks triggered an uproar by American Indians in North Carolina, due to its direct targeting of the Lumbee Indian Tribe, the largest American Indian tribe east of the Mississippi River.

Statements such as, “Indians are lazy…,” “Lumbees are in-bred…,” and references to Pocahontas as “Poca-Ho-tas” and Sacajawea as “Sacacooter” are slanderous and insulting to all American Indians, as well as the descendants and families of these two great historic American Indian women. The dialogue referring to a “teepee warming party” demonstrates that these individuals have no knowledge of North Carolina American Indian tribes and cultures. Such statements are further indicative of these individuals’ insensitivity, gross ignorance, and blatant bigotry against American Indians across this great nation.

The North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs calls for all local, state, national, and tribal officials to condemn such programming on the public airwaves.

This press release was issued by Paul Brooks, Chairman for the North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs. Please distribute widely.

Rebekah Revels
Administrative Secretary
NC Commission of Indian Affairs
100 Six Forks Road
Suite 201
Raleigh NC 27609
919-789-5900

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

From the Hopi newsletter a hope for Peace

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 03 Apr 2008 14:20:45 GMT

From the Hopi Newsletter:'

The Prophecy of the Hopi from Hopi Elders

"Know your garden" -- Hopi Elders
From the Techqua Ikachi

Newsletter.
The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance, as an example of a practical alternative to the suicidal man-made system, and as a fulcrum of world events. The pattern is simple. "The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi."
The shield symbol with its four circles in four quadrants means:
"Together with all nations we protect both land and life, and hold the world in balance."

Of all the prophecies I have studied, the simplest and most profound is that of the Hopi (Peace) culture. The Hopi believe that they are the keepers of peace in the world. They are living the way of peace which is the world's salvation before and during the time of purification. The Day of purification does not have to occur, it is up to us the citizens of Earth to avert this day from ever occurring by living the Hopi life of Peace. Below you will find a link to Grandfather Dan's message about the prophecies and a condensed version from the late Chief Katchongva's booklet "From the Beginning of Life to the Day of Purification."

Chief Dan Evehema with Dee See Mana in a Corn Field in Hotevilla Arizona. The Hopi farms grow with an incredible vibrance and produce abundant harvests in the same sandy soil for a thousand years. Do we ask them how they do it? No we send our children to Ag school to learn how to use chemical fertilizers that destroy the environment. Farming is one way to learn from the Hopi how to live the life that the Great Creator gave humans.

Click here to read Chief Dan Evehema's Message to Mankind

PROPHECY

The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance, as an example of a practical alternative to the suicidal man-made system, and as a fulcrum of world events. The pattern is simple. "The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi."

THE GOURD FULL OF ASHES

Eventually a "gourd full of ashes" would be invented, which if dropped from the sky would boil the oceans and burn the land causing nothing to grow for many years. This would be the sign for a certain Hopi to bring out his teachings in order to warn the world that the third and final event would happen soon. That it could bring an end to all life unless people correct themselves and their leaders in time.
Hopi leaders now believe the first two events were the first and second world ward and the "gourd full of ashes" in the atomic bomb. After the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki teachings formerly kept secret were compared and released to the world. The details presented here are part of those teachings.

THE DAY OF PURIFICATION

The final stage, called "The Great Day of Purification," has been described as a "Mystery Egg" in which the forces of the swastika and the Sun plus a third force symbolized by the color "red" culminate either in total rebirth or total annihilation--we don't know which. But the choice is yours, war and natural catastrophe may be involved. The degree of violence will be determined by the degree of inequity caused among the peoples of the world and in the balance of nature. In this crisis rich and poor will be forced to struggle as equals in order to survive.
That it will be very violent is now almost taken for granted among Traditional Hopi, but man still may lessen the violence by correcting his treatment of nature and fellow man. Ancient spiritually-based communities, such as the Hopi, must especially be preserved and not forced to abandon their wise way of life and the natural resources they have vowed to protect.
The man made system now destroying the Hopi is deeply involved in similar violations throughout the world. The devastating reversal predicted in the prophecies is part of the natural order. If those who thrive from that system, its money and its laws, can manage to stop destroying the Hopi then many may be able to survive the Day of Purification and enter a new age of peace. But if no one is left to continue the Hopi way, then the hope for such an age is in vain.
The forces we must face are formidable, but the only alternative is annihilation. Still the man-made system cannot be corrected by any means that requires one's will to be forced upon another, for that is the source of the problem. If people are to correct themselves and their leaders, the gulf between the two must disappear. To accomplish this one can only rely on the energy of truth itself.
This approach, which is the foundation of the Hopi way of life, is the greatest challenge a mortal can face. Few are likely to accept it. But once peace is established on this basis, and our original way of life is allowed to flourish, we will be able to use our inventive capacity wisely. To encourage rather than threaten life. To benefit everyone rather than giving advantage to a few at the expense of others. Concern for all living things will far surpass personal concerns bringing greater happiness than could formerly be realized. Then all things shall enjoy lasting harmony.
Just what are the Hopi prophetic instructions regarding the United Nations and what constituted fulfillment?
Two misconceptions must be immediately dismissed. The Hopi are not charged with just another appeal for peace, nor do they request membership in the UN. Once more voice added to the chorus of those calling for peace would add little compared to the true significance of what Hopi tradition has to offer the modern world through this forum. When it was suggested that they join the UN the Traditional Hopi--half jokingly--would respond: "No, we're waiting for the UN to join us." Quite literally they are waiting for other nations to return to that way of life which can continue endlessly. Which is the deeper meaning of the name, Hopi. This gives a clue to the profound insight to be found in the Hopi ancestral knowledge. If thoroughly understood, this insight into the forces that shape the modern world would enable those involved in the UN to bring an end to the arms race. The communication effort of the Hopi and the developments that led to the existence of the United Nations are parallel responses to the invention of the atomic bomb. From the Hopi perspective these two efforts ought to enhance each other for the benefit of the entire world.
Centuries before the arms race began the alternative to war was being put into practice by migrating societies who slowly formed a spiritual political union at Oraibi, the oldest continuously inhabited village in the western hemisphere. To the Hopi, the UN has great significance within this pattern.
Two monumental cultural factors have prevented the european immigrants from recognizing this process of widespread unification: The presumption of racial superiority and the need to conquer and convert. And a recent tendency to discredit all knowledge which does not stand the test of scientific thought. The Hopi insist that the coming of the light-skinned race, the invention of the atomic bomb and the development of the UN were anticipated by their ancestral prophetic instructions to be fulfilled by the Hopi, they must make four attempts to gain a genuine hearing on the subject of their teachings and on the efforts of the USA to eliminate their original form of government. If unsuccessful, a rare opportunity will be missed which would ultimately result in the elimination of all human life on earth.
The basic premise is that humans can not simply make their own laws and enforce them with weapons without regard to natural order. The very means of enforcement violates that order, causing precisely the suicidal situation now faced today. Lest the Hopi be accused of being overly ethnocentric, they point out that all peoples once practiced the same alternative to war and the Hopi simply call out to a return to our common heritage before it is too late. "Perfect Consideration" could eliminate all war. "A Perfect Consideration" must overcome all obstacles, both in the modern political sense and in the seriously disrupted organization of Traditional Hopi government. These difficulties can be overcome. To many, there is saving grace in the pieces of the broken vessel of Hopi culture, in the person of a few elders who still refuse to abandon their traditions, their understandings and their hopes for a truly peaceful world for now and generations to come. In them lies a great hope for peace!!

Armageddon This is a prophecy related to the Biblical version of "Armageddon" which may yet come to pass. This prophecy goes on to say that the time will come when common people will become concerned and frustrated because they no longer can live with their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty policies and the deceitfulness of world leaders. The unrest will be world wide as they foresee that the hope of living in peace has become hopeless. The world over the common man will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders have failed in accomplishing peace. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the world over.
The liberators will come in from the west with great force. They will drop down from the sky like rain. They will have no mercy. We must not get on the house tops to watch. They will shake us by our ears, like children who have been bad. This will be the final decisive battle between good and evil. This battle will cleanse the heart of people and restore our mother earth from illness and the wicked will be got rid of.
The prophets dare say a peaceful new world order will be drawn in Hopi land. The people will live under one God and leader. We will speak one language, the Hopi. The earth will bloom again.
If this fails to materialize our Great Creator through nature will do the task according to their plans. It could be total destruction in any form. Only brother and sister will survive to begin a new way of life.
This prophecy is frightening and doubtful. Perhaps it is of no value to most people, but we can wait and see if it will become true.
May Peace and Love prevail
Long live life on Earth
Long live the Revolution of the One Heart!

TOP

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

hopi

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 03 Apr 2008 13:42:51 GMT

Koyaanisqatsi: Life out of Balance is a 1982 film directed by Godfrey Reggio with music composed by minimalist composerPhilip Glass and cinematography by Ron Fricke.
The film consists primarily of slow motion and time-lapse photography of cities and natural landscapes across the United States. The visual tone poem contains neither dialogue nor a vocalized narration: its tone is set by the juxtaposition of images and music. In the Hopi language, the word Koyaanisqatsi means 'crazy life, life in turmoil, life out of balance, life disintegrating, a state of life that calls for another way of living', and the film implies that modern humanity is living in such a way.
The film is the first in the Qatsi trilogy of films: it is followed by Powaqqatsi (1988) and Naqoyqatsi (2002). The trilogy depicts different aspects of the relationship between humans, nature, and technology. Koyaanisqatsi is the best known of the trilogyand is considered a cult film. However, due to copyright issues, the film was out of print for most of the 1990s.[1]
Contents
[hide]

* 1 Synopsis
* 2 Music
* 3 Meaning
* 4 Releases
* 5 Acclaim
* 6 Legacy
* 7 Influence
* 8 References
* 9 See also
* 10 External links

[edit]Synopsis
The film contains several cinematic sequences accompanied by recurring musical themes. The chapters on the KoyaanisqatsiDVD are separated and named by the titles of the musical sections.
The first image in the film is of a Fremont Indian pictogram located in The Great Gallery of Horseshoe Canyon, part ofCanyonlands National Park, Utah. The section shown depicts several tall darkly-shadowed figures standing near a taller figure adorned with a crown. The next image is a close-up of the Saturn V rocket from the Apollo 12 mission during lift off. The film fades into a shot of a desolate desert landscape. The large skylight arch depicted a few scenes later is a formation called Paul Bunyan's Potty in the Needles District of Canyonlands. From there, it progresses to footage of various natural environmental phenomena such as waves and cloud formations ("Organic").
The film's introduction to human involvement in the environment is subtle: a low aerial shot of choppy water cuts to a similar shot of rows of cultivated flowers. After aerial views of monumental rock formations partly drowned by the backed up waters ofLake Powell, we see a large mining truck causing billows of black dust in the chapter titled "Resource". This is followed by shots of power lines in the desert. Man's continued involvement in the environment is depicted through images of mining operations, overhead shots of power plants, Glen Canyon Dam (not Hoover Dam as Navajo Bridge is visible) and stock footageof atomic bomb detonations in the Nevada desert.
The sequence entitled "Vessels" contains the film's longest single take: a three minute and thirty-two second long shot of twoUnited Airlines commercial passenger Boeing 747s taxiing on a runway. "Vessels" also contains shots of traffic patterns duringrush hour on a Los Angeles freeway and a shot of a large parking lot. This is followed with stock footage of soviet tanks lined up in rows and a B-1 Lancer military aircraft.[2]
The juxtaposition of humans and nature is seen again in the chapter "Cloudscape". The time-lapse photography of shadows of clouds is seen moving across the skyscrapers in New York City.
The sequence "Pruitt-Igoe" contains shots of various housing projects in disrepair, and includes footage of the decay and demolition of the Pruitt-Igoe housing project. The housing project was known for its modernist design, but fell into immediate disrepair. The sequence ends with stock footage of the destruction of large buildings and a shot of a television set being blown up.
A sequence known as "Slow People" begins with a time-lapse shot of a crowd of people who appear to be waiting in a line. This is followed by shots of people walking along the streets of New York City shot with slow motion photography.
"The Grid" is the film's longest sequence, roughly 22 minutes in length. The cinematic theme of this sequence is the speed of modern life. The sequence begins with shots of buildings and a shot of a sunset reflected in the glass of a skyscraper. The sequence is characterized by its use of time lapse photography of the activity of modern life, taking events typically shot at normal speed and accelerating them. The events captured in this sequence involve people interacting with modern technology. The first shots are traffic patterns as seen from skyscrapers at night. This is followed by the film's iconic shot of the moon passing behind a skyscraper. The next shots are closer shots of cars on highway. The sun rises over the city and we see shots of people hurrying to work. The film shows at regular speed the operation of machines packaging Oscar Mayer bologna. People are shown sorting mail, sewing jeans, manufacturing televisions and doing other jobs with the use of modern technology. A shot of hot dogs being sent down rows of conveyers is followed by a shot of people moving up escalators. The frenetic speed and pace of the cuts and background music do not slow as shots of modern leisure are shown. People eat, play, shop and work at the same speed. The sequence begins to come full circle as the manufacturing of automobiles in an assembly line factory is shown.
Screenshot from Koyaanisqatsi.
Screenshot from Koyaanisqatsi.
More shots of highway traffic are shown, this time in daylight. The film shows the movement of cars, shopping carts,Twinkies, and televisions on an assembly line, and elevators moving from first person perspective. These shots include cars along the Embarcadero Freeway in San Francisco (later demolished due to damage from the 1989 earthquake), and people on escalators in New York's Grand Central Terminal and the PATH station below the World Trade Center. The film then shows clips from various television shows being channel surfed in fast motion. Clips include a car crash, newscasts moving so fast that the anchors' faces are blurred, football games, and flashes of television advertisements. The film then shows a man and two different couples reacting to being filmed on the street in slow motion photography. Some of the pedestrians appear indifferent to being filmed, others appear irritated, and one man looks confused about being filmed. The sequence then shows cars moving much faster than they were moving before. Both the sequence and the music end without resolution, either cinematic or musical.
"Microchips" juxtaposes pictures of microchips and satellite photography of metropolitan cities, making an obvious comparison between their layouts.
"Prophecies" shows various shots of people from all walks of modern life, from beggars to debutantes. A scene of firefighters moving along a smoky street was shot during the aftermath of the riots after the New York City blackout of 1977.
"Ending" shows stock footage of a modified and unpiloted Atlas rocket from the Mercury program from the early 1960s. The rocket blows up shortly after lift off (many viewers mistakenly assume it to be the space shuttle Challenger, the destruction of which occurred three years after the movie's release). The footage follows the flaming rocket engine as it plummets to earth. The film comes full circle with a shot of a different portion of The Great Gallery pictograph. It is similar to the first shot, but with no darkly shadowed figures.
[edit]Music
Koyaanisqatsi
Koyaanisqatsi cover
Soundtrack by Philip Glass
Released 1983
Genre Soundtrack, film score,contemporary classical,Minimalism
Length 46:25
Label Antilles/Island
Producer Kurt Munkacsi & Philip Glass
Professional reviews

* All Music Guide 5/5 stars link
* Rolling Stone 3/5 stars 1983-12-08

Philip Glass chronology
Glassworks
(1982) Koyaanisqatsi
(1983) The Photographer
(1983)
Koyaanisqatsi (1998 re-recording)
Koyaanisqatsi (1998 re-recording)
Reggio was intent on Philip Glass producing the score. He approached Glass through a mutual friend, and Glass replied, "I don't do film music." Reggio persisted, until he gained a meeting with Glass who nevertheless declined. Determined, Reggio put together a photo montage with Glass' music as the soundtrack, which he presented to Glass at a private screening in New York. Immediately following this, Glass agreed to score the film.[citation needed] It became his first commercial success, and Glass would later score the other two films in the Qatsi trilogy. Glass had to create a 'music of nature' as well as a 'music of technology'.[citation needed] The opening for "The Grid" is characterized by slow sustained notes on brass instruments. The music builds in speed and dynamics throughout the piece's 21 minutes. When the piece is at its fastest, it is characterized by a synthesizer playing the piece's bass line ostinato.
The film's soundtrack by Glass was released in 1983, after the release of the film. Despite the fact that the amount of music in the film was almost as long as the film itself, the soundtrack release was only 46 minutes long, and only featured selections from the film's pieces. In 1998, Glass re-recorded the album through Nonesuch Records with a length of 73 minutes, 21 seconds. The re-recording of the album featured two additional tracks from the film, as well as extended versions of previous tracks from the original album. The album was released as a Philip Glass album titled Koyaanisqatsi, rather than a soundtrack to the film. The music has become so popular, that the Philip Glass Ensemble has toured the world, playing the music for Koyaanisqatsi live in front of the movie screen.
Track listing:

1. "Koyaanisqatsi" – 3:30
2. "Vessels" – 8:06
3. "Cloudscape" – 4:39
4. "Pruit Igoe" [sic] – 7:04
5. "The Grid" – 14:56
6. "Prophecies" – 8:10

Re-recording track listing (1998):

1. "Koyaanisqatsi" – 3:28
2. "Organic" – 7:43
3. "Cloudscape" [sic] – 4:34
4. "Resource" – 6:39
5. "Vessels" [sic] – 8:05
6. "Pruit Igoe" [sic] – 7:53
7. "The Grid" [sic] – 21:23
8. "Prophecies" – 13:36

[edit]Meaning
In a short documentary about the film, Essence of Life (included in the 2002 DVD release), Reggio states that the Qatsifilms are intended to simply create an experience and that "it is up [to] the viewer to take for herself what it is that [the film] means." Reggio said in Essence of Life "these films have never been about the effect of technology, of industry on people. It's been that everyone: politics, education, things of the financial structure, the nation state structure, language, the culture, religion, all of that exists within the host of technology. So it's not the effect of it's that everything exists within [technology]. It's not that we use technology, we live technology. Technology has become as ubiquitous as the air we breathe..."
The movie has no dialogue but does feature the Hopi word koyaanisqatsi, translated as "life of moral corruption and turmoil" or "life out of balance." "Koyaanisqatsi" is chanted at the beginning and end of the film in a dark, sepulchral basso profundo by singer Albert de Ruiter over the score by Philip Glass. Three Hopi prophecies are sung by a choral ensemble over the film's final few minutes and are translated just prior to the end credits:

* "If we dig precious things from the land, we will invite disaster."
* "Near the day of Purification, there will be cobwebs spun back and forth in the sky."
* "A container of ashes might one day be thrown from the sky, which could burn the land and boil the oceans."

The film took about six years to make. Three years were spent shooting the film. Glass and Reggio spent an additional three years in a state of collaboration, with Glass composing score to fit the film and Reggio re-cutting the footage to fit the score.
At the end of the film, the movie credits for inspiration Jacques Ellul, Ivan Illich, David Monongye, Guy Debord and Leopold Kohr. Moreover, amongst the consultants to the director we can find names as Jeffrey Lew, T.A. Price, Belle Carpenter, Langdon Winner, Cybelle Carpenter and Barbara Pecarich.
[edit]Releases
Cover of the MGM DVD release of Koyaanisqatsi.
Cover of the MGM DVD release of Koyaanisqatsi.
Out of print for over a decade, Koyaanisqatsi was re-released on DVD in late 2002. Much of the reason for the film's disappearance from the market centered around a complicated rights and royalties dispute. Reggio's Institute for Regional Education owns the originalcopyright on the film. The film had originally been licensed and distributed through Island Entertainment/Palm Pictures, which had subsequently been sold to PolyGram - and after the dissolution of PolyGram Pictures, the entire PolyGram film library had been sold toMetro-Goldwyn Mayer. As there had been many accounting departments for these several entities involved, calculations and payments of royalties to the film makers had not been made. IRE brought suit and released an independently-financed DVD production of the film to raise money for the legal costs. This DVD is in a full-frame 4:3 format. MGM and IRE reached an agreement allowing for the current mass-market version through MGM.
[edit]Acclaim
The film won the "Francis Ford Coppola Presents" endorsement at the 1982 New York Film Festival, and Coppola is now credited as anexecutive producer. In an interview, Godfrey Reggio says "...[Coppola] would like to do everything possible to make this available to the public, so he put his name on it".[3] In 2000, Koyaanisqatsi was selected for preservation in the United States National Film Registry by the Library of Congress as being "culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant".
[edit]Legacy
Koyaanisqatsi is followed by the sequels Powaqqatsi and Naqoyqatsi and the shorts Anima Mundi and Evidence. Naqoyqatsi was completed after a lengthy delay caused by funding problems and premiered in the United States on October 18, 2002. [1]
The film's cinematographer, Ron Fricke, went on to direct Baraka, a pure cinema movie which is often compared to Koyaanisqatsi.
[edit]Influence

* The chanted koyaanisqatsi lyric was parodied in the P. D. Q. Bach piece Prelude to Einstein on the Fritz, being replaced with the lyric Coy Hotsy-Totsy.
* The Simpsons parodied Koyaanisqatsi in the episode "Hello Gutter, Hello Fadder". There is a fast-motion sequence when Homer oversleeps, accompanied by music very similar to that in the film.
* In The Simpsons episode "Million Dollar Abie" a time-lapse sequence with Koyaanisqatsi-like music is used to show the passage of 24 hours at the Springfield Retirement Castle.
* In the digital audio workstation software Digital Performer, a reverberation plugin contains a stored preset named Koyaanisqatsi.
* The first trailer for the 2008 video game Grand Theft Auto IV showed fast motion time lapse footage of the fictional Liberty City using the opening and closing measures from the Pruit Igoe music track.
* Featured in the Season 5 "My New God" and "My Chopped Liver" episodes of Scrubs, whenever the Janitor gives the "evil eye".
* The computer game musician Rob Hubbard referenced parts of the Koyaanisqatsi score in his music for the Commodore 64 game Delta.
* A sample of Koyaanisqatsi appears in an Herbie Hancock track of The Official Music of the 1984 Games, though Philip Glass also contributes with a piece of his own.
* A cover of the opening of Koyaanisqatsi appears on Awaken's album Party in Lyceum's Toilets.

[edit]References

1. ^ Koyaanisqatsi
2. ^ B1A Lancer bomber - from the film Koyaanisqatsi
3. ^ INTERVIEW: Lone Giant: Godfrey Reggio's "Naqoyqatsi""

[edit]See also

* Powaqqatsi
* Naqoyqatsi
* Qatsi trilogy
* Baraka (film)

Get the MapQuest Toolbar, Maps, Traffic, Directions & More!

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

more from Michele Black Elk

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 21 Mar 2008 13:31:31 GMT

Black Elk...additional words.....(Shielding Tree) Message Then I was standing on the highest mountain of them all, and round about beneath me was the whole hoop of the world. And while I stood there I saw more than I can tell and I understood more than I saw; for I was seeing in a sacred manner the shapes of all things in the spirit, and the shape of all shapes as they must live together like one being.

And I say the sacred hoop of my people was one of the many hoops that made one circle, wide as daylight and as starlight, and in the center grew one mighty flowering tree to shelter all the children of one mother and one father. And I saw that it was holy...

But anywhere is the center of the world.

Black Elk

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

"8,000 Drums" from an elder message fwd

Sizzle — Thu, 20 Mar 2008 03:44:25 GMT

forwarded message, written by Thunderbeat: "Aho Everyone! I was contacted by my friend Gilles Novaks who is a Montagnais Indian from Montreal. He is a Medicine Man and a Healer. He asked me to get as many Tribal people to participate in a worldwide ceremony called the "8,000 Drums". "He was contacted by two Huron Clan Grandmothers from up there in Canada and they asked him to help spread the word to all Indians everwhere. It will take place on March 21, 2008 at 12:00 noon MEXICO TIME!! Which is Central time. "All you need to do is play a drum any kind of drum either alone, or with a group or have the whole Tribe participate. The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY. The Otomi's are Mayan Olmec and Toltec descendants. The drums will be played so that the Creator will hear us and grant our wishes as we pray for help in the Healing Process of our Mother Earth." READ MORE:http://www.indigenousuniversity.org/sacred_drums.htm

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

reply tto 8000 drums...please post your own replies and do not e-mail me or message me on tribe.everyone needs the info

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 14 Mar 2008 13:40:12 GMT

Subject Re: 8000 Drums Message Thanks for posting that! I have a lot of deep respect for genuine indigenous traditions, but not much for flaky New Age invocations of lost tribes, lost continents, and lost extraterrestrials.

I got really suspicious of this posting because of the "prophesy" thing and because of claims that the Otomí are descendants of the Maya. They're not. The Otomí language is from an entirely different family than the Mayan languages. It's not even closely related.

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otomi_people

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otomi_language

There are lots of good reasons for drumming and healing the environment, but I'd rather do so without promoting New Age "philosophy". One of my own pet peeves is Mayanism:

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mayanism

The true indigenous traditions of living Mayas are getting swamped with this nonsense. As has been true for a while, New Age gurus and "visionaries" are making big bucks while native people are still struggling just to stay alive and feed their kids. I have a feeling we're on the same page on this issue.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

FBI misconduct on Pine Ridge

juanita — Wed, 12 Mar 2008 05:27:36 GMT

A friend from tribe, Electric Brave (thank you) published this on his blog, it is so very important for us all now and always!!!!
To: The Judiciary Committee, U.S. House of Representatives, U.S. Congress

www.petitiononline.com/balpsg...on.html

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

questioning the drummiing..from a questioning member

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 13 Mar 2008 14:32:40 GMT

this from a member:
"The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY."

I don't mean any disrespect, I'm just curious. Is the call for 8000 drums that's going aroung the real deal or something to promote a new film about 2012?

http://www.timeofthesixthsun.com

According to this web page, the 8000 drum ceremony and fulfillment of the Otomi Prophecy already happened in 2004:

"When this blanket call to the world was sent out in 2004 by the Otomi Nation of People in Mexico, it was picked up by Film Director and Sound Healer, Nikki Williams. With initial seed funding, Nikki and a small crew found themselves in Mexico filming the ceremony. It was the start of an incredible & synchronistic journey.

"On 21st March 2004, the Otomi Prophecy of 8000 Drums was indeed fulfilled."

It comes as part of the "DVD Bonus Features" with the film.

http://www.timeofthesixthsun.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=46&Itemid=53

The intent is no doubt a good one, but it's getting harder to tell what's real and what's New Age these days. Maybe it doesn't matter.

Here's a link to the film trailer:

http://www.timeofthesixthsun.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=26&Itemid=39

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

drummers? from a friend

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sun, 09 Mar 2008 14:57:06 GMT

PLEASE DO YOUR PART AND FORWARD TO ALL OF OUR RED NATIONS...SUPPORT ALL OF OUR BROTHERS AND SISTERS...LET US STAND TOGETHER AS ONE PROUD UNITED NATION!

Passing along the word to bring healing for our Mother Earth
This special event will take place 12 noon EST. It is also a full moon that day and spring equinox is March 20, 2008 (eg. if you are on the west coast, your time will be 10am this will be your time to be aligned with us here in EST etc. etc.)

8,000 DRUMS on March 21
at noon

HELLO, GREETINGS, ANIIN, TANSI, HAN, HAKODA!!

Darlene Courchene was contacted by my friend Gilles Novaks who is a Montagnais Indian from Montreal. He is a Medicine Man and a Healer. He asked me to get as many Tribal people to participate in a worldwide ceremony called the "8,000 Drums". He was contacted by two Huron Clan Grandmothers from up there in Canada and they asked him to help spread the word to all Indians everywhere. It will take place on March 21, 2008 at 12:00 noon . All you need to do is play a drum either alone, or with a group or have the whole Tribe participate. The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY. The Otomi's are Mayan Olmec and Toltec descendants. The drums will be played so that the Creator will hear us and grant our wishes as we pray for help in the Healing Process of our Mother Earth. …[P]eople are destroying Her and our Mother Earth needs our prayers. Thank you. Ewo-wox-co-dah-wa.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 4 replies

can anyone share

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 06 Mar 2008 18:26:12 GMT

I am interested in Various tribes creation stories..can other members share some?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

your help is needed

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 06 Mar 2008 14:38:27 GMT

Ok….This Cree needs some help…so I am relying on YOU…warriors, brothers and sistahs…;-) to reach into your brainbox and give me some feedback….

We are on the threshold of revolutionizing Media, TV and Radio by attempting to literally be bringing the first independently owned NDN Production Company to the planet…with live broadcast, podcast, music, independent film making and Tribal news casting…we are at the moment sitting on an incredible script…that literally has the potential to ROCK the HELL out of this country, with regards to NDN movie making…

we want to keep “white” Americas, hands out of the production period ( as to funding since we will not accept a change in Production / Owner terms…it will BE American Indian period ) …that said…we need everyone to pull together to come up with the Budget to pull this off,

NOW I have never been known to sugar coat things in the past and wont start now…the Budget is set at $3 Million….can we as a people pull this off I think we can, can we do this and within this create jobs for NDNS, better living conditions, and also bring GLOBAL awareness THAT WE ARE VERY MUCH THE FOUNDATION OF THIS COUNTRY…and no longer have to be looked for, in the lost and found… that our planet is dying, and our resources are being stripped to a bare cold nothingness…I belief that we can shift awareness and this with all my heart as a NDN Woman, Mother and Caregiver to the Tribe!!!

NATV has done a incredible job so far…yet…we want to rock Hollywood…back into reality…of what it means to TRULY be NDN NOW…not some glorified version of some white mans version / interpretation or what have you of what “we” are or were for that matter…Dances with Wolves….NO….of course there are a few movies out here that did hit home a bit…but still, realizing when we turn on our TV sets at night that we are not represented within the media pool at all is and has been getting on my last nerve…I mean honestly, when is the last time you seen a sitcom on a NDN family ( now picture that…YES I want you to Visualize )…and it being shown nightly…TRY NEVER and no George Lopez does not count nor is he NDN ! We just don’t have any representation at all on Nat’l TV, this needs to change.

Don’t you want your kids to see that…I do…why is it that we have pretty much every ethnic group covered in some way or another…( uhhmmm we even have Japanese TV ) what are we still invisible…shadow walkers for sure ?…WE can change this…but like everything it does take funding, dedication and us as a people pulling together…the monies generated thru independent film making and NDN media…can be channeled to do so much good…and then pool into other aspects of marketing, … a people that will remain strong in their culture, vision and resolve to not feed into the glamour after it is all said and done…we have some already great and famous actors…but truthfully, has that changed TV or how the world knows us and learns of and from us???? NO

Now at the bottom of this RANT…is a link…that will guide you to who you need to get contact with, if you;

A: Understand, agree and identify

B: Want to help

C: are willing to go all out to get this done

D: feel it within your spirit to bring this to life…FOR THE GENERATIONS THAT FOLLOW US!

Life starts with on breath…and it ends the same way….maybe it is time for some synchronized breathing ayeeeeee

Get the word, out email to the link I will provide or even myself, for questions etc…and for those of you that have influence, or your own Business…REALLY help…we need this…we want to see American Indian Television…we want to see American Indian, produced, directed, filmed, acted and BRANDED…on the Big Screen and on Television…and don’t allow anyone to say this…WE ARE NOT ENOUGH OF A DEMOCRAPHIC…Hell last I checked this soil is still Turtle Island…THERE IS YOUR DEMOCRAPHIC …

The vision is alive and well…we just need to readjust the lens so that the WORLD may see us!

Contact me…and def. contact the people on the link below…and let’s take it to the next much needed phase!

Also KNOW that we are doing this completely earth friendly…Mama is first and foremost on our mind within the music and also any type of broadcast and production…when you visit the link be sure to check out everything, THIS IS NATIVE AMERICA IN THE MAKING…our ways re organized and implemented. All efforts, help and suggestions are much appreciated…may the Great Spirit guide your hearts as it did ours to this point!!! AHO

http://gaiapod.com/

PS.and on a side note…( which you know I have to go there ) NAHEO…meaning;

Never lose your NDN…

Your One and Only crazy Cree

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

The 13 Indigenous Grand Mothers Speak

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 05 Mar 2008 13:49:11 GMT

The 13 Indigenous Grand Mothers Speak (5:44 Minutes)
http://www.youtube.com:80/watch?v=GKGXpK8LXR4&feature=related

Grand Mother Drum Global Heart (6:04 Minutes)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h7n6LQfNAhQ&feature=related

Grand Mother Drum White Eagle (2:43 Minutes)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iO66TQlY7Ok&feature=related

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Cree and Ojibway Legends - Our Aboriginal History

Exodus — Sun, 17 Feb 2008 00:25:15 GMT

Cree and Ojibway Legends - Our Aboriginal History
We Live Our Stories
We are our stories. Our stories of the land, of the environment, of our past times, of now, define our place and who we are. Our beliefs are born from living on the land for a long time. The sacred teachings come from our connection with the land, with the Great Spirit and with our forefathers.

We want to share our stories with you, our beliefs, our way of life. We live by stories, we also live in them. One way or another we are living our stories planted in us early or along the way. We are also living the stories we planted in ourselves. We live stories that give our lives meaning. If we change the stories we live by, we change our lives.

Connections with the Land
Our beliefs are born from living on the land for a long time. The sacred teachings come from our connection with the land, with the Great Spirit and with our forefathers.

The Great Spirit is in all things; he is in the air we breathe. The Great Spirit is our Father but the Earth is our Mother. She nourishes us, that which we put into the ground, she returns to us

Legends will always play a big role in the way we see ourselves as part of the world around us. Our stories are rooted in the history of our people. It is these legends that taught our children thew valuable lessons of surviving a harsh and often unforgiving land. We want to share our traditional stories with you so that you may hear some of our ancient history.

Cree and Ojibway Legends Part of Our Ancient Aboriginal History
For centuries, Aboriginal people sat around campfires at night, the elders passing on the ancient legends and songs. The children were taught the many happy songs of good hunting and fun times. They were also taught songs of struggle and songs of nature's powers destroying the unprepared. Some of our ancient stories are rooted from stories of other tribes too. Long ago our ancestors picked up other wisdom and adjusted the lessons to fit our culture uniquely. The Legends covered a wide variety of themes, from animals, to plants, monsters in the woods and even from things in the skies.

Story Telling and Songs Since Ancient Times
The ancient Cree and Ojibway people had what is known as a verbal culture. This means that they relied heavily on telling stories to pass information on from one generation to the next. The elders within the tribe shared the legends. It was their responsibility to keep the Aboriginal traditions alive for to not learn from its lessons often meant surviving in a harsh and unforgiving climate. It was for the children and the generations of the future that our legends have survived over the thousands of years of our existence in the James Bay Frontier.

" The legends and songs of our Native Culture was like the first literature in Canada. The first people to walk on our land told constant stories about their adventures, the ancient stories of their ancestors. The songs and stories were about every aspect of living with our land, and the characters of our land, such as the moose, beaver, rabbit, eagle and the wolf. Our wonderful beings that roam our lands with us even until today. Through stories and songs, that is how we keep our history alive and pass it on through the next generations to come. Our stories did a lot for our people. They teach, learn, and even discipline our children. A strong native story might make a child learn the consequences of ones actions or make the child feel a shame for what they have done. Within our culture, aboriginal people knew they could reflect theses stories to people and children of different cultures and of different times. " by Kieffer Bunting

The Cree call it Nabagaboo the Ojibway know it as Sasquatch
" One of our community street names is called Nabagaboo, which means Bigfoot in Cree. Bigfoot is a common legend among many diiferent ancient tribes of First Nations peoples. Each had variations to the story to reflect the own living realities. The Ojibway called them Sasquatch. Some believe that Bigfoot still roam the forests today. They say it looks like people and runs around in the woods screaming and breaking down trees. It never bothers the Native tribe though. People who have seen it looked long, tall, hairy and smelled bad. They say that he makes shelter from broken down trees to sleep at night. There have been many sightings of big foot prints in the black mud on lakeshores." by Kieffer Bunting

Nanabush
Nanabush called together all the birds and animals he could find to give them their duties. He told the beaver to build dams; bees to make honey; woodpeckers to play forest music; and so it went until all the animals had been given their duties - all except the Turtle.

When Nanabush called all the animals together, Turtle was swimming far below the lake surface. Finally, when Turtle heard what his duties would be, he sank below the surface in a sulk. As the days passed, Turtle grew angrier. One day, upon seeing a passing canoe, he shot to the surface, upset the canoe and ate the surprised Ojibway. The Ojibway was very tasty and Turtle continued attacking canoes for many days.

Nanabush, upon hearing of the strange events, suspected Turtle was angry with him, and decided to stop the strange behaviour by making Turtle do something useful. Nanabush took his bow and arrow, and seeing Turtle, fired at him. Turtle dove into the water and was narrowly missed. When diving Turtle flung his tail up in the air shooting a great spray of water high into the sky. Nanabush, using this magic, turned the spray of water into thousands of little stars, thereby creating the Milky Way.

Legends have always been used by our people to teach about the ways of the land, to teach survival lessons, to share a bit of humor on dark quiet nights, but most importantly to pass on the customs, beliefs, and traditions of our people to our children.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Native time? Does anyone feel rushed like I do?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 04 Feb 2008 15:48:02 GMT

Today I receieved a thank you letter a psoster and a news paper article about the film festival I was in Red Fork College in Tulsa Oklahoma. It was a thank you letter hand signed by a fellow native american. I recieved it at the end of Jaunuary 2008 the festival took place in 2006.
You see this makes sense to me as I am we natives are on "INDIAN TIME" slow to make changes slow in doing things slow in terms of the speed of people of the western world and other cultures.
Easy does it for the Native speed and haste make waste...just look at the world. And yet people want me to make quick decitions and move quicker. Some genetic code inside of me says everything is going Too fast please slow it down...but to most people no one understands this except other Natives.
What do you think?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 6 replies

Turning of the Tide - WGFT

truthgathering — Fri, 29 Feb 2008 02:27:57 GMT

http://www.worldgathering.net/news24.html

Turning of the tide …
By Matthew,
Warrior-Poet from the Isle of Man, UK

We say we have it tough
But we always have enough
We say we are trying but the children are still dying
We read the news - got to get our daily blues... ohhhh

But we are ready
Ready for tomorrow
We got each other
From me you can borrow
They say you can never change a leopards spots
But they can’t see how we rearrange the dots

We are the power in everyone
We are the dance of the moon and the sun
We are the hope that will never hide
We are the turning of the tide

We will look to the stars and we will see the light
WE are powerful because we know what is right
We are ready
Ready for tomorrow
Sinking the ships of jealousy and sorrow

We are the power in everyone
We are the celestial dance of the moon and sun
We are the hope that refuses to hide
We are the turning of the tide

In your eyes a vision
In my heart a fire
We will unite our powers
To expose the Liar

We will not swallow any more excuses
We will not be party to your war on humanity
We have heard all your delusions
We are sated with your profanity...Liar

We are the power in everyone
We are the celestial dance of the moon and sun
We are the hope that refuses to hide
We are the turning of the tide

http://www.worldgathering.net/news24.html

---------

WORLD GATHERING FOR TRUTH
http://www.worldgathering.net

Subscribe to WGFT Newsletter at Google:
http://groups.google.com/group/worldgathering

Guide and index to all resources at WGFT website:
http://www.worldgathering.net/menu.html

WORLD-ACTION: http://www.worldgathering.net/world

STOP CHEMTRAILS: http://www.worldgathering.net/stop

INSPIRING TIMES: http://www.worldgathering.net/times

WORDS WAKEN WORLD: http://www.worldgathering.net/words

WINDS OF TRUTH: http://www.worldgathering.net/winds

CELTIC ISLAND: http://www.worldgathering.net/celtic

WORLD-ACTION 2: http://www.worldgathering.net/world2

Slideshow Videos:
http://www.worldgathering.net/menu.html#video

Sounds and Music:
http://www.worldgathering.net/menu.html#audio

Spacecraft in Scotland:
http://www.worldgathering.net/scotland

"We must do what we conceive to be the right thing and not
bother our heads or burden our souls with whether we will be
successful. Because if we don’t do the right thing, we will be
doing the wrong thing and we will just be a part of the disease
and not a part of the cure." - E F Schumacher

Subscribe to WGFT Newsletter at Google:
http://groups.google.com/group/worldgathering

The Rainbow Dream Vision: This prophecy is a dream
and vision that is a potential reality for mankind. It is not
an ultimatum. But it is ours to behold and to create
if we only dare to dream it together.

Central American Mayan Elder: "Human beings must
come together in support of life. At present, each person
and group is going his or her own way. There is hope
if people can come together and unite."

World Gathering For Truth
http://www.worldgathering.net

Please send to friends and contacts and groups

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Rez Robics

mello — Wed, 27 Feb 2008 17:04:07 GMT

http://dreamcatchers.org/rezrobics/

I saw this video yesterday and was impressed by the concept and the message. What a great way to inspire the youth to fight obesity and diabetes! Very easy to get a video for your own communities as well as completely legal to make and distribute copies.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Silence is a weapon

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Tue, 19 Feb 2008 14:04:44 GMT

http://www.blackfire.net/index2.shtml

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

What are your opinions on this?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 04 Feb 2008 17:15:10 GMT

A Hopi Prophecy
This is an edited version of a prophecy downloaded from: BCCA.ORG
"Time is going to go so fast."

in case you would like to read it in its entirety.

North American Indian Prophecies
Talk Given by Lee Brown
1986 Continental Indigenous Council
Tanana Valley Fairgrounds
Fairbanks, Alaska

There was the cycle of the mineral, the rock. There was the cycle of the plant. And now we are in the cycle of the animals coming to the end of that and beginning the cycle of the human being.
When we get into the cycle of the human being, the highest and greatest powers that we have will be released to us.
They will be released from that light or soul that we carry to the mind. But right now we're coming to the end of the animal cycle and we have investigated ourselves and learned what it is to be like an animal on this earth.
At the beginning of this cycle of time, long ago, the Great Spirit came down and He made an appearance and He gathered the peoples of this earth together they say on an island which is now beneath the water and He said to the human beings, "I'm going to send you to four directions and over time I'm going to change you to four colors, but I'm going to give you some teachings and you will call these the Original Teachings and when you come back together with each other you will share these so that you can live and have peace on earth, and a great civilization will come about."
And he said, "During the cycle of time I'm going to give each of you two stone tablets. When I give you those stone tablets, don't cast those upon the ground. If any of the brothers and sisters of the four directions and the four colors cast their tablets on the ground, not only, will human beings have a hard time, but almost the earth itself will die."
And so he gave each of us a responsibility and we call that the Guardianship.
To the Indian people, the red people, he gave the Guardianship of the earth. We were to learn during this cycle of time the teachings of the earth, the plants that grow from the earth, the foods that you can eat, and the herbs that are healing so that when we came back together with the other brothers and sisters we could share this knowledge with them. Something good was to happen on the earth.
To the South, he gave the yellow race of people the Guardianship of the wind. They were to learn about the sky and breathing and how to take that within ourselves for spiritual advancement. They were to share that with is at this time.
To the West He gave the black race of people the Guardianship of the water. They were to learn the teachings of the water which is the chief of the elements, being the most humble and the most powerful.
To the North He gave the white race of people the Guardianship of the fire. If you look at the center of many of the things they do you will find the fire. They say a light bulb is the white man's fire. If you look at the center of a car you will find a spark. If you look at the center of the airplane and the train you will find the fire. The fire consumes, and also moves. This is why it was the white brothers and sisters who began to move upon the face of the earth and reunite us as a human family.
And so a long time passed, and the Great Spirit gave each of the four races two stone tablets. Ours are kept at the Hopi Reservation in Arizona at Four Corners Area on 3rd Mesa.
I talked to people from the black race and their stone tablets are at the foot of Mount Kenya. They are kept by the Kukuyu Tribe.
I once had the honor of presenting a sacred pipe at the Kukuyu Tribe carved from the red pipe stone of Mount Kenya. I was at an Indian spiritual gathering about 15 years ago. A medicine man from South Dakota put a beaded medicine wheel in the middle of the gathering. It had the four colors from the four directions; He asked the people, "Where is this from?" They said, "Probably Montana, or South Dakota, maybe Seskatchewan." He said, "This is from Kenya." It was beaded just like ours, with the same color.
The stone tablets of the yellow race of people are kept by the Tibetans, in Tibet. If you went straight through the Hopi Reservation to the other side of the world, you would come out in Tibet. The Tibetan word for "sun" is the Hopi word for "moon" and the Hopi word for "sun" is the Tibetan word for "moon".
The guardians of the traditions of the people of Europe are the Swiss. In Switzerland, they still have a day when each family brings out its mask. They still know the colors of the families, they still know the symbols, some of them. I went to school with some people from Switzerland at the University of Washington and they shared this with me.
Each of these four peoples happen to be people that live in the mountains.
In 1976 America had its bicentennial celebrating 200 years of freedom. Some of the Native people thought this was significant and they carried a sacred pipe bundle from the West Coast to the East Coast of this land.
They said that the roads of this land should either go North-South or East-West. If they went North-South we would come together as brothers and sisters, but if they went East-West there would be destruction and almost the earth itself would have a hard time. So you all know the roads went East-West.
They said then things would be lost from the East to the West and from the South to the North and that they would come back again from the West to the East and from the North to the South.
So nine years ago in 1976 from the West to East Coast of this land, from San Francisco to Washington, D.C. people carried a sacred pipe bundle by hand, on foot. My aunt had dreamt 15 years ago that people that didn't like them would throw rocks and bottles at that pipe bundle as they carried it across the land. And sure enough that came about. But, as was in my aunt's dream, the rocks only came so close and then they dropped, and nothing touched it.
They said a spiritual fire would be lit in the North and would come down the Northwest Coast of this land. When it gets to the Puget Sound, it would go inland. I think this, nine years later, is the gathering in the North, myself. That's why I came here. This is it. We have the capacity to start the spiritual fire now, here. The old people long ago saw it and foretold it and I'm going to come to that.
So we went through this cycle of time and each of the four races went to their directions and they learned their teachings.
We were given a sacred handshake to show when we came back together as brothers and sisters that we still remembered the teachings. It was indicated on the stone tablets that the Hopis had that the first brothers and sisters that would come back to them would come as turtles across the land. They would be human beings, but they would come as turtles.
So when the time came close the Hopis were at a special village to welcome the turtles that would come across the land and they got up in the morning and looked out at the sunrise. They looked out across the desert and they saw the Spanish Conquistadores coming, covered in armour, like turtles across the land. So this was them. So they went out to the Spanish man and they extended their hand hoping for the handshake but into the hand the Spanish man dropped a trinket.
And so word spread throughout North America that there was going to be a hard time, that maybe some of the brothers and sisters had forgotten the sacredness of all things and all the human beings were going to suffer for this on the earth.
So tribes began to send people to the mounds to have missions to try to figure out how they could survive. At that time there were 100,000 cities in the Mississippi Valley alone, called the mound civilization: cities built on great mounds. Those mounds are still there. If you ever go out to Ohio or the Mississippi Valley, they're tourist attractions now. There was 100,000 cities of Native people and they were wondering how they could survive.
They began to try to learn to live off the land because they knew a hard time was going to come. They began to send people to have visions to see how we could survive this time.
People came on the east coast and they went across this land to the east and they were told in the prophecies that we should try to remind all the people that would come here of the sacredness of all things. If we could do that, then there would be peace on earth. But if we did not do that, when the roads went clear from east to west, and when the other races and colors of the Earth had walked clear across this land, if by that time we had not come together as a human family, the Great Spirit would grab the earth with his hand and shake it.
And so if you read the treaty negotiations from Red Jacket of the Six Nations on the east coast of this land clear to Chief Joseph and Chief Seattle on the west coast of this land, they all said the same thing. Chief Joseph said, "I accord you the right, and I hope you accord me the right, to live in this land." Always we were trying to live together. But instead of living together, you all know there was separation, there was segregation. They separated the races: they separated the Indians, and they separated the blacks.
So when they got to the west coast of this land the elders that were made aware of these prophecies said they would then begin to build a black ribbon. And on this black ribbon there would move a bug. And when you begin to see this bug moving on the land, that was the sign for the First Shaking of the Earth.
The First Shaking of the Earth would be so violent that this bug would be shaken off the earth into the air and it would begin to move and fly in the air. And by the end of this shaking this bug will be in the air around the world. Behind it would be a trail of dirt and eventually the whole sky of the entire earth would become dirty from these trails of dirt, and this would cause many diseases that would get more and more complicated. So the bug moving on the land, of course it's easy to see now.
In 1908 the Model-T Ford was mass produced for the first time. So the elders knew the First Shaking of the Earth was about to come about - that's the First World War. In the First World War the airplane came into wide usage for the first time. That was that bug moving into the sky. And so they knew something very important would happen.
There would be an attempt to make peace on earth on the west coast of this land and so the elders began to watch for this. They began to hear that there was going to be a League of Nations in San Francisco so the elders gathered in Arizona around 1920 or so and they wrote a letter to Woodrow Wilson. They asked if the Indian people could be included in the League of Nations.
At that time the United States Supreme Court had held that a reservation is a separate and semi-sovereign nation, not a part of the United States but protected by it. This became a concern because people didn't want the reservations to become more and more separate. They didn't want them to be considered nations. So they did not write back and the Native people were left out of the League of Nations, so that circle was incomplete.
In the League of Nations circle there was a southern door, the yellow people; there was a western door, the black people; there was a northern door, the white people; but the eastern door was not attended. The elders knew that peace would not come on the earth until the circle of humanity is complete, until all the four colors sat in the circle and shared their teachings, then peace would come on earth.
So they knew things would happen. Things would speed up a little bit. There would be a cobweb built around the earth, and people would talk across this cobweb. When this talking cobweb, the telephone, was built around the earth, a sign of life would appear in the east, but it would tilt and bring death. It would come with the sun.
But the sun itself would rise one day not in the east but in the west. So the elders said when you see the sun rising in the east and you see the sign of life reversed and tilted in the east, you know that the Great Death is to come upon the earth, and now the Great Spirit will grab the earth again in His hand and shake it and this shaking will be worse than the first.
So the sign of life reversed and tilted, we call that the Swastika, and the rising sun in the east was the rising sun of Japan. These two symbols are carved in stone in Arizona. When the elders saw these two flags, these were the signs that the earth was to be shaken again.
The worse misuse of the Guardianship of the fire is called the "gourd of ashes". They said the gourd of ashes will fall from the air. It will make the people like blades of grass in the prairie fire and things will not grow for many seasons. I saw on television not too long ago that they were talking about the atomic bomb, the gourd of ashes. They said it was the best-kept secret in the history of the United States. The elders wanted to speak about it in 1920.
They would have spoken of it and foretold it's coming if they could have entered into the League of Nations.
The elders tried to contact President Roosevelt and ask him not to use the gourd of ashes because it would have a great effect on the earth and eventually cause even greater destruction and a the Third Shaking of the Earth, the Third World War. I'll get to that in a few minutes.
So they knew after the Second Shaking of the Earth when they saw the gourd of ashes fall from the sky then there would be an attempt to make peace on the other side of this land. And because the peace attempt on the west coast had failed, they would build a special house on the east coast of this Turtle Island, and all the nations and peoples of the earth would come to this house and it would be called the House of Mica and it would shine like the mica on the desert shines.
So the elders began to see they were building the United Nations made out of glass that reflects like the mica on the desert so they knew this was the House of Mica and all the peoples of the earth should go to it. So they met and talked about this.
They said that in the 1920's they had written and they had not been responded to, so they said this time we better go to the front door of the House of Mica because things might get a lot worse.
So elders representing a number of tribes I believe drove to New York City. When the United Nations opened they went to the front door of the House of Mica and they said these words:
"We represent the indigenous people of North America and we wish to address the nations of the Earth. We're going to give you four days to consider whether or not we will be allowed to speak."
They retreated to one of the Six Nations Reserves in New York State. The Six Nations Reserves are keepers of the Great Law of Peace of the prophet that appeared here in North America, Dagonnorida. And this Law of Peace is still recited, it takes four days between sunrise and noon. Each year an Indian, by memory, must recite it about this time of year.
Four days later they came back and I believe the nations of the earth heard that the Indians had come to the door. And they voted to let the Indians in. They wanted to hear what they had to say. But the United States is one of five nations of the United Nations with a veto power and still they were concerned because this time the Native sovereignty was even stronger. And I believe they vetoed the entrance of the Native people.
So then they knew other things would happen on the Earth, and the United Nations would not bring peace on earth but there would be continuing and deepening confusion. And that the little wars would get worse. So they retreated to the Six Nations Reserve and they talked about this and they said the time is really getting close now, 1949.
They said, "We're going to divide the United States into four sections and each year we're going to have a gathering. We're going to call these the 'White of Peace Gatherings'." They began to have these around 1950. And they authorized certain men to speak in English for the first time about these prophecies.
One that I used to listen to many times, over and over, was Thomas Benyaka. He is a Hopi man. I believe he is still living. He was authorized to speak in English about what was on the stone tablets and he has dedicated his lifetime to doing this. And they began to tell us at these gatherings, they said "In your lifetime you're going to see things happen."
It was strange when they said it in the 1950's and 1960's but now it seems very clear. But then it was unusual. They said, "You're going to see a time in your life when men are going to become women. The Great Spirit is going to make a man on the earth. He made him a man but this man is going to say, "I know more than the Great Spirit. I'm going to change myself to be a woman:" And they will even nurse children. The Great Spirit is going to make the woman on the earth. She's going to say, "I know more than the Great Spirit. I want to be a man. And she will be physically a man."
They said "You're going to see a time in your lifetime when the human beings are going to find the blueprint that makes us." They call that now, DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid. They said, "They re going to cut this blueprint." They call that now, genetic splicing.
And they said, "They're going to make new animals upon the earth, and they're going to think these are going to help us. And it's going to seem like they do help us. But maybe the grandchildren and greatgrandchildren are going to suffer."
They are making new animals. The elders talked about this. They said, "You will see new animals, and even the old animals will come back, animals that people thought had disappeared. They will find them here and there. They'll begin to reappear."
They said (and I know many of you are from tribes that also have this prophecy, "You're going to see a time when the eagle will fly its highest in the night and it will land upon the moon." Some tribes say the eagle will circle the moon. Some tribes say the eagle will fly it's highest in the night. "And at that time," they say, "Many of the Native people will be sleeping," which symbolically means they have lost their teachings. There are some tribes that say it will be as if they are frozen: they've been through the long winter.
But they say, "When the eagle flies it's highest in the night, that will be the first light of a new day. That will be the first thawing of spring." Of course, at the first light of a new day, if you've stayed up all night, you notice it's really dark. And the first light, you want to see it, but you can't. It sneaks up on you. You want to see it change but it's dark and then pretty soon it's getting light before you know it.
We're at that time now. The Eagle has landed on the moon, 1969. When that spaceship landed they sent back the message, "The Eagle has landed." Traditionally, Native people from clear up in the Inuit region, they have shared with us this prophecy, clear down to the Quechuas in South America. They shared with us that they have this prophecy. When they heard those first words, "The Eagle has landed," they knew that was the start of a new time and a new power for Native people. There was absolutely nothing strong before us now. We may do anything we wish.
In 1776 when the United States Government printed the dollar, in one claw [of the eagle], if you've ever noticed, there is an olive branch in this claw. They said that represented peace. The Indian elders shared with me in South Dakota that to them that represents the enslavement of black people.
In the prophecies of the Six Nations people they say there will be two great uprisings by black people to free themselves. We've seen one about 1964. There will be a second, more violent one to come. I'll get back to what that means in a minute. In the other claw is 13 arrows. The founding fathers of the United States said that represents the 13 States. But the elders say that represents the enslavement of the Native people.
When the Eagle landed on the moon, they decided to print a special silver dollar to commemorate that. I don't know how many of you noticed it. The original design showed the spaceship landing on the moon but at the last minute it was changed to an actual eagle. And in the eagle's claws is the olive branch, but the arrows are gone. The elders said, "That's our prophecy, we have been released."
There was one more uprising coming for the black race of people and then they will be released and this is also going to have an effect on Native people, a good effect. There's a whole new set of prophecies from the Iroquois people about that and I won't have time to go into that this morning.
But we're in that time now. We're between the first light of a new day and the sunrise. The sunrise is about to come and when it comes up everyone is going to see it. But you know how it is in the village there's a few people that get up early, and there are some that sleep until noon. I'm probably one of those that sleeps until noon. They said when that Eagle lands on the moon, the powers will begin to come back to us.
Within seven days of the time the Eagle landed on the moon, the Freedom of Indian Religion Act was introduced into the United States Congress. The legislation was introduced in 1969, less than seven days after the Eagle landed on the moon. Eventually it was passed in November of 1978, signed by President Carter. These are the physical manifestations of the spiritual prophecies that we have.
So he said at this time you're going to see that things will speed up, that people on the earth will move faster and faster. Grandchildren will not have time for grandparents. Parents will not have time for children. It will seem like time is going faster and faster. The elders advised us that as things speed up, you yourself should slow down. The faster things go, the slower you go. Because there's going to come a time when the earth is going to be shaken a third time.
The Great Spirit has been shaking the earth two times: the First and Second World Wars to remind us that we are a human family, to remind us that we should have greeted each other as brothers and sisters. We had a chance after each shaking to come together in a circle that would have brought peace on earth, but we missed that.
Tonight they were talking on the news about the sign for the Third Shaking of the Earth. I heard it while sitting in the airport after I missed my plane. They said they're going to build what the elders called the "house in the sky".
In the 1950's they talked about this: they will build a house and throw it in the sky. When you see people living in the sky on a permanent basis, you will know the Great Spirit is about to grab the earth, this time not with one hand, but with both hands.
Many of you of Native background may have heard "the spirits will warn you twice, but the third time you stand alone." We've had two warnings, the first two World Wars, but now we stand alone in the third one. As it says in the Baha'i Writings, there will be no-one protected. When this house is in the sky, the Great Spirit is going to shake the Earth a third time and whoever dropped that gourd of ashes, upon them it is going to drop.
They say at that time there will be villages in this land so great that when you stand in the villages you will not be able to see out, and in the prophecies these are called "villages of stone", or "prairies of stone". And they said the stone will grow up from the ground and you will not be able to see beyond the village. At the center of each and every one of these villages will be Native people, and they will walk as "hollow" shells upon a "prairie of stone". They said "hollow shells" which means they will have lost any of their traditional understandings; they will be empty within.
They said after the Eagle lands on the moon some of these people will begin to leave these "prairies of stone" and come home and take up some of the old ways and begin to make themselves reborn, because it's a new day. But many will not. And they said there's going to come a time when in the morning the sun is going to rise and this village of stone will be there, and in the evening there would just be steam coming from the ground. They will be as steam. And in the center of many of those villages of stone when they turn to steam, the Native people will turn to steam also because they never woke up and left the village.

And this used to bother me when I was a young man. I used to ask the elders, "Isn't there anything we can do?" And they said, well, it's just that way that if a person does not have the spiritual eyes to see, it's very hard to show them. Or if they don't have the ears to hear, it's very hard to speak with them. We wish that we could go get them all but we can't. It's just that some are not going to wake up. But some will wake up.

And so they say there's going to be the Third Shaking of the Earth. It's not going to be a good thing to see but we will survive it. We will survive it. And when we survive it, then there's going to be another attempt to make a circle of the human beings on the earth.
And this time the Native people will not have to petition to join but will be invited to enter the circle because they say the attitude towards us will have changed by then, and people will let us into the circle and all the four colors of the four directions will share their wisdom, and there will be a peace on earth. This is coming close.
A lot of times when I share this message of the prophecies, people say, "Can't we change it? Could we stop it?"
The answer is yes.
The prophecies are always "either/or". We could have come together way back there in 1565, and we could have had a great civilization, but we didn't. Always along the path of these prophecies, we could have come together. We still could. If we could stop the racial and religious disharmony, we would not have to go through this third shaking.
The elders say the chance of that is pretty slim. It seems to me like it's pretty slim, too. But they say what we can do is we can "cushion" it. The word we use is "cushion". We can cushion it so it won't be quite as bad. How do we do this? We do this by sharing the teaching that will reunite us.
The Hopis in their prophecies say there will be a religion that comes here. Maybe it will be true and bring unity, or maybe it will not be true and not bring unity. If it does not bring unity, a second religion will come, and the people of this religion are known in the Hopi language as the Bahani, the people of Baha. Ni means "people of".
When I heard about these [prophecies], none of them made any sense. Now most of it has come to pass. Last I heard on the news, they said the "house in the sky" will be put up in 1996. It was going to be put up sooner, but it's been postponed for four years. Maybe it will be postponed again. But in not too long it's going to go up. The earth as we know it is going to change.
Each of us carry, I believe, a sacred drop of light.
But now we're going into the human world. The mind is going to be opened up to the radiance of our own soul and the cycle of the human beings is going to come back, and something so good is going to happen on the earth that it cannot even be described.
The elders say it in different ways. They say, there will be grass at that time when they make that circle and bring the peace on earth. There will be blades of grass that have not quite come through the earth. Even they will try to push themselves up to be part of that day when the sun rises.
You know, one time the scientist came to the Hopis and they said, "We want to take a piece of the stone tablets." They said "We want to take the stone tablets to a scientific laboratory to determine how old they are." The Hopis said, "We know how old they are". Well, the scientists said, "We want to confirm it." Well, the Hopis let them take a little piece, and they did that by the carbon dating method.

Editor's Note: This puzzles me, as stone cannot be carbon dated. Carbon 14 is taken in by organic life until the moment of death. Then the Carbon 14 is slowly released by that organic material and the rate of release can be calculated. Half-life computations tell the age of the tested material. Stone is not organic.

They found these tablets were at least 10,000 years old, maybe 50,000. So when I say, "Thousands of years ago, there were Native people that spoke of these things," that's exactly what I mean. They told their children and thousands of years ago, their children grew up and told their children, and then their children grew up and told their children. And they spoke about the people that will live in this time.
And now it is us. We are the ones they spoke of long ago. They say to be alive, to come into creation and to live upon the earth at this time is a great honor.
In the cycle of time, from the beginning to the end, this time we are in now will change the purification of all things. They say this is the hardest time to live, but it is also the greatest honor to be alive to live and see this.
In the state of Washington in 1855 they signed treaties and made 22 Indian reservations. They wanted to do it before there were problems. They thought they were advanced at the time, they had learned from what had happened elsewhere. They made 22 Indian reservations and the elders spoke in 1855 and they said, "We're going to become weaker, and you are going to become stronger, and if you wish to break these treaties, you may do so." They said, "But there's going to come a time when the earth itself will rise up and purify itself and this will be announced.
It will be announced by the speaking of more than 16 Great Ones on the West Coast of this land. And when the 16 Great Ones speak, the purification will have begun. There was a new [?] five years ago when Mt. Saint Helens, one of the 16 great volcanoes on the West Coast of this land, "spoke".
The Seattle Times did a special interest story. They went over to Watson Totus and Woodrow Bill. It was Woodrow Bill's son that made this hoop that I brought here today, my good brother Randolf Bill. They asked Watson Totus and Woodrow Bill as spiritual people of the Yakuma nation, "What does this mean?" What they said was so profound that they didn't put it on page 16, they put it on the front page of the Seattle Times.
They said, "This means that the races and nations of the earth should slow down and come together and talk to each other." That's exactly what it meant. And we had four years and four days to do that.
Four years and four days later, Mt. Saint Helens erupted the second time. That was last spring, just about this time. That was our grace period. We could have still done something really good. But now things are going to speed up. Now things are going to really happen fast. Time is going to go so fast.
The more we share the Message, the more we will cushion the Third Shaking of the Earth, and the easier it will be on ourselves and others.

We are now within the purification of all things. Non-Natives call this the "Apocalypse". The Native elders call this the "Purification".

But don't despair. It sounds terrible, but we will survive it. We will live through it. I don't think there's anyone chosen to live through it, but some people will.
So, in closing I would like to call on each and every person, regardless of who you are, young or old, Native or non-Native, to arise now, and to awake, to embrace this time, to learn everything you can about the Teachings and the Writings, to arise and awake and go forth, all the peoples of the earth.
Peoples everywhere are now receptive to the Message. This year is the year when that is really going to start, I believe, myself. Arise and awake.
There's people out there waiting to hear, waiting to hear... waiting to hear...

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

INDIGENOUS SOLIDARITY & RESISTANCE

Exodus — Sun, 03 Feb 2008 00:36:14 GMT

INDIGENOUS SOLIDARITY & RESISTANCE
A revolutionary movement that does not address the reality of the original inhabitants of the land is a movement doomed to failure. We believe that one of the reasons that past revolutionary movements have failed miserably in their attempts to create a free, egalitarian society, is because they have not adequately addressed issues concerning the right of indigenous peoples to secession, sovereignty, or self-determination.
Movements that don't attempt to build egalitarian relations with Indigenous communities and assist them in their struggles for autonomy will never have the support of those communities. In fact, if a supposedly "revolutionary" movement does not address the issue of de- colonization, it will most likely only contribute to the marginalizing of Native peoples and turn them into enemies.

State-communist movements have been outright genocidal in their practice towards indigenous peoples. These movements regard indigenous peoples as "pre-capitalist" artifacts that stand in the way of socialist evolution and industrial progress. The conditions faced by indigenous people's under "revolutionary" "communist" governments and proto-governments in Russia, China, Vietnam, Nicaragua, Peru, Columbia, and elsewhere, have differed very minimally from the oppressive conditions they faced under capitalist governments.
The anarchist movement does not share the communist movement's gross history of subjugating indigenous peoples, but anarchists have largely failed to address the reality of indigenous peoples at all. This is extremely unfortunate because the anarchist movement finds natural allies in the Indigenous sovereignty movement.
Many anarchists regard Native issues as "nationalist" and therefore irrelevant. This is extremely flawed because it holds that any distinct culture that takes action against a colonial power is "nationalist". Some Indigenous movements are indeed "nationalistic" - but usually not in the sense of a nation-state, but rather in terms of a distinct culture with distinct customs that has the right to exist freely within its own bioregion. The efforts of Native peoples to declare their sovereignty is often fully consistent with the anarchist desire for decentralization.
Our movement needs to realize that the struggles of Native peoples are issues that should be of major concern to all who consider themselves opponents of oppression. Indigenous peoples have always engaged in struggles against the state, industrial expansionism, and corporate exploitation. They are the only communities that have maintained a relatively harmonious relationship with the natural world. They have and continue to wage impressive battles against the status-quo. These battles often have the objective of forcing corporations off of sacred land, rejecting the arbitrarily imposed laws and ordinances of the State, and ending industrial developments which threaten the well-being of humans and animals. These issues are fully consistent with anarchism, and here we find the potential for powerful alliances between sincere anarchists and radical ecologists, and Native peoples.

Anarchist solidarity with Native peoples must not resemble, in any shape or form, the "solidarity" of "New-Age" cultural appropriationists - whose idea of "solidarity" with Natives really consists of stealing their traditions and exploiting them for personal gain and profits. Rather, anarchist solidarity with Natives must be genuine, concrete, and, most importantly, egalitarian. When our support is welcomed by them, we should accept it and join them on the frontlines in the battle against colonial domination

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Forgiveness Body: Forgiveness is

Exodus — Sun, 03 Feb 2008 00:34:21 GMT

Forgiveness Body: Forgiveness is a remarkable process that simultaneously engages the spiritual, emotional, psychological, mental and physical levels of being. All of the world's religions acknowledge forgiveness as one of the highest expressions of humanity. But although most of us acknowledges that forgiveness is a wonderful concept, very few people know how to practice it effectively.

If you look inside and realize that you are harboring one or more resentments that cause bitterness in your heart, and would like to initiate a process of forgiveness, here are some tips on how to proceed. You may have to repeat this process several times, if it turns out you were not ready to fully release your hurt, and if you are still too consumed by anger.

1. Understand that forgiving does not mean forgetting, or giving permission for the behavior to be repeated. It does not mean saying that what was done was acceptable. Forgiveness is often needed for behaviors that were not acceptable and that you should not allow to be repeated.

2. Recognize that YOU are the only one who is being hurt by your non-forgiveness. You feel the anger, the tightness in your stomach. You are the one rehearsing in your mind what you would like to say or do to 'punish' them. When there is no forgiveness, the bitterness lingers -- and when you could be enjoying today's pleasures, you are upsetting yourself with yesterday's injustices. You give control of your emotions to the person who hurt you. It's been said that the best revenge is your own calmness.

3. Make a list of what specific actions you need to forgive. What was actually done that caused your pain?

4. Acknowledge your part in each of the items on your list. Did you stay when you could or should have left? Did you draw this energy to you in some manner? If so, then you, too, have some responsibility. Seeing this lets you move away from a pure victim stance.

5. Realize that the other person(s) did the best that they could have done. Why did the person hurt us? They like you are an imperfect human being. Instead of thinking that you would never do such an offense, realize that if you had been that person (with his or her karmic situation), you could have done exactly the same thing. The incident was not about you; it was about the wrongdoer's misguided attempt to meet his or her own needs.

6. Realize the futility of "grudges." Sometimes we hold a grudge as if that would punish the person, but it rarely has that effect. Nor does it assure that he or she will behave considerately in the future. Many persons actually prefer holding on to resentments because of the hidden "fringe benefits" or payoffs. Examine what your possible pay-offs may be in playing the victim or martyr roles.

7. Acknowledge to yourself in writing or out loud what you have ever gained from the relationship with the person(s) who hurt you.

8. Center yourself, and verbally forgive yourself first for anything you might have done, on any level, to contribute to this hurt and resentment. You might say, "I completely forgive myself for anything I have done to contribute to _____."

9. In a similar manner, express forgiveness for the hurts on your list, one by one. Allow yourself to experience the full range of feelings that emerge.

10. It may also be helpful to create a ceremony in which you get rid of your resentments, symbolizing the ending of the link between you. You may choose to visualize placing them on a raft and watching it drift gently away down a river. You may prefer to burn them and scatter the ashes of your resentment list.

11. Visualize the person you are forgiving being blessed by your forgiveness and, as a result, being freed from continuing the behavior that hurt you.

Right now as you think of a hurt or resentment inside, remember that you have a choice. You can decide to be responsible for what you are feeling. Use these guidelines to resolve and release the bitterness, hurt and resentment that is clogging up your heart and life, so that the aliveness and love which is your birthright can again flow through you, and through everyone else you come in contact with. It will also open up the possibility of greater love and intimacy for you as well.

If you have a chance to make life better for others and fail to do so,
you are wasting your time on Earth. No matter what our station in life,
we are here to serve, even if that sometimes means making the greatest
sacrifice of all.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

THE GENOCIDE OF NATIVE AMERICANS:

Exodus — Sun, 03 Feb 2008 00:32:42 GMT

THE GENOCIDE OF NATIVE AMERICANS:
A SOCIOLOGICAL VIEW
The term Genocide derives from the Latin (genos=race, tribe; cide=killing) and means literally the killing or murder of an entire tribe or people. The Oxford English Dictionary defines genocide as "the deliberate and systematic extermination of an ethnic or national group" and cites the first usage of the term as R. Lemkin, Axis Rule in Occupied Europe, (1944) p.79. "By 'genocide' we mean the destruction of a nation or an ethnic group." The U.N. General Assembly adopted this term and defended it in 1946 as "....a denial of the right of existence of entire human groups." Most people tend to associate genocide with wholesale slaughter of a specific people. However, "the 1994 U.N. Convention on the Punishment and Prevention of the Crime of Genocide describes genocide beyond outright murder of people as the destruction and extermination of culture." Article II of the convention lists five categories of activity as genocidal when directed against a specific "national, ethnic, racial, or religious group." These categories are:

Killing members of the group;
Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of group;
Deliberately infliction on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part;
Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;
Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group.

Genocide or the deliberate extermination of one ethnic group by another is not new, for example in 1937 the Pequot Indians were exterminated by the Colonists when they burned their villages in Mystic, Connecticut, and then shot all the other people -- including women and children -- who tried to escape. The United States Government has refused to ratify the U.N. convention on genocide. There are many facets of genocide which have been implemented upon indigenous peoples of North America. The list of American genocidal policies includes: Mass-execution, Biological warfare, Forced Removal from homelands, Incarceration, Indoctrination of non-indigenous values, forced surgical sterilization of native women, Prevention of religious practices, just to name a few.

By mass-execution prior to the arrival of Columbus the land defined as the 48 contiguous states of America numbered in excess of 12 million. Four centuries later, it had been reduced by 95% (237 thousand). How? When Columbus returned in 1493 he brought a force of 17 ships. He began to implement slavery and mass-extermination of the Taino population of the Caribbean. Within three years five million were dead. Fifty years later the Spanish census recorded only 200 living! Las Casas, the primary historian of the Columbian era, writes of numerous accounts of the horrendous acts that the Spanish colonists inflicted upon the indigenous people, which included hanging them en masse, roasting them on spits, hacking their children into pieces to be used as dog food, and the list continues.

This did not end with Columbus' departure, the European colonies and the newly declared United States continued similar conquests. Massacres occurred across the land such as the Wounded Knee Massacre. Not only was the method of massacre used, other methods for "Indian Removal" and "clearing" included military slaughter of tribal villages, bounties on native scalps, and biological warfare. British agents intentionally gave Tribes blankets that were intentionally contaminated with smallpox. Over 100 thousand died among the Mingo, Delaware, Shawnee and other Ohio River nations. The U.S. army followed suit and used the same method on the Plains tribal populations with similar success.

FORCED REMOVAL FROM HOMELANDS
For a brief periods after the American Revolution, the United States adopted a policy toward American Indians known as the "conquest" theory. In the Treaty of Fort Stansix of 1784, the Iroquois had to cede lands in western New York and Pennsylvania. Those Iroquois living in the United States (many had gone to Canada where the English gave them refuge) rapidly degenerated as a nation during the last decades of the eighteenth century, losing most of their remaining lands and much of their ability to cope. The Shawnees, Miamis, Delawaresm, Ottawans, Wyandots, and Potawatomis watching the decline of the Iroquois formed their own confederacy and informed the United states that the Ohio river was the boundary between their lands and those of the settlers. It was just a matter of time before further hostilities ensued.

FORCED ASSIMILATION
The Europeans saw themselves as the superior culture bringing civilization to an inferior culture. The colonial world view split reality into popular parts: good and evil, body and spirit, man and nature, head and hear, European and primitive. American Indians spirituality lacks these dualism's; language expresses the oneness of all things. God is not the transcendent Father but the Mother Earth, the Corn Mother, the Great Spirit who nourishes all It is polytheistic, believing in many gods and many levels of deity. "At the basis of most American Native beliefs is the supernatural was a profound conviction that an invisible force, a powerful spirit, permeated the entire universe and ordered the cycles of birth and death for all living things." Beyond this belief in a universal spirit, most American Indians attached supernatural qualities to animals, heavenly bodies, the seasons, dead ancestors, the elements, and geologic formations. Their world was infused with the divine - The Sacred Hoop. This was not at all a personal being presiding ominpotently over the salvation or damnation of individual people as the Europeans believed.

For the Europeans such beliefs were pagan. Thus, the conquest was rationalized as a necessary evil that would bestow upon the heathen "Indians" a moral consciousness that would redeem their amorality. The world view which converted bare economic self interest into noble, even moral, motives was a notion of Christianity as the one redemptive religion which demands fealty from all cultures. In this remaking of the American Indians the impetus which drove the conquistador's invading wars not exploration, but the drive to expand an empire, not discovery of new land, but the drive to accumulate treasure, land and cheap labor.

CULTURE
Culture is the expression of a people's creativity -- everything they make which is distinctively theirs: language, music, art, religion, healing, agriculture, cooking style, the institutions governing social life. To suppress culture is to aim a cannonball at the people's heart and spirit. Such a conquest is more accomplished than a massacre. "We have seen the colonization materially kills the colonized. It must be added that it kills him spiritually. Colonization distorts relationships, destroys and petrifies institutions, and corrupts....both colonizers and the colonized."

Strategies of targeting American Indian children for assimilation began with violence. Forts were erected by Jesuits, in which indigenous youths were incarcerated, indoctrinated with non-indigenous Christian values, and forced into manual labor. Schooling provided a crucial tool in changing not only the language but the culture of impressionable young people. In boarding schools students could be immersed in a 24 hours bath of assimilation. "The founder of the Carlisle Indian Industrial School in Pennsylvania , Capt. Richard H. Pratt, observed in 1892 that Carlisle has always planted treason to the tribe and loyalty to the nation at large. More crudely put, the Carlisle philosophy was, "Kill the Indian to save the man." At the boarding schools children were forbidden to speak their native languages, forced to shed familiar clothing for uniforms, cut their hair and subjected to harsh discipline. Children who had seldom heard an unkind word spoken to them were all too often verbally and physically abused by their white teachers. In short, "there was a full-scale attempt at deracination -- the uprooting or destruction of a race and its culture." A few American Indian children were able to run away, others died of illness and some died of homesickness.

The children, forcibly separated from their parents by soldiers often never saw their families until later in their adulthood, after their value-system and knowledge had been supplanted with colonial thinking. When these children returned from boarding schools they no longer knew their native language, they were strangers in their own world, there was a loss, a void of not belonging in the native world, nor the white man's world. In the movie "Lakota Women," these children are referred to as "Apple Children [red on the outside, white on the inside]" they do not know where they fit in, they were unable to assimilate into either culture. This confusion and loss of cultural identity, leads to suicide, drinking and violence. The most destructive aspect of alienation is the loss of power, of control over one's destiny, over one's memories, through relationships -- past and future.

Jose Noriega's well-documented historical account of the forced indoctrination of colonial thought into the minds of American Indian children as a means of disrupting the generational transmission of cultural values, clearly demonstrates the cultural genocide employed by the U.S. government as a means of separating the American Indians from their land.

FORCED REMOVAL
The "Indian Removal" policy was implemented to "clear" land for white settlers. Removal was more than another assault on American Indians' land titles. Insatiable greed for land remained a primary consideration, but many people now believed that the removal was the only way of saving American Indians from extermination. As long as the American Indians lived in close proximity to non-Native American communities, they would be decimated by disease, alcohol, and poverty. The Indian Removal Act began in 1830. Forced marches at bayonet-point to relocation settlements resulted in high mortality rates. The infamous removal of the Five Civilized Tribes -- the Choctaws, Creeks, Chickasaws, Cherokees, and Seminoles -- is a dismal page in United States history. By the 1820's the Cherokees, who had established a written constitution modeled after the United States Constitution, a newspaper, schools, and industries in their settlements, resisted removal. In 1938 the federal troops evicted the Cherokees. Approximately four thousand Cherokees died during the removal process because of poor planning by the United States Government. This exodus to Indian Territory is known as the Trail of Tears. More than one hundred thousand American Indians eventually crossed the Mississippi River under the authority of the Indian Removal Act.

STERILIZATION
Article II of United Nations General Assembly resolution, 1946: In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial, or religious group, as such: (d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group. In the mid-1970s a Choctaw-Tsalagi Indian Health Services doctor was approached by a 26-year-old American Indian woman who desired a "wonb transplant." She had been sterilized when she was 20 at the Indian Health Service hospital in Claremont, Oklahoma. It was discoverd that 75 percent of the Claremont sterilizations were non-therapeutic, that women American Indians were being prompted to sign sterilization forms they didn't understand, that they were being told the operations were reversible, and that some women were even being asked to sign sterilization papers while they had yet to come out of birthing sedation.

Common Sense magazine reported that the Indian Health Service "was sterilizing 3,000 Indian women per year, 4 to 6 percent of the child bearing population...Dr. R. T. Ravenholt, [then] director of the federal government's Office of Population, later confirmed that 'surgical sterilization has become increasingly important in recent years as one of the advanced methods of fertility management'." Ravenholt's response to these inquires "told the population Association of America in St. Louis that the critics were 'a really radical extremist group lashing out at a responsible program so that revolution would occur'."

From the beginning of European control there has been an unrelenting drive to commit genocide over another culture. The American Indians were a majority so the Europeans called them an enemy. One of the major facts the United States Government has failed to understand is that the spiritual aspect of life is inseparable from the economic and the political aspects. The loss of tradition and memory will be the loss of positive sense of self. Those reared in traditional American Native societies are inclined to relate events and experiences to one another, they do not organize perceptions or external events in terms of dualities or priorities. This egalitarianism is reflected in the structure of American Indian literature, which does not rely on conflict, crises, and resolution for organization.

INTELLECTUAL RICHES
American Indians felt comfortable with the environment, close to the moods and rhythms of nature, in time with the living planet. Europeans were quite different, viewing the earth itself as lifeless and inorganic, subject to any kind of manipulation or alteration. Europeans tended to be alienated from nature and came to the New World to use the wilderness, to conquer and exploit its natural wealth for private gain.

But for American Indians, the environment was sacred, possessing a cosmic significance equal to its material riches. The earth was sacred -- a haven for all forms of life -- and it had to be protected, nourished, and even worshipped. Chief Smoholla of the Wanapun tribe illustrated American Native reverence for the earth when he said in 1885:

"God said he was the father of and earth was the mankind; that nature was the law; that the animals, and fish and plants beyond nature, and that man only was sinful.
You ask me to plow the ground! Shall I take a knife and tear my mother's bosom?

Then when I die she will not take me to her bosom to rest.

You ask me to dig for stone! Shall I dig under her skin for her bones?

Then When I die I cannot enter her body to be born again.

You ask me to cut grass And make hay and sell it, and be rich like white men!

But how dare I cut off my mother's hair?

American Indians' agricultural and medical wisdom had been ignored by the European invaders. In their rush to control the land and people much has passed them by and much has been destroyed. Sadly, what seems to have been almost totally ignored is the American Indians' knowledge that the Earth is their mother. Because their mother continues to give us life we must care for and respect her. This was a ecological view of the earth.

"There are tens of millions of people around the world who, within only the last few centuries -- and some cases only the last few years -- have seen their successful societies brutally assaulted by ugly destructive forces. Some American Indian societies have been obliterated. Some peoples have suffered separation from the source of their survival, wisdom, power, and identity: their lands. Some have fallen from the pressure, compromised, moved to urban landscapes, and disappeared, but millions of American Indians, including tens of thousands here in the United States, have gained strength in the face of all their adversity. Their strength is rooted in the earth and deserves to succeed."

In writing this paper I have attempted to broaden your knowledge of genocide and American Indians. This is not a complete history of the genocide that has occurred in the United States, nor is it meant to be.

Books used for references and internet addresses:

Mander, Jerry, In the Absence of the Sacred: The Failure of Technology and the Survival of the Indian Nations," Sierra Club Books, San Francisco, 1992: 349.
Mankiller, Wilma and Wallis, M., A Chief and Her People, St. Martin's Press, New York, 1993: 8.
Memi, Albert, The Colonizer and the Colonized, Boston: Beacon Press, 1965: 151.
Olson, James and Wilson, R., Native American, In the Twentieth Century, University Press, 1988, 11.
The Reader's Digest Association, Inc., Through Indian Eyes, Pleasantville, New York/Montreal, 1995: 338.
Susan Brill, Bradley U. (brill@bradley.edu) Discussion group regarding the genocide of Native peoples.
http://www.igc.apc.org/toxic/
http://conbio.bio.uci.edu/nae/knudsen.html
Federal Indian Policy http://mercury.sfsu.edu.cypher.genocide.html.#children
Trail of Tears http://ngeorgia.com/history/nghisttt.html

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Cherokee Prophecies

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Thu, 17 Jan 2008 18:01:22 GMT

Cherokee Prophecies

Cherokee Star Constellation - Prophecy of the Rattlesnake

The Stars above and its configurations hold TIME UNTIME within its grasp upon all life. As all cultures sustain a Zodiac system written upon Time Untime so also the Chickamaugan Cherokee of the Americas hold also an Ancient Zodiac of the heavens.

Within the Zodiac of the Heavens of the Chickamauga Cherokee are etched Ancient designs written upon and within the lines of seeing. The Cherokee Zodiac is alive and moves and spins upon the rings of TIME UNTIME. As the main outline remains its hold and is stationed in the sky of stars its movement within that frozen outline does indeed change with the movements of the other elements. Elements within the rotations planets, stars, and bodies of the heavens. As other cultures station their Zodiac as a permanent fixture the Cherokee Zodiac morphs or changes and becomes as if ALIVE. Always Alive, breaths, lives, and takes upon each constellation its own deeming of things, Time, Untime, and among those things, PROPHECY.

The Constellations of the Chickamaugan Cherokee are 13 fold which contain the characterizations of mainly animals. Among the many design configurations seen written upon the stars are the designs of animals, objects, and many other elements of TIME UNTIME. The figures of the sky are totally different from other cultures of the Zodiac except for a rare few which seem to be similar. The only one which seems to relative to similarity is found within the Cherokee Constellation Scorpion and Snake and this in relation to others as Scorpio and Serpent.

This is the story of only one of those constellations. This is of the Cherokee Constellation Rattlesnake. And within this one Constellation is found a PROPHECY. Within the Rattlesnake of the Heavens is found TIME UNTIME foretold since the dawn of TIME.

In the sky is found the figure of a Snake. And upon this snake it is the outline of a Rattlesnake. Sometimes the Serpent and the Rattlesnake take on its bearing of one or the other but the Snake of the Rattlesnake is ITS design.

The Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation is not like other cultures of the world. The Cherokee Rattlesnake in the Heavens has a head and winds itself back and forth with its body as in sidewinding itself to its tail. The boundary of the Rattlesnake is unlike the boundaries of other Zodiac cultures. In the Heavens the Pleiades Star System is found as the tip of the Rattlesnake tail.

The Rattlesnake of the Cherokee is very sacred and its sacredness is written even in the Heavens. Upon the mouth of the Rattlesnake is found 52 scales. These scales in number of 52 is written upon the Calendar of the Cherokee and upon the wheels and rings of TIME UNTIME. The Calendar of the Cherokee spins upon wheels and rings as a sophisticated dating system. A dating system that not only tells TIME of events, people, places, and things but also a very holy and sacred element within the Cherokee culture itself of ALL THINGS.

The Rattlesnake can sometimes be imaged as a serpent. To be a Serpent or to be the Rattlesnake depends on the knowing of the TIMES and TIMES of TIME UNTIME. To know the culture of the Cherokee and its Ancient design upon LIFE. One MUST know the things of TIME UNTIME in order to place the constellation as a Rattlesnake or a Serpent. But this is another story.

The stationary outline is always of the Rattlesnake. However upon the wheels of the Cherokee calendar is also found when where how what who in its changing and transformation. The transformation is not the changing of the shape of the Rattlesnake but the addition or subtraction of elements upon the snake itself. These things also tell the tales of the universe and all its bearing of what was, what is, and to be.

On the Cherokee Calendar a great thing is foretold of things about to take shape within all things upon the earth, the heavens, and the universe. And the Rattlesnake Constellation is one of those which speaks as a voice of TIME UNTIME of things to be.

Upon the Cherokee Calendar Rings and written in the Star Constellation Rattlesnake is a prophecy of TIME UNTIME.

And so it is thus foretold ....

When the Earth sees the fingers of Spearfinger strike Jupiter, when the ages of the Rings and wheels tell it is the ending of the ages of cycles of 5, this will be the sign for the whole earth, for all the earth will see this thing, to wake up from sleep. These fingers that stuck Jupiter was the comet fragments that hit Jupiter in the 1990s and the whole earth took of is majesty. This was the sign foretold on the Calendar for the Cherokee people to WAKE UP to come out of sleep.

The Cherokee Calendar also speaks its voice telling that at this time of the fingers striking Jupiter that Orion Star System will awaken. And the Pleiades and Orion will war once again as in old. Jupiter and Venus will awaken to its destiny of TIME UNTIME of cycles. Orion will WAR with Pleadies, Jupiter will WAR with Venus. The time of the Cherokee UKU's will be at hand.

In the year 2004 and 2012 an alignment will take place both on the Cherokee Calendar and in the heavens of the Rattlesnake Constellation both. It is the time of the doublehead serpent stick. It is the time of the Red of Orion and Jupiter against White Blue of Pleadies and Venus. It is the time of the Uku's choosing. It is the time of the Beloved Woman and MYSTERIES OF TIME UNTIME. It is the Time Untime of the THUNDERBOLT and the spirits of Lightning Mountains.

In the year 2004 and 2012 the Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation will take on a different configuration. The Snake itself will remain, however, upon the Rattlesnake shall be added upon its head feathers, its eyes will open and glow, wings spring forth as a winged Rattlesnake, it shall have hands and arms and in its hands shall be found a bowl. The bowl will hold blood. Upon its tail of 7 rattles shall be the glowing and movement of Pleiades.

The Rattlesnake shall become a FEATHERED RATTLESNAKE or FEATHERED SERPENT of TIME UNTIME.

And upon the Rattlesnake is also the Milky Way. A crossing of the Milky Way shall be seen at these times.

For the center of the Universe is what many know as the Constellation Sagittarius by modern man. But upon this constellation of is also found the Pleiades Star system which is what is different in the boundary of others and the Cherokee Zodiac.

The Milky Way is ALSO a Tree ... STONE TREE. And upon Stone Tree is as a Tree with a tree trunk, branches, a top, and even roots. The Flower and the Tree is also a tassel as corn. And upon the flower and the tree is the TREE OF LIFE. REBIRTH, RENEWAL, NEW.

And the Cherokee Calendar shall end in the year 2012. But upon the times just prior shall be the Feathered Serpent and its prophecy.

Upon the Heavens design, within the Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation, it is written. And upon the Rings of TIME UNTIME of the Cherokee Calendar it also says BEHOLD RATTLESNAKE CONSTELATION. And Remember.

The Rings of the Cherokee Calendar are read by the winding motion of the Rattlesnake. To Add or to subtract TIME UNTIME. To MOVE the Wheels backward or forward, to add a wheel to move the rings, to tell the tale what was, what is, and to be. The Rattlesnake and it design tells the movement of the RINGS OF TIME.

And in the sky heavens the motions of the movement of stars, planets, and life tell the tale of its bearing. For all is as the winding of the Rattlesnake. And in the year 2004 the Morning Star shall be first and in the year 2012 the Evening Star shall be first. And upon those years the crown of the Feathered Serpent shall bear its colors and honor. The hands shall hold the bowl and the tail shall be as the roots of a Tree, The Pleaides Tree of the beginning.

And in the Year 2004 and 2012 shall be the TIME UNTIME of the Feathered Serpent of the Sky Heavens. And the Rings shall turn upon those years of prophecy foretold on the Rings of TIME UNTIME. And Ywahoo Falls Kentucky shall sing of Venus and the Feathered Rattlesnake.

For this is not all the prophecy not all the things thereof. For if it was meant for one to know and I give only part, then you have received a great gift. For if I tell all and it was not meant for one to know then I have waisted my breath. For this is a sacred thing, the Venus Alignment and the Feathered Serpent of the Heavens.

And in the Year 2012 the Cherokee Calendar Ends. And all is reborn. For the Feathered Rattlsnake comes and shall be seen in the heavens in the year 2004 to 2012.

In the south of the americas ... it is related as the coming of Quetzalcoatl. The Ancient Cherokee relate it as the coming of the Pale One once again.

The Rattlesnake Constelation shall appear with the Venus Alignment. The Stars of the Heavens of the Cherokee Zodiac, the Rings of the Calendar, and The Venus Alignment tell the story of a Chickamaugan Prophecy. For they all are aligned in the year 2004 to 2012.

Monster With The White Eyes

Handed down as a traditional Cherokee story from grandmother to grandchild, the storyteller cautions that long ago before the Europeans discovered Turtle Island and her indigenous people, the elders of those people warned of the monsters with white eyes yet to come.

Similar stories are to be found among the Aztecs and Mexican people.

The spirits foretold that the monster with white eyes would cross the great eastern water.

The monster would possess evil and terrifying power, and would wreak destruction in its path.

The spirits of the animals and trees began to wither.

Prophecy states that Mother Earth herself would be devastated and her heartbeat would become faint. The monster was said to devour the children of Turtle Island tribe by tribe, with no escape.

If one did survive, its spirit would be dead since it would now be lost and have no connection to its ancestors.

The story tells that one day the Earth would begin to sing a death song due to the severity of the harsh conditions.

When this happens, the children of the people who followed the white-eyed monster to the island would look into their hearts and realize that they faced annihilation at the hands of their fathers.

They would find that the spirits of the children of the tribes had been reborn, waiting to guide the children of the white-eyed monster.

The few keepers of the truth would emerge, becoming strong enough to overcome the power of the white-eyed monster, restoring Mother Earth back to health.

The children of the tribes of Turtle Island would lead the people back to the right way. The races would live in peace, the spirit of the animals and trees would return to safety, and the monster with white eyes would fail to exist.

Other such prophecies are to be found in the Cherokee Legend of the White Snake.

[Snake is a metaphor for DNA]

Legend of the Keetoowahs

Cherokee occasionally refer to themselves as Ani-Kituhwagi, (Keetoowah) 'the people of Kituhwagi', after the ancient nucleus city of the Cherokee. The Legend of the Keetoowahs places the tribe on an island in the Atlantic Ocean east of South America. Seventy tribes attempted attack on the Keetoowahs, but the Keetoowah were granted victory through the assistance of spirit-warriors.

As the story tells us, Ner-du-er-gi, the last warrior of the attackers, was overlooking the valley camp below, from upon a mountain top, when he saw smoke arising from the camp that extended up beyond the clouds, divided into three parts, with an arrow-holding eagle in the center. The warrior and his followers witnessed this miraculous event. Ner-du-er-gi then ordered his warriors not to attack the Keetoowahs for they were protected, and if attacked, the warrior knew he would surely be destroyed.

The Great Spirit granted the Keetoowahs a grand mysterious power to only be utilized in the best interest of their people. However, some of the wise people began to use their wisdom for unfruitful purposes. The Great Spirit instructed them to take their white fire and move away, heading to Asia, India and North America. Some of the large cities the new travelers claimed sank into the ocean and were no more.

Legend has it The Great Spirit turned to the peoples of America and guided them. They too began to violate their teachings by committing murders and feuding with the seven clans. The seven clans with their medicine men met around a fire to request guidance from The Great Spirit. The most truthful seven holy men selflessly gave of themselves for the tribe.

They carried medicine deerskin and medicine tobacco. The medicine men spread out the deerskin and prayed. They blew smoke over the deerskin, and watched the smoke trails for a sign from The Great Spirit. Inspiration led the medicine men to travel up to the top of a mountain, each day one new medicine man for seven days.

On day seven, a messenger came down from The Great Spirit, appeared in a bright light, and stated that The Great Spirit heard the prayers of the medicine men and held passion for their people. First, the men were told that they would someday fly in the air. The messenger warned of an enemy white ball from the east traveling their way, but that their grandchildren¹s feet were facing toward Tsusginai - west - the 'ghost land'.

The messenger warned of trials on the edge of the prairie, with tribes dividing into different factions and their blood evolving into only half of their heritage. The messenger forewarned that families would divide and disregard chiefs, leaders and medicine men. The schools would teach important knowledge to all the people and the young people would return to point rudely at the elders.

However, if the younger generation would heed The Great Spirit's instruction, a chance would exist for the people to turn back east, otherwise they would go to Tsusginai then to the coast, then leave by boat, never to return. They were given the 'Keetoowah' namesake and were instructed to return to their fire for worship, and prophesy to their people.

1986 Continental Indigenous Council,
Fairbanks, Alaska By Lee Brown, Cherokee

There was the cycle of the mineral, the rock. There was the cycle of the plant. And now we are in the cycle of the animal coming to the end of that and beginning the cycle of the human being. When we get into the cycle of the human being, the highest and greatest powers that we have will be released to us.

At the beginning of this cycle of time, long ago, the Great Spirit made an appearance and gathered the peoples of this earth together, and said to the human beings. "I'm going to send you to four directions and over time I¹m going to change you to four colors. I'm going to give you some teachings, and you will call these the Original Teachings; when you come back together with each other, you will share these so that you can live and have peace on Earth, and a great civilization will come about. During the cycle of time, I'm going to give each of you two stone tablets. When I give you those stone tablets, don't cast them upon the ground. If any of the sisters and brothers cast their tablets on the ground, not only will human beings have a hard time, but almost the earth itself will die."

And so He gave each of us a responsibility, and we call that the Guardianship.

To the Indian people, the red people, He gave the Guardianship of the Earth. We are to learn during this cycle of time the teachings of the Earth; the plants that grow from the Earth; the foods that you can eat, and the herbs that heal. Then, when we came back together with the other sisters and brothers, we could share this knowledge with them. Something good was to happen on the Earth.

To the South He gave the yellow race of people the Guardianship of the Wind. They were to learn about the sky and breathing and how to take that within ourselves for spiritual advancement. They were to share that with us at this time.

To the West He gave the black race of people the Guardianship of the Water. They were to learn the teachings of the water, which is the chief of the elements, being the most humble and the most powerful. The elders have told me that the black people would bring the teachings of the water.

To the North He gave the white race of people the Guardianship of the Fire. If you look at the center of many of the things they do, you will find the fire. They say a light bulb is the white man's fire. If you look at the center of a car you will find a spark. If you look at the center of the airplane and the train you will find the fire. The fire consumes, and also moves. This is why it was the white sisters and brothers who began to move upon the face of the earth and reunite us as a human family.

And so a long time passed, and the Great Spirit gave each of the four races two stone tablets. Ours are kept at the Hopi Reservation in Arizona at Four Corners Area on Third Mesa. I talked to people from the black race, and their stone tablets are at the foot of Mount Kenya. They are kept by the Kukuyu Tribe. I was at an Indian spiritual gathering about 15 years ago.

A medicine man from South Dakota put a beaded medicine wheel in the middle of the gathering. It had the four colors from the four directions; he asked the people, "Where is this from?" They said, "Probably Montana, or South Dakota, maybe Saskatchewan." He said, "This is from Kenya." It was beaded just like ours, with the same colors.

The stone tablets of the yellow race of people are kept by the Tibetans. If you went straight through the Hopi Reservation to the other side of the world, you would come out in Tibet. The Tibetan word for sun is the Hopi word for moon, and the Hopi word for sun is the Tibetan word for moon.

The guardians of the traditions of the people of Europe are the Swiss. In Switzerland, they still have a day when each family brings out its mask. They still know the colors of the families, and they still know the symbols, some of them. Each of these four peoples happen to live in the mountains.

Each of the four races went to their directions and learned their teachings. It was in Newsweek not long ago that eight out of ten foods that people eat on the earth are developed here in the western hemisphere because that is our Guardianship -- to learn the teachings of the earth and the things that grow from the Earth. We were given a sacred handshake to demonstrate, when we came back together as sisters and brothers, that we still remember the teachings.

It was indicated on the stone tablets that the Hopis had that the first sisters and brothers who would come back to them would come as turtles across the land. They would be human beings, but they would come as turtles. So when the time came close, the Hopis were at a special village to welcome the turtles that would come across the land.

They got up in the morning and looked out at the sunrise. They looked out across the desert, and they saw the Spanish conquistadores coming, covered in armor, like turtles across the land. So this was them. So they went out to the Spanish man, and they extended their hand, hoping for the handshake. But into the hand the Spanish man dropped a trinket. And so word spread throughout North America that there was going to be a hard time, that maybe some of the brothers and sisters had forgotten the sacredness of all things and all the human beings were going to suffer for this on the Earth.

So tribes began to send people to the mountains to have visions to try to figure out how they could survive. At that time there were 100,000 cities in the Mississippi Valley alone, called the mound civilization: cities built on great mounds. Those mounds are still there. They began to try to learn to live off the land because they knew a hard time was going to come. They began to send people to have visions to see how we could survive this time. They were told in the prophecies that we should try to remind all the people that would come here of the sacredness of all things. If we could do that, then there would be peace on Earth. But if we did not do that, if we had not come together as a human family, the Great Spirit would grab the earth with His hand and shake it.

The elders on the west coast prophesied that they would then begin to build a black ribbon. And on this black ribbon there would move a bug. And when you begin to see this bug moving on the land, that was the sign for the First Shaking of the Earth. The First Shaking of the Earth would be so violent that this bug would be shaken off the earth into the air and it would begin to move and fly in the air. And by the end of this shaking this bug will be in the air around the world. Behind it would be a trail of dirt and eventually the whole sky of the entire earth would become dirty from these trails of dirt, and this would cause many diseases that would get more and more complicated. So the bug moving on the land, of course it¹s easy to see now. In 1908 the Model-T Ford was mass-produced for the first time. So the elders knew the First Shaking of the Earth was about to come about -- that was the First World War.

In the First World War the airplane came into wide usage for the first time. That was that bug moving into the sky. And so they knew something very important would happen. There would be an attempt to make peace on earth on the west coast of this land, and so the elders began to watch for this. They began to hear that there was going to be a League of Nations in San Francisco, so the elders gathered in Arizona around 1920 or so, and they wrote a letter to Woodrow Wilson. They asked if the Indian people could be included in the League of Nations.

The United States Supreme Court had held that a reservation is a separate and semi-sovereign nation, not a part of the United States but protected by it. This became a concern because people didn¹t want the reservations to become more and more separate. They didn¹t want them to be considered nations. So they did not write back, and the Native people were left out of the League of Nations so that circle was incomplete. In the League of Nations circle there was a southern door, the yellow people; there was a western door, the black people; there was a northern door, the white people; but the eastern door was not attended. The elders knew that peace would not come on the Earth until the circle of humanity is complete, until all the four colors sat in the circle and shared their teachings, then peace would come on earth.

So they knew things would happen. Things would speed up a little it. There would be a cobweb built around the earth, and people would talk across this cobweb. When this talking cobweb, the telephone, was built around the earth, a sign of life would appear in the east, but it would tilt and bring death (the swastika of the Nazis). It would come with the sun. But the sun itself would rise one day, not in the east but in the west (the rising sun of the Japanese Empire).

So the elders said, "When you see the sun rising in the east, and you see the sign of life reversed and tilted in the east, you will know that the Great Death is to come upon the earth. Now is when the Great Spirit will grab the earth again in His hand and shake it, and this shaking will be worse than the first."

So the sign of life reversed and tilted, we call that the Swastika, and the rising sun in the east was the Rising Sun of Japan. These two symbols are carved in stone in Arizona. When the elders saw these two flags, they knew that these were the signs that the earth was to be shaken again.

The worse misuse of the Guardianship of the fire is called the gourd of ashes. They said the gourd of ashes will fall from the air. It will make the people like blades of grass in the prairie fire, and things will not grow for many seasons. The atomic bomb, the gourd of ashes, it was the best-kept secret in the history of the US. The elders wanted to speak about it in 1920.

They would have spoken of it and foretold its coming if they could have entered into the League of Nations. The elders tried to contact President Roosevelt to ask him not to use the gourd of ashes because it would have a great effect on the earth and eventually cause even greater destruction and a the Third Shaking of the Earth, the Third World War.

So they knew after the Second Shaking of the Earth when they saw the gourd of ashes fall from the sky, there would be an attempt to make peace on the other side of this land. And because the peace attempt on the west coast had failed, they would build a special house on the east coast of this Turtle Island, and all the nations and peoples of the Earth would come to this house, and it would be called the House of Mica, and it would shine like the mica on the desert shines.

So the elders began to see they were building the United Nations made out of glass that reflects like the mica on the desert so they knew this was the House of Mica, and all the peoples of the earth should go to it. So they met and talked about this. They said that in the 1920's they had written and they had not been responded to, so they said this time we¹d better go to the front door of the House of Mica because things might get a lot worse.

So elders representing a number of tribes drove to New York City. When the United Nations opened, they went to the front door of the house of Mica and they said these words, "We represent the indigenous people of North America, and we wish to address the nations of the Earth. We're going to give you four days to consider whether or not we will be allowed to speak."

They retreated to one of the Six Nations Reserves in New York State. Four days later they came back, and I believe the nations of the earth heard that the Indians had come to the door. And they voted to let the Indians in. They wanted to hear what they had to say. But the United States is one of five nations of the United Nations with a veto power, and still they were concerned because this time the Native sovereignty was even stronger. And I believe they vetoed the entrance of the Native people.

So then they knew other things would happen on the Earth. So they retreated to the Six Nations Reserve, and they talked about this, and they said the time is really getting close now -- 1949. They said, "We're going to divide the United States into four sections, and each year we¹re going to have a gathering. We¹re going to call these the White Roots of Peace Gatherings."

They began to have these around 1950. And they authorized certain people to speak in English for the first time about these prophecies.

One that I used to listen to many times, over and over, was Thomas Banyaca. He was authorized to speak in English about what was on the stone tablets, and he has dedicated his life to doing this. And they began to tell us at these gatherings, "You're going to see a time in your lifetime when the human beings are going to find the blueprint that makes us."

They call that now DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid. They said, "They're going to cut this blueprint."

They call that now genetic splicing. And they said they're going to make new animals upon the Earth, and they're going to think these are going to help us. And it's going to seem like they do help us. But maybe the grandchildren and great-grandchildren are going to suffer.

The elders said long ago, "They will release these things, and they will use them." This is going to be released not too long from now. They are making new animals. The elders talked about this. "You will see new animals, and even the old animals will come back, animals that people thought had disappeared. They will find them here and there. They¹ll begin to reappear."

"You're going to see a time when the eagle will fly its highest in the night, and it will land upon the moon. And at that time, many of the Native people will be sleeping, which symbolically means they have lost their teachings. We're at that time now. The Eagle has landed on the moon, 1969. When that spaceship landed, they sent back the message, "The Eagle has landed."

Traditionally, Native people from clear up in the Inuit region have shared with us this prophecy, clear down to the Quechuas in South America.

At this time you're going to see that things will speed up, that people on the Earth will move faster and faster. Grandchildren will not have time for grandparents. Parents will not have time for children. It will seem like time is going faster and faster. The elders advised us that, as things speed up, you yourself should slow down. The faster things go, the slower you go. Because there"s going to come a time when the Earth is going to be shaken a third time. The Great Spirit has shaken the Earth two times: the First and Second World Wars to remind us that we are a human family, to remind us that we should have greeted each other as brothers and sisters. We had a chance after each shaking to come together in a circle that would have brought peace on earth, but we missed that.

CONTINUED

CHEROKEE NATION

NATIVE AMERICAN PROPHECIES

PROPHETS AND PROPHECIES INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ALL FILES

CRYSTALINKS MAIN PAGE

CRYSTALINKS MAILING LIST, NEWSLETTER, UPDATES

PSYCHIC READING WITH ELLIE

cherokee Profecies

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 3 replies

The Faery Folk of the Appalachians - the Nunnehi

Tue, 20 Nov 2007 16:25:39 GMT

I was blessed to be born here in the mountains.

My mom had no problem telling me both the Celtic legends of the fairies and about the Nunnehi. She never led me to think they were one and the same. However, as my years increase, so does my knowledge of Celtic legend and Cherokee lore.

For your consideration:

The Little People of the Appalachians:
http://www.ilhawaii.net/~stony/lore132.html

From the Appalachian Lit Folklore Site:
http://www.ferrum.edu/applit/bibs/tales/littlepeople.htm

The Little People of the Cherokee are a race of Spirits who live in rock caves on the mountain side. They are little fellows and ladies reaching almost to your knees. They are well shaped and handsome, and their hair so long it almost touches the ground. They are very helpful, kind-hearted, and great wonder workers. They love music and spend most of their time drumming, singing, and dancing. They have a very gentle nature, but do not like to be disturbed.

Sometimes their drums are heard in lonely places in the mountains, but it is not safe to follow it, for they do not like to be disturbed at home, and they will throw a spell over the stranger so that he is bewildered and loses his way, and even if he does at last get back to the settlement he is like one dazed ever after. Sometimes, also, they come near a house at night and the people inside hear them talking, but they must not go out, and in the morning they find the corn gathered or the field cleared as if a whole force of men had been at work. If anyone should go out to watch, he would die.

When a hunter finds anything in the woods, such as a knife or a trinket, he must say, 'Little People, I would like to take this' because it may belong to them, and if he does not ask their permission they will throw stones at him as he goes home.

Some Little People are black, some are white and some are golden like the Cherokee. Sometimes they speak in Cherokee, but at other times they speak their own 'Indian' language. Some call them "Brownies".

Little people are here to teach lessons about living in harmony with nature and with others. There are three kinds of Little People. The Laurel People, the Rock People, and the Dogwood People.

The Rock People are the mean ones who practice "getting even" who steal children and the like. But they are like this because their space has been invaded.

The Laurel People play tricks and are generally mischievous. When you find children laughing in their sleep - the Laurel People are humorous and enjoy sharing joy with others.

Then there are the Dogwood People who are good and take care of people.

The lessons taught by the Little People are clear. The Rock People teach us that if you do things to other people out of meanness or intentionally, it will come back on you. We must always respect other people's limits and boundaries. The Laurel People teach us that we shouldn't take the world too seriously, and we must always have joy and share that joy with others. The lessons of the Dogwood People are simple - if you do something for someone, do it out of goodness of your heart. Don't do it to have people obligated to you or for personal gain.

In Cherokee beliefs, many stories contain references to beings called the Little People. These people are supposed to be small mythical characters, and in different beliefs they serve different purposes.

"There are a lot of stories and legends about the Little People. You can see the people out in the forest. They can talk and they look a lot like Indian people except they're only about two feet high, sometimes they're smaller. Now the Little People can be very helpful, and they can also play tricks on us, too. And at one time there was a boy. This boy never wanted to grow up. In fact, he told everyone that so much that they called him "Forever Boy" because he never wanted to be grown. When his friends would sit around and talk about: 'Oh when I get to be a man, and when I get to be grown I'm gonna be this and I'm gonna go here and be this,' he'd just go off and play by himself.

He didn't even want to hear it, because he never wanted to grow up. Finally his father got real tired of this, and he said,'Forever Boy, I will never call you that again. From now on you're going to learn to be a man, you're going to take responsibilty for yourself, and you're going to stop playing all day long. You have to learn these things. Starting tomorrow you're going to go to your uncle's, and he's going to teach you everything that you are going to need to know.' Forever Boy was broken hearted at what his father told him, but he could not stand the thought of growing up. He went out to the river and he cried. He cried so hard that he didn't see his animal friends gather around him. And they were trying to tell him something, and they were trying to make him feel better, and finally he thought he understood them say, 'Come here tomorrow, come here early.' Well, he thought they just wanted to say goodbye to him. And he drug his feet going home. He couldn't even sleep he was so upset. The next morning he went out early, as he had promised, to meet his friends. And he was so sad, he could not bear the thought of telling them goodbye forever. Finally he began to get the sense that they were trying to tell him something else, and that is to look behind him.

As he looked behind him, there they were, all the Little People. And they were smiling at him and laughing and running to hug him. And they said, 'Forever Boy you do not have to grow up. You can stay with us forever. You can come and be one of us and you will never have to grow up...we will ask the Creator to send a vision to your parents and let them know that you are safe and you are doing what you need to do.' Forever Boy thought about it for a long time. But that is what he decided he needed to do, and he went with the Little People.

And even today when you are out in the woods and you see something, and you look and it is not what you really thought it was, or if you are fishing and you feel something on the end of your line, and you think it is the biggest trout ever, and you pull it in, and all it is is a stick that got tangled on your hook, that is what the Little People are doing. They are playing tricks on you so you will laugh and keep young in your heart. Because that is the spirit of Little People, and Forever Boy, to keep us young in our hearts."

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

Thanks for letting me join

FreeHummingbird — Mon, 21 Jan 2008 19:40:28 GMT

I am having problems with this profile stuff....seems when I try to change it nothing happens..can anyone give advice..I am new to this.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Indigenous Self-Determination Jan. 30

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 21 Jan 2008 14:54:57 GMT

If all you can do is traditional prayer than prayer will be appreciated.

From: Willi Nolan
Sent: Saturday, January 19, 2008 10:58 AM
Subject: Day of Action for Grassy Narrows Jan. 30

For your information - your support is welcome and needed.

All My Relations
Willi

David Sone <dsone@ran.org> wrote:
Subject: FW: Day of Action for Grassy Narrows Jan. 30
Date: Fri, 18 Jan 2008 15:15:05 -0800
From: "David Sone" <dsone@ran.org>
To: "Somanycolors Chakras" <somanycolors_chakras@yahoo.com>

Please forward
Day of Action for Grassy Narrows
and Indigenous Self-Determination Jan. 30
The five year Grassy Narrows Indigenous logging blockade has become a critical focal point in the fight for social justice and ecological sanity.
In January 2007, the Grassy Narrows First Nation called for a complete moratorium on all industrial activity on their traditional territory without community consent in order to protect their land and culture from further destruction. But companies like Grand and Toy and Office Max continue to sell paper made from trees clear-cut on Grassy Narrows territory.
Grassy Narrows and RAN are calling an International Day of Action on January 30h to call on Grand and Toy and Office Max to publicly support the moratorium, and stop selling paper made from Grassy Narrows’ forests without consent.
Go to FreeGrassy.org for updates, background, contacts, dowloadable flyers and other materials. Please let us know if you are planning an action so we can add you to the map and send interested activists your way (contact asartor@ran.org).
Under intense pressure from Grassy Narrows and international solidarity campaigns the provincial government of Ontario has recently appointed a high-level negotiator to address core issues in Grassy Narrows. Grassy Narrows has made clear that respect for the moratorium is a top priority and have asked supporters to help turn up the heat.
NOW is the time to make sure that corporations driving the destruction in Grassy Narrows feel the MOST pressure to ensure that Grassy Narrows demands are met. .
On January 30th please join Grassy Narrows, RAN and activists across the United States and Canada to send a strong message to OfficeMax and Grand & Toy – Support the moratorium in Grassy Narrows!
For more information see: http://www.freegrassy.org

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

from a native elder I trust effects us too

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 09 Jan 2008 23:56:31 GMT

This is really horrible news. Hope you read it.

As our World continues its entrance to this new century, and as our Global food supply continues to plummet, and as new diseases continue their rampage, it remains to be seen if the Western World will ever awaken to threat they have created, not just to themselves, but to the entire human race.
[Ed. Note: The United States government actively seeks to find, and silence, any and all opinions about the United States except those coming from authorized government and/or affiliated sources, of which we are not one. No interviews are granted and very little personal information is given about our contributors, or their sources, to protect their safety.]

January 6, 2008

Media Blackout Ordered As UK Begins Mass Burials

By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers

Disturbing reports from Britain today are showing that their government has invoked their dreaded Official Secrets Act as a mysterious pandemic sweeps their Nation leaving an, estimated, 3,000 people dead and leaving ‘no choice’ for British Health Officials but to begin mass burials.

British media sources are reporting on this pandemic as being due to a virus, and as we can read as reported by Guardian News Service in their report titled "Vomiting bug to get worse", and which says:

"Infections from the debilitating Norovirus stomach bug will peak this week as millions return to work after the holidays and spread the germs, the government has warned. The virus, which was responsible for closing more than 100 hospital wards last week and Doctors estimate that more than 100,000 people a week are catching the infection - and the rate may peak this week as the virus takes the opportunity to spread in the workplace and classrooms.

Reported cases of the illness from early December are at a five-year-high, but the real figure is likely to be much greater as most sufferers do not seek medical attention. People struck down have been urged by GPs not to go back to work until the symptoms have fully disappeared."

Russian scientists, however, though noting that the Norovirus is indeed a highly contagious disease, are in disagreement with their British counterparts and are stating that the symptoms being reported by the British victims being attacked by this disease are more consistent with a variant of the H5N1 Avian Influenza virus which the United Kingdom has been reporting numerous outbreaks of this past year.

Russian Health Authorities were, also, highly critical of the British Governments decision in mid-December to lift their remaining restrictions following an outbreak of the deadly Avian Flu in southeastern England, but even more strongly condemned Britain’s decision to allow the continued sale to their citizens of poultry for their Christmas season.

To the fullest truth of this mysterious disease affecting millions of British citizens, and which has now been reported in Ireland, it is not in our knowing, but what is a matter of record is Britain’s Health Authorities engaging in cover-ups to hide from their people the true and catastrophic deaths attributed to disease, and as we can read as reported by London’s Daily Mail News Service:

"Edwin died on April 12 last year aged 82. He had been in hospital for just a fortnight after complaining of feeling frail while on holiday. Although Edwin had suffered from rectal cancer in the past, the disease was in remission and Joan says that he was expected to make a full recovery at the hospital - until he caught C. diff.

His death, and thousands of others, lie at the heart of a growing scandal over NHS superbugs. Yesterday Tory leader David Cameron said hospitals should be fined for every patient who catches an infection on their wards. But would such a crackdown just lead to more secrecy about superbugs?

In 2006 almost 56,000 elderly hospital patients caught C. diff, which is spread by poor hygiene, dirty hands and soiled bedding. Amazingly, we still don't know how many of these people died because the figures have not yet been released by the NHS. In 2005, the latest year that death statistics for C. diff were available, 3,807 hospital patients died, a rise of almost 70 per cent over the previous 12 months.

But the truth is that this figure may be utterly meaningless because many people, including Joan, believe there is a cover-up over the figures.

As this investigation has discovered, when a person dies from a hospital superbug the details are often left off the death certificate. The practice has become so widespread that last autumn the Government's chief medical officer, Sir Liam Donaldson, wrote to hospitals and doctors warning them that any dishonesty has to stop."

Of the greatest concern, however, of these events are the British peoples following the dangerous path of their American counterparts by consuming vast quantities of genetically modified (GM) foods, and which scientific reports have proven allow new viruses to enter the human body leading to weakened immune systems.

It is interesting to note, too, that while the death toll mounts in Britain from this mysterious pandemic, the French government, and seeing the disaster unfolding in their European neighbor, is contemplating the total ban of all genetically modified crops in their country.

As our World continues its entrance to this new century, and as our Global food supply continues to plummet, and as new diseases continue their rampage, it remains to be seen if the Western World will ever awaken to threat they have created, not just to themselves, but to the entire human race.

© January 6, 2008 EU and US all rights reserved.

[Ed. Note: The United States government actively seeks to find, and silence, any and all opinions about the United States except those coming from authorized government and/or affiliated sources, of which we are not one. No interviews are granted and very little personal information is given about our contributors, or their sources, to protect their safety.]

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Lakota update

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Mon, 07 Jan 2008 14:28:06 GMT

Pine Ridge Reservation MOTHER EARTH WATCH

Radioactive River

At Pine Ridge Rez

(South Dakota) -- Radiation warning signs were posted on Wednesday, July 18, 2007 in the small town of Red Shirt, South Dakota which lies on the northwest corner of the Pine Ridge Reservation. Several of these signs were placed warning people of the high nuclear radiation levels found in the Cheyenne River.

Several weeks ago Everitt Poor Thunder, a spiritual and community leader in Red Shirt, asked Defenders of the Black Hills, an environmental organization, whether the Cheyenne River water could be used to irrigate a community garden. A local well could not be used as it was found to be radioactive and warning signs surround that structure. The water well taps into the Inyan Kara aquifer that also contains the Lakota and Fall River formations, making up an extremely large aquifer of water supplies for many regions.

Residents of Red Shirt occupy a village site that is thousands of years old to the Oglala Tetuwan (Sioux) people. Many have lived here all of their lives, growing gardens with water taken from the Cheyenne River and fishing for catfish, bass, and turtles. In the summer months, the river is used for swimming and other recreational pursuits.

A water sample taken from the Cheyenne River was sent to a laboratory and the results revealed levels of alpha radiation above the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) Maximum Contaminant Level. Alpha radiation causes harm when ingested hence the warning signs were placed to warn people of the dangers in the Cheyenne River.

Read More...

Manataka Indian American Council
http://www.manataka.org

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Lakota Sioux withdrawal from all US treaties.

fritts — Mon, 24 Dec 2007 04:09:07 GMT

Lakota Sioux Indian representatives declared sovereign nation status Wednesday in Washington D.C. following Monday’s withdrawal from all previously signed treaties with the United States Government

Lakotafreedom.com

For more than a year and a half prior to this December announcement, Lakota delegates have been meeting with the traditional treaty councils of Lakota to build critical mass for this action.

In the face of the colonial apartheid conditions imposed on Lakota people, the withdrawal from the U.S. Treaties is necessary. These conditions have been devastating:

* Lakota men have a life expectancy of less than 44 years, lowest of any country in the World (excluding AIDS) including Haiti.
* Lakota death rate is the highest in the United States.
* The Lakota infant mortality rate is 300% more than the U.S. Average.
* More than half the Reservation's adults battle addiction and disease.
* The Tuberculosis rate on Lakota reservations is approx 800% higher than the U.S national average.
* Alcoholism affects 8 in 10 families.
* Median income is approximately $2,600 to $3,500 per year.
* 1/3 of the homes lack basic clean water and sewage while 40% lack electricty.
* 60% of housing is infected with potentially fatal black molds.
* 97% of our Lakota people live below the poverty line.
* Unemployment rates on our reservations is 85% or higher.
* Federal Commodity Food Program provides high sugar foods that kill Native people through diabetes and heart disease.
* Teenage suicide rate is 150% higher than the U.S national average for this group.
* Our Lakota language is an Endangered Language, on the verge of extinction.

After 150 years of colonial enforcement, when you back people into a corner there is only one alternative. That alternative is to bring freedom back into existence by taking it back - back to the love of freedom, to our lifeway.
-Canupa Gluha Mani

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 3 replies

Help save the wolves

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 28 Dec 2007 00:34:17 GMT

Hi --

While most Americans have been celebrating the holidays, officials in the Bush/Cheney Administration have been working behind the scenes to pave the way for the killing of hundreds of wolves in the Greater Yellowstone area.

We can't let them get away with it!

Please go to Defenders of Wildlife's website to send a message to U.S. Interior Secretary Dirk Kempthorne and urge him to abandon efforts to let states start killing wolves and to delay de-listing of gray wolves in the Northern Rockies:

http://action.defenders.org/sneakattack

Over the last several weeks, officials within the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service have been quietly moving forward with rule changes that would allow officials in Idaho and Wyoming to begin killing wolves -- even before gray wolves are removed from the list of federally protected threatened and endangered species.

This latest proposal would jump start plans to use fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters and other means to kill hundreds of wolves, leaving few more than 200 of the wolves in Idaho. In fact, three-quarters of the wolves in the Lolo District of the Clearwater National Forest could be removed... even before they are de-listed.

And, unfortunately, it's not just Idaho's wolves that are threatened by the proposal. Hundreds of wolves in Wyoming could be shot and trapped under the new rules -- whether wolves are removed from the endangered and threatened species list or not.

A decision on the proposal is expected in the next few weeks. Please email Secretary Kempthorne right now and let him know that you oppose any proposal that would threaten the long-term future of wolves in the Northern Rockies and Greater Yellowstone Region.

Take action online now at:

http://action.defenders.org/sneakattack

Thanks so much for helping me save wolves!
To take action on this issue, click on the link below:
https://secure.defenders.org/site/Advocacy?s_oo=JhbtdoJQc05QSxFklFapyQ..&id=917
If the text above does not appear as a link or it wraps across multiple lines, then copy and paste it into the address area of your browser.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

need advice from you in this tribe please...respond..your response is needed and appreciated

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 05 Dec 2007 13:19:12 GMT

I don't understand why they don't get it..I had 11 requests to join the tribes (Native American) that I moderate..some just joined tribe others have no pictures or friends....so I decline them..some are new agers or just curious but they don't seem to get it..should I let them in..can always delete them later? I need advice from thic council of this tribe. Thanks This is what I tell them:
Native Americans do not fit into a new age catagory we are a people, nations..with traditions..much to resech on the web..but we remain in solidarity as far as this tribe is concerned most of the time
Have you tried these tribes:
Nativepeoples
NativeAmerican
Native American Prayer and Wisdom
NDNZ?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 19 replies

any knowledge of giants or this planet in any nations oral tradition?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 08 Dec 2007 23:23:50 GMT

uk.youtube.com/watch

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 9 replies

The Life of Eagle

Wed, 12 Dec 2007 04:56:36 GMT

The Life of An Eagle
Unknown
Dec 8, 2007

The Life of an Eagle...

The eagle has the longest life-span of its' species

It can live up to 70 years

But to reach this age, the eagle must make a hard decision

In its' 40's

Its' long and flexible talons can no longer grab prey which serves as food

Its' long and sharp beak becomes bent

Its' old-aged and heavy wings, due to their thick feathers, become stuck to its' chest and make it difficult to fly

Then, the eagle is left with only two options: die or go through a painful process of change which lasts 150 days.

The process requires that the eagle fly to a mountain top and sit on its' nest

There the eagle knocks its' beak against a rock until it plucks it out

After plucking it out, the eagle will wait for a new beak to grow back and then it will pluck out its' talons

When its' new talons grow back, the eagle starts plucking its' old-aged feathers

And after five months, the eagle takes its' famous flight of rebirth and lives for ...

30 more years

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

Floyd Red Crow Westerman passing

Fri, 14 Dec 2007 16:31:24 GMT

The Native community has suffered a great loss. Truly our world is a little dimmer tonight, as a light has gone out in our world.
Condolences and prayers to the family of our good friend and esteemed elder. We will miss you Grandfather Floyd...travel well with godspeed~From our heart to the Creator's heart and to the stars, where we will see you again~have an incredible trip!

Chief Paul R. and Nanci Pollard
Wabanaki Confederacy

Native Times 12/13/2007

Floyd Red Crow Westerman (1936 - 2007)

Floyd Red Crow Westerman, Sisseton-Wapheton Dakota musician, actor, and activist, passed away at 5:00 a.m. PST, at Cedars Sinai Hospital in Los Angeles after an extended illness. He was 71.

Westerman, who began his career as a country singer, appeared in over 50 films and televison productions, including Dances with Wolves, Hidalgo, The Doors, and Poltergeist, and Northern Exposure. He appeared in 12 episodes of the 1990s TV series, Walker, Texas Ranger, as Uncle Ray Firewalker.

As a young man, he was educated at the Wapheton and Flandreau Boarding Schools, where he became a close companion and life-long friend of Dennis Banks. He left his home on the Lake Traverse reservation in South Dakota, with a suitcase and an old guitar in hand. He rambled across the country playing country music and original tunes in bars and clubs, living for some time in Denver. In 1969, his first album Custer Died for Your Sins became the background theme of the emerging Red Power Movement.

As a member of American Indian Movement, and a spokesman for the International Indian Treaty Council, Westerman traveled the world extensively working for the betterment of native people. His vision of improved social conditions for indigenous people around the globe is reflected in the music of his second album, The Land is Your Mother, 1982. In 2006, he won a NAMMY Award for his third album, A Tribute to Johnny Cash. During his career, he played and collaborated with a number of notable musicians including Willie Nelson, Kris Kristopherson, Buffy St. Marie, Jackson Browne, Harry Belafonte, and Sting.

Westerman also worked throughout his life to empower Indian youth. "They are our future," he said in a November interview. "Today we are fighting a great battle against the popular culture that surrounds them. It's a battle for their hearts and minds. We need to work to inspire them to embrace their own history and culture. Without them, we Indians have no future."

Floyd Red Crow Westerman's Funeral will be held at Tiospa Zina School Gym in Sisseton, South Dakota.

Wake on Saturday and Sunday, December 15 and 16.

Funeral services Monday, December 17, at 10:00 a.m.

Flowers may be sent to the Sisseton Flower Shop,
Sisseton, South Dakota.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 5 replies

John Trudell recitation

Thu, 13 Dec 2007 05:38:25 GMT

http://www.indybay.org/uploads/2005/04/06/paradox-trudell2.wav

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Native American history needs retelling

Exodus — Wed, 21 Nov 2007 14:39:57 GMT

Thanksgiving portrays stereotypes that some find offensive
BY LINDA DeNICOLA Correspondent
November is American Indian Heritage Month and also the month when people across the country remember the Native Americans who are part of the Thanksgiving story. But some Native Americans are not happy about Thanksgiving because the stereotypes of their people are often caricatures and don't reflect the complexity of the tribes and nations that lived on the lands that stretch across this country long before the Europeans settled here.

ANDREW MILLER staff Helen Rende, Marlboro, vice president of the Intertribal American Indians of New Jersey, stokes the fire at a discussion and demonstration of Native American customs and crafts at Thompson Park, Monroe Township.

"For many American Indians, the holidays are bittersweet. On the one hand, it's wonderful to get together with friends and family, but all that joy is overshadowed by the assault of stereotypical images of Indians that begin to appear on TV, in newspapers, and on greeting cards around Halloween and continue throughout Thanksgiving.

"It's very painful," said Helen Rende, who is a Kahnawake Mohawk and vice president of Intertribal American Indians of New Jersey, (ITNJ), a group that is dedicated to educating the public about Amer- ican Indian culture, and history. ITNJ provides programs for schools, corporations, universities and health-care organizations.

ANDREW MILLER staff Examples of Native American jewelry, authentic and fakes, were on display.

She explained that the Kahnawake Mohawk is a nation as opposed to a tribe. By definition, tribe refers to a group of people of any size who have no specific rights, while nation refers to people who, over centuries, occupy an area, have and speak the same native language and have had their government in place since time immemorial. They know who their people are and where they come from.

ITNJ meets monthly in the log cabin at Thompson Park in Monroe. Last week, the discussion focused on an article written by the prominent Native American writer Michael Dorris, "Why I'm Not Thankful for Thanksgiving."

Dorris says in his article that feasting was an important Native American cultural tradition. He noted that it is most likely that there had been a Thanksgiving feast with Pilgrims and Native Americans, but it would have been the Native Americans who prepared the meal of pumpkins, turkey, corn and squash.

He writes that "Thanksgiving, like much of American history, is complex, multifaceted and will not bear too close scrutiny without revealing a less than heroic aspect. Knowing the truth about Thanksgiving, both its proud and shameful motivations and history, might well benefit contemporary children. But the glib retelling of an ethnocentric and self-serving falsehood does not do one any good," he writes.

Mary Anne Ross, whose husband was Lakota, said she lived on Pine Ridge Indian Reservation in South Dakota for a while. Although she is not a Native American herself, she has been closely associated with them, and her children are part Lakota. She noted that there are still about 500 different tribes and village groups that speak about 140 different languages.

"I did volunteer work in South Dakota and got used to the Dakota Indians, but when I came back here and met Mohawks, I realized that they are a very different group," she said.

Ross added that most people don't know that each nation is a separate ethnic group with its own culture, even though there are some commonalities.

"They each have their own identities. But Thanksgiving kind of glosses over that and many of the horrific things that happened to the Native American people," she said. "Thanksgiving shows the Pilgrims and the Indians getting together. But it doesn't show what happened afterward when there was a lot of fighting with the Indians and Indians were massacred.

"The stereotypes are very painful for my friends. It discounts what the American Indians suffered within this country," she said.

According to the Web site NativeAmericans. com, when the Europeans came to America, there were probably about 10 million Indians populating America north of present-day Mexico. It is believed that the first Native Americans arrived during the last ice age, approximately 20,000-30,000 years ago through a land bridge across the Bering Sound, from northeastern Siberia into Alaska. The oldest documented Indian cultures in North America are Sandia (15,000 B.C.), Clovis (12,000 B.C.) and Folsom (8,000 B.C.)

Although it is believed that the Indians originated in Asia, few, if any of them, came from India. The name "Indian" was first applied to them by Christopher Columbus, who believed mistakenly that the mainland and islands of America were part of the Indies, in Asia.

When the Europeans started to arrive in the 16th and 17th century, they were met by Native Americans who regarded their white- complexioned visitors as something of a marvel, not only for their outlandish dress and beards and winged ships but even more for their wonderful technology, i.e., steel knives and swords, cannons, mirrors, earrings, copper and brass kettles, and so on.

However, conflicts eventually arose, especially over the land, which, for the Native American, has its own rhythms and spirit. Nature to the Europeans was something of an obstacle, even an enemy. It was also a commodity: A forest was so many board feet of timber, a beaver colony so many pelts, a herd of buffalo so many robes and tongues.

According to the Native American Web site, the Europeans brought with them not only a desire and will to conquer the new continent for all its material richness, but also brought with them diseases that hit the Indians hard. Conflicts developed between the Native Americans and the invaders, the latter arriving in overwhelming numbers.

At the last ITNJ meeting, member artisans demonstrated the differences between genuine American Indian arts and crafts and false imitations.

"We want people to understand why it's important to know the difference. American Indian arts and crafts are actually protected through federal law," explained Brenda Davis, treasurer for the group.

Intertribal American Indians of New Jersey is a nonprofit organization that also provides social activities and support to American Indians living in New Jersey.

"We feel it's important to educate the public to counter stereotypes. We develop presentations to meet the needs of our audiences, using different modalities. Sometimes we may do a craft workshop, a demonstration of dance and music, a lecture or film presentation. Our programming for schools meets the curriculum guidelines for grades K-12," Rende said.

InterTribal American Indians of N.J. is an organization, created circa 1980, to meet the needs of American Indians from across North and South America who are now living in New Jersey. Members have represented nations including Mohawk, Cayuga, Seneca, Cherokee, Delaware, Apache, Lakota and Hopi.

Programs include language (Mohawk and Lakota) speakers from different reserves/reservations, on current issues affecting American Indians, and American Indians representing different professions

and agencies discussing

their purposes or possible opportunities.

On Dec. 15, the public is invited to a demonstration of American Indian toys and stories about Mohawk holiday celebrations. Children will be encouraged to make an American Indian item.

On Jan. 19, during a presentation called "Winter Games," families will learn about the Snow Snake and how and why snowshoes were made.

For more information about ITNJ meetings or to arrange for a speaker, contact Mary Anne Ross at (732) 238-3792 or e-mail her at maryanneross123@yahoo.com.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 4 replies

research for writing and the writing of a proposal

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Tue, 20 Nov 2007 09:15:56 GMT

I have completed a short story and writing it to film. It is about a twin who has lost his twin and searches for him. They are of course Native Americans and started another on a 2 spirit (which the white man considers gay but is not) I feel that since I am being hacked into that I am unable to do research into areas for writing as though that might be seen as my personality but I must write and do research. This latest story is about a character called Michael Hummingbird. I am also doing reseach into aboriginal/australian and Native American connections in order to produce a film festival in Australia. This feeling of being watched on line is getting to me. I feel as though I have someone looking over my shoulder..still I must do research. I am open to any suggestions or knowledge into these areas.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

global warming news from aol duh

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sun, 18 Nov 2007 22:29:45 GMT

UN Panel Offers Dire Warming Forecast
By ARTHUR MAX,
Posted: 2007-11-17 19:58:33
Filed Under: Science News, World News
VALENCIA, Spain (Nov. 17) - The Earth is hurtling toward a warmer
climate at a quickening pace, a Nobel-winning U.N. scientific panel
said in a landmark report released Saturday, warning of inevitable
human suffering and the threat of extinction for some species.

Photo Gallery: Effects of Global Warming
Diana Haecker, AP
Beach erosion claims an Alaskan house. A climate change report from
earlier in 2007 predicts that sea levels will increase seven to 23
inches by 2100, speeding erosion and threatening coastal land.
1 of 17
U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon said climate change imperils "the
most precious treasures of our planet" and called on the United States
and China - the world's two biggest polluters - to do more to fight it.

As early as 2020, 75 million to 250 million people in Africa will
suffer water shortages, residents of Asia's megacities will be at great
risk of river and coastal flooding, Europeans can expect extensive
species loss, and North Americans will experience longer and hotter
heat waves and greater competition for water, the report from the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change says.

The potential impact of global warming is "so severe and so sweeping
that only urgent, global action will do," Ban told the IPCC after it
issued its fourth and final report this year.

The IPCC adopted the report, along with a summary, after five days of
sometimes tense negotiations. It lays out blueprints for avoiding the
worst catastrophes - and various possible outcomes, depending on how
quickly and decisively action is taken.

The document says recent research has heightened concern that the poor
and the elderly will suffer most from climate change; that hunger and
disease will be more common; that droughts, floods and heat waves will
afflict the world's poorest regions; and that more animal and plant
species will vanish.

The Summary for Policymakers, and the longer version, called the
synthesis report, distill thousands of pages of data and computer
models from six years of research compiled by the IPCC.

The information is expected to guide policy makers meeting in Bali,
Indonesia, next month to discuss an agreement to succeed the Kyoto
Protocol, which expires in 2012.

Photo Gallery: Frightening Forecast for Earth
Martin Bernetti, AFP / Getty Images
Scientists laid out a timeline of the planet's future in April. 2007:
The world population surpasses 6.6 billion as more people now live in
cities than in rural areas, changing patterns of land use.
1 of 11
The panel was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize this year along with former
Vice President Al Gore for their efforts to raise awareness about the
effects of climate change.

The report is important because it is adopted by consensus, meaning
countries accept the underlying science and cannot disavow its
conclusions. While it does not commit governments to a specific course
of action, it provides a common scientific baseline for the political
talks.

The U.N. says a new global plan must be in place by 2009 to ensure a
smooth transition after the expiration of the Kyoto terms, which
require 36 industrial countries to radically reduce their carbon
emissions by 2012.

"There are real and affordable ways to deal with climate change," Ban
said. He said a new agreement should provide funding to help poor
countries adopt clean energy and to adapt to changing climates.

Ban encouraged the United States and China, which have stood apart from
the Kyoto accord, to join in the next phase of cooperative efforts
against climate change.

"I look forward to seeing the U.S. and China playing a more
constructive role starting from the Bali conference," Ban told
reporters. "Both countries can lead in their own way."

The report says emissions of carbon, which comes primarily from fossil
fuels, must stabilize by 2015 and go down after that. Otherwise the
consequences could be "disastrous," said IPCC chairman Rajendra
Pachauri.

In the best-case scenario, temperatures will continue to rise from
carbon already in the atmosphere, the report said. Even if factories
were shut down today and cars taken off the roads, the average sea
level will reach as high as 4 1/2 feet higher than the preindustrial
period, or about 1850.

"We have already committed the world to sea level rise," said Pachauri.
If the Greenland ice sheet melts, the scientists couldn't even predict
by how many meters the seas will rise, drowning coastal cities.

Photo Gallery: Big Cities at Risk From Rising Seas
Paula Bronstein, Getty Images
Bangkok, Thailand
Area Population: 7,221,000
1 of 14
Yet differences remain stark on how to control carbon emissions.

While the European Union has taken the lead in enforcing the carbon
emission targets outlined in Kyoto, the United States opted out of the
1997 accord.

President Bush described it as flawed because major developing
countries such as India and China, which are large carbon emitters,
were excluded from any obligations. He also favors a voluntary
agreement.

Sharon Hays, a White House science official and head of the U.S.
delegation, said the certainty of climate change was clearer now than
when Bush rejected Kyoto.

"What's changed since 2001 is the scientific certainty that this is
happening," she said in a conference call to reporters late Friday.
"Back in 2001 the IPCC report said it is likely that humans were having
an impact on the climate," but confidence in human responsibility had
increased since then.

"What's new is the clarity of the signal, how clear the scientific
message is," said Yvo de Boer, the U.N.'s top climate change official.
"The politicians have no excuse not to act."

Opening with a sweeping statement directed at climate change skeptics,
the summary declares that climate systems have already begun to change.

Unless action is taken, human activity could lead to "abrupt and
irreversible changes" that would make the planet unrecognizable.

Advocacy groups hailed the report as indispensable for the 10,000
delegates expected at Bali.

"We expect to see their personal copies of the Synthesis Report return
from Bali, battered and worn from frequent use, with paragraphs
underlined and notes in the margin," said Stephanie Tunmore of
Greenpeace.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

rich mans war...have you been effected?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 02 Nov 2007 07:42:22 GMT

John Trudell's album AKA Graffiti man Rich Man's War Jesse Ed Davis, John Trudell John Trudell (5:51)
(native American music plays and drums stay through the song)
SP?) native American's chant
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye
Rich man's war
Industrial streets
class lines
Money Talks
turning language to paper pieces
Rich man's war
Free man society
raging in violent insecurity
Nuclear man Nuclear woman
Unclear how to act
Rich man's war
Persings cruising Europe
America
Russia
Governmental nuclear views
Industrial allies cutting the world
As though they cannot see blood flowing
Rich man's war
Central America bleeding
Wounds same as Palestine and Harlem
Three mile island in El Salvador
Pine Ridge in Belfast
Rich man's war
The poor
Starving for food
Starving for land
Starving for peace
Starving for real
Rich man's war
Attacking human
Attacking Earth
Attacking tomorrow
Rich man's war
Thinking of always war
Thinking of always war
With machines for ancestors
New inborn generations
chemical umbilical cords are only wiring
and your electrical process....?
Human lives
Burnt offerings to the god of Greed
With lies for ancestors
There is no truth in some futures
Rumors of mines feeding souls to the control machine
Sacrifice ritual for the Profit of Technology
With isolation for ancestors
There is only the present
Bought by the credit material uses
Forging chains binding you to destruction
Compliments of your deities
The industrial priests
(SP?) native American's chant again)
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye

Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye
No more than NEON FLASH
Trying hiding in eon masks
Have to face who we really are
At some point we have no choice
Distant star distant light
In real world we are Human Being
In shadow of real world we are being human
Neon mask for neon flash
Distant thunder distant clouds
Passion rain
Drenched in possessions
what we take is hard to do
What we do is hard to take
Someones are crazy or maybe we take turns
Dreaming about some life we say could have been different
But it wasn't because we weren't
No matter what it turns out the same
Lots of things we said were not true
Industrial stories in an electrical instant
Neon mask neon flash neon flash
Thing is niolistic desires
Civilize gone insane
Didn't imagine it turning like this
Some things start good and go bad
Something get bad and stay bad
We are caught between living a lie
Or not living at all
Eliminated choices lost in dreams we let go
Memories we are never got to have
Something to think about
Waking up in industrial society
Surrounded by angry days
Going through emotions of not being
Wanting the best but not expecting it
Surviving paid for in dreams
Feeling like a world alone
Serving God with the Devil to pay
feeling like some thing in no place
What goes on in hell anyway?
Thing is it has to do with heart
We have to understand what hearts are for
Before we can get back
To heaven or paradise
By the power in our mind
(SP?) native American's chant again)
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye

Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

A Blackfoot Legend

Exodus — Fri, 12 Oct 2007 16:52:57 GMT

A Blackfoot Legend
Old Man came from the south, making the mountains, the prairies, and the forests as he passed along, making the birds and the animals also. He traveled northward making things as he went, putting red paint in the ground here and there --arranging the world as we see it today.

He made the Milk River and crossed it; being tired, he went up on a little hill and lay down to rest. As he lay on his back, stretched out on the grass with his arms extended, he marked his figure with stones. You can see those rocks today, they show the shape of his body, legs, arms and hair.

Going on north after he had rested, he stumbled over a knoll and fell down on his knees. He said aloud, "You are a bad thing to make me stumble so." Then he raised up two large buttes there and named them the Knees. They are called the Knees to this day. He went on farther north, and with some of the rocks he carried with him he built the Sweet Grass Hills.

Old Man covered the plains with grass for the animals to feed on. He marked off a piece of ground and in it made all kinds of roots and berries to grow: camas, carrots, turnips, bitterroot, sarvisberries, bull-berries, cherries, plums, and rosebuds. He planted trees, and he put all kinds of animals on the ground.

When he created the bighorn sheep with its big head and horns, he made it out on the prairie. But it did not travel easily on the prairie; it was awkward and could not go fast. So Old Man took it by its horns, led it up into the mountain, and turned it loose. There the bighorn skipped about among the rocks and went up fearful places with ease. So Old Man said to it, "This is the kind of place that suits you; this is what you are fitted for, the rocks, and the mountains."

While he was in the mountains, he made the antelope out of dirt and turned it loose to see how it would do. It ran so fast that it fell over some rocks and hurt itself. Seeing that the mountains were not the place for it, Old Man took the antelope down to the prairie and turned it loose. When he saw it running away fast and gracefully, he said, "This is what you are suited to, the broad prairie."

One day Old Man decided that he would make a woman and a child. So he formed them both of clay, the woman and the child, her son.

After he had molded the clay in human shape, he said to it,"You must be people." And then he covered it up and went away. The next morning he went to the place, took off the covering, looked at the images, and said "Arise and walk." They did so. They walked down to the river with their maker, and then he told them that his name was Napi, Old Man.

This is how we came to be people. It is he who made us.

The first people were poor and naked, and they did not know how to do anything for themselves. Old Man showed them the roots and berries and said "You can eat these." Then he pointed to certain trees, "When the bark of these trees is young and tender, it is good. Then you can peel it off and eat it."

He told the people that the animals also should be their food. "These are your herds," he said. "All these little animals that live on the ground -- squirrels, rabbits, skunks, beavers, are good to eat. You need not fear to eat their flesh. All the birds that fly, these too, I have made for you, so that you can eat of their flesh."

Old Man took the first people over the prairies and through the forests, then the swamps to show them the different plants he had created. He told them what herbs were good for sicknesses, saying often, "The root of this herb or the leaf of this herb, if gathered in a certain month of the year, is good for certain sickness."

In that way the people learned the power of all herbs.

Then he showed them how to make weapons with which to kill the animals for their food. First, he went out and cut some sarvisberry shoots, brought them in, and peeled the bark off them. He took one of the larger shoots, flattened it, tied a string to it, and thus made a bow. Then he caught one of the birds he had made, took feathers from its wing, split them, and tied them to a shaft of wood.

At first he tied four feathers along the shaft, and with this bow sent the arrow toward its mark. But he found that it did not fly well. When he used only three feathers, it went straight to the mark. Then he went out and began to break sharp pieces off the stones. When he tied them at the ends of his arrows, he found that the black flint stones, and some white flint, made the best arrow points.

When the people had learned to make bow and arrows, Old Man taught them how to shoot animals and birds. Because it is not healthful to eat animals' flesh raw, he showed the first people how to make fire. He gathered soft, dry rotten driftwood and made a punk of it. Then he found a piece of hard wood and drilled a hole in it with an arrow point. He gave the first man a pointed piece of hard wood and showed him how to roll it between his hands until sparks came out and the punk caught fire. Then he showed the people how to cook the meat of the animals they had killed and how to eat it.

He told them to get a certain kind of stone that was on the land, while he found a harder stone. With the hard stone he had them hollow out the softer one and so make a kettle. Thus, they made their dishes.

Old Man told the first people how to get spirit power: "Go away by yourself and go to sleep. Something will come to you in your dream that will help you. It may be some animal. Whatever this animal tells you in your sleep, you must do. Obey it. Be guided by it. If later you want help, if you are traveling alone and cry aloud for help, your prayer will be answered. It may be by an eagle, perhaps by a buffalo, perhaps by a bear. Whatever animal hears your prayer you must listen to it."

That was how the first people got along in the world, by the power given to them in their dreams.

After this, Old Man kept on traveling north. Many of the animals that he had created followed him. They understood when he spoke to them, and they were his servants. When he got to the north point of the Porcupine Mountains, he made some more mud images of people, blew his breath upon them, and they became people, men and women. They asked him, "What are we to eat?"

By way of answer, Old Man made many images of clay in the form of buffalo. Then he blew breath upon them and they stood up. When he made signs to them, they started to run. Then he said to the people, "Those animals--buffalo--are your food."

"But how can we kill them?" the people asked.

"I will show you," he answered.

He took them to a cliff and told them to build rock piles: "Now hide behind these piles of rocks," he said. "I will lead the buffalo this way. When they are opposite you, rise up."

After telling them what to do, he started toward the herd of buffalo. When he called the animals, they started to run toward him, and they followed him until they were inside the piles of rock. Then Old Man dropped back. As the people rose up, the buffalo ran in a straight line and jumped over the cliff.

"Go down and take the flesh of those animals," said Old Man.

The people tried to tear the limbs apart, but they could not. Old Man went to the edge of the cliff, broke off some pieces with sharp edges, and told the people to cut the flesh with these rocks. They obeyed him. When they had skinned the buffalo, they set up some poles and put the hides on them. Thus they made a shelter to sleep under.

After Old Man had taught the people all these things, he started off again, traveling north until he came to where the Bow and Elbow Rivers meet. There he made some more people and taught them the same things. From there he went farther north. When he had gone almost to the Red Deer River, he was so tired that he lay down on a hill. The form of his body can be seen there yet, on the top of the hill where he rested.

When he awoke from his sleep, he traveled farther north until he came to a high hill. He climbed to the top of it and there he sat down to rest. As he gazed over the country, he was greatly pleased by it. Looking at the steep hill below him, he said to himself, "This is a fine place for sliding. I will have some fun." And he began to slide down the hill. The marks where he slid are to be seen yet, and the place is known to all the Blackfeet tribes as "Old Man's Sliding Ground."

Old Man can never die. Long ago he left the Blackfeet and went away toward the west, disappearing in the mountains. Before he started, he said to the people, "I will always take care of you, and some day I will return."

Even today some people think that he spoke the truth and that when he comes back he will bring with him the buffalo, which they believe the white men have hidden. Others remember that before he left them he said that when he returned he would find them a different people. They would be living in a different world, he said, from that which he had created for them and had taught them to live in.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Big Time at Chaw' Se Grinding Rock St. park

gypsistar — Thu, 06 Sep 2007 04:13:35 GMT

Is anyone going to Grinding Rock State park for Big Time this year? I'm was curious if anyone else was going. Would like to meet some of the ppl I talk to on Tribe...

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 6 replies

The western world

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Tue, 09 Oct 2007 04:26:39 GMT

Wherever you go the western world is breathing down your neck..we have neen FORCED to learn the Western world but no one wants to truly learn our cultue. I want to start a tribe for those mebers here to teach non western people OUR ways..if I do would you join?
Please?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

This is from my tribe the Blackfeet/Piegan and I hold this story for the ones to come after me , so they well know and learn the ways of our people and we will live foe always.

Exodus — Thu, 04 Oct 2007 02:01:10 GMT

This is from my tribe the Blackfeet/Piegan and I hold this story for the ones to come after me , so they well know and learn the ways of our people and we will live foe always.

The Piegan tribe was southernmost at the headwaters of the Missouri River in Montana, a subtribe belonging to the Siksika Indians of North Saskatchewan in Canada. Piegans were of the Algonquian linguistic family, but warlike toward most of their neighbouring tribes, since they had horses for raiding and were supplied with guns and ammunition by their Canadian sources. Piegans also displayed hostility toward explorers and traders. Several smallpox epidemics decimated their population. Now they are gathered on reservations on both sides of the border.
A girl of great beauty, the Chief's daughter, was worshipped by many young handsome men of the Piegan tribe. But she would not have any one of them for her husband.

One young tribesman was very poor and his face was marked with an ugly scar. Although he saw rich and handsome men of his tribe rejected by the Chief's daughter, he decided to find out if she would have him for her husband. When she laughed at him for even asking, he ran away toward the south in shame.

After travelling several days, he dropped to the ground, weary and hungry, and fell asleep. From the heavens, Morning-Star looked down and pitied the young unfortunate youth, knowing his trouble.

To Sun and Moon, his parents, Morning-Star said, "There is a poor young man lying on the ground with no one to help him. I want to go after him for a companion."

"Go and get him," said his parents.

Morning-Star carried the young man, Scarface, into the sky. Sun said, "Do not bring him into my lodge yet, for he smells ill. Build four sweat lodges."

When this was done, Sun led Scarface into the first sweat lodge. He asked Morning-Star to bring a hot coal on a forked stick. Sun then broke off a bit of sweet grass and placed it upon the hot coal. As the incense arose Sun began to sing, "Old Man is coming in with his body; it is sacred," repeating it four times.

Sun passed his hands back and forth through the smoke and rubbed them over the face, left arm, and side of Scarface. Sun repeated the ceremony on the boy's right side, purifying him and removing the odours of earthly people.

Sun took Scarface into the other three sweat lodges, performing the same healing ceremony. The body of Scarface changed color and he shone like a yellow light.

Using a soft feather, Sun brushed it over the youth's face, magically wiping away the scar. With a final touch to the young man's long, yellow hair, Sun caused him to look exactly like Morning-Star. The two young men were led by Sun into his own lodge and placed side by side in the position of honour.

"Old Woman," called the father. "Which is your son?"

Moon pointed to Scarface, "That one is our son."

"You do not know your own child," answered Sun.

"He is not our son. We will call him Mistaken-for-Morning-Star," as they all laughed heartily at the mistake.

The two boys were together constantly and became close companions. One day, they were on an adventure when Morning-Star pointed out some large birds with very long, sharp beaks.

"Foster-Brother, I warn you not to go near those dangerous creatures," said Morning-Star. "They killed my other brothers with their beaks."

Suddenly the birds chased the two boys. Morning-Star fled toward his home, but Foster-Brother stopped, picking up a club and one by one struck the birds dead.

Upon reaching home, Morning-Star excitedly reported to his father what had happened. Sun made a victory song honouring the young hero. In gratitude for saving Morning-Star's life, Sun gave him the forked stick for lifting hot embers and a braid of sweet grass to make incense. These sacred elements necessary for making the sweat lodge ceremony were a gift of trust.

"And this my sweat lodge I give to you," said the Sun. Mistaken- for-Morning-Star observed very carefully how it was constructed, in his mind preparing himself to one day returning to earth.

When Scarface did arrive at his tribal village, all of his people gathered to see the handsome young man in their midst. At first, they did not recognize him as Scarface.

"I have been in the sky," he told them. "Behold me, Morning-Star looks just like this. The Sun gave me these things used in the sweat lodge healing ceremony. That is how I lost my ugly scar."

Scarface explained how the forked stick and sweet grass were used. Then he set to work showing his people how to make the sweat lodge. This is how the first medicine sweat lodge was built upon earth by the Piegan tribe.

Now that Scarface was so very handsome and brought such a great blessing of healing to his tribe, the Chief's beautiful daughter became his wife.

In remembrance of Sun's gift to Scarface and his tribe, the Piegans always make the sweat lodge healing ceremony an important part of their annual Sun Dance Celebration.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Thank yo Nanci for this important tradional information any more info from tribes memebers on the subject?

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 03 Oct 2007 07:33:01 GMT

As for the women teaching...yes there is a teaching about moon time. In the old days women on their time were given to stay in moon lodges. The moon lodges were placed around the perimeter of the village, as the medicine of a woman's menstruation is considered very powerful and protective at the same time. The women were in the lodge for the entire time and were ministered, cared for, and prayed for by other women. There were only certain fods eaten and everything was done FOR the women by the village through other women. It is a total time of community caring for the woemn in the moon lodges. There would be a feast for the women as they ended their time.
In a contemporary world, we are unable to build moon lodges around our villages. There are ways to honor this tradition. When is my time...my husband prepares the guest room for me to be comfortable and smell nice with sage and herbs. He makes me a sage bath at the beginning. During this time I fast and eat fruits and vegetables. If I eat meat it is only fish or chicken. I sleep away from him during this time. I also be as silent as I can be. During this week, my husband does all the caring for me, cooking for me, all the chores, etc..When it is time for that to be over...he prepares me a Cedar bath and makes me a feast of my choosing. It ends with the smuding of the house. These instructions were given by our medicine man. Women's medicine is powerful during this time and can be dangerous to those around her, if misdirected. All of these things are done to create a serene, calm environment and to help the woman be centered and focused on what she needs to hear/see/ and do in the next cycle of life.

I hope this helped~

Peace

nanci

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

The Achomawi and Atsugewi lived in north-eastern California

Exodus — Sat, 29 Sep 2007 02:26:42 GMT

The Achomawi and Atsugewi lived in north-eastern California

THE MAKING OF DAYLIGHT
In the beginning it was always dark. Darkness was a woman, who had two daughters, and came from the eastward to gamble with Wildcat. She reached Wildcat's house at night, and after supper began to talk about gambling, saying, "I never came here before. I came to gamble." The others present advised Wildcat to play: so all the preparations were made, and, sitting on either side of the fire, they began to play. Darkness bet her two daughters against all the people which Wildcat had. Darkness wanted Wildcat to bet her husband, Chicken-Hawk, but she did not wish to. Finally, on Coyote's advice, she bet him as chief first. Then they began to play, Coyote helping to sing. He thought the game was going favorably, and that Wildcat would win the two girls, and that he would get them for wives. But just as she almost won, Darkness beat her, and, taking Coyote, broke him in two and threw him outside. Darkness then threatened to "stay dark all the time" unless Wildcat would bet her husband, as Darkness wanted him for a husband for her daughters.

Wildcat refused, and bet other people in the house. All but three offered themselves to be bet. These were Rabbit, Weasel, and Caterpillar. Finally all were lost to Darkness but these; and then Caterpillar said, "Bet me," and he came near where Wildcat sat. They were gambling with a small slippery thing like ice, instead of the usual gambling-bone. Caterpillar began to sing, and to win. Pretty soon all but one of Darkness' counters were gone, and she began to be afraid. She was afraid of the smooth gambling-stick. Caterpillar told her to sit still, as she was moving about nervously. Suddenly he slid the gambling-stick across at her, and, entering her body, it caused her to burst. Then Caterpillar took her body and threw it outside.

The two girls were sitting there crying. One of them was going to gamble. She told Caterpillar to deal, but he refused. So she began, and won until Caterpillar had only one counter left. Then he began to win, and finally killed her just as he had her mother. He then threw her body outside. Only the youngest sister was left. Caterpillar told her not to cry, as he was not crying, although all his people were lost. They played and played, and, as before, Caterpillar killed her by the same trick. Then Caterpillar said, "In after time, people will say that I was the one who won my people back."

Still, however, it was dark. So Lizard set to work to try to make light. He went over to Big-Lizard's house, and took a light with him. He told Big-Lizard all about what had happened, and told him that he and Caterpillar and Rabbit were the only ones left. Then Lizard put on his cap and began to dance. His cap was made of a grizzly bear's head. Rabbit was talking, singing, while Lizard was dancing near the house-post. By and by it began to grow light. Lizard made daylight come by dancing. Rabbit said, "That is what people will say; that is what people must say, 'Daylight is coming."' Lizard's grandmother was sitting there, and she sang, "Daylight is coming, daylight is coming!" Then she made a mistake, and sang about a man. Lizard was angry, and said, "You are always thinking about men." His grandmother answered, "I meant to sing properly, but my teeth are all gone, and so I made a mistake."

Lizard then told Rabbit to go out and see where light was coming. He went up and looked, and, looking to the east, saw the dawn and heard the birds singing. He came back and said, "I did not see anything." By and by he went up again, after Lizard had danced some more. This time daylight had come. All over the world people woke up, and made a noise. Then Lizard stopped dancing. He told people to open the doors, to build a fire and go out. It was spring-time, and sunflowers were ripening. All the people came out and talked about Lizard's having made the light.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Do not doubt the prophecies of our people the Hopi have been digging tunnels for many years now

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 28 Sep 2007 09:51:32 GMT

When Turtle Island shakes her self of the fleas and when the Ghost dance is complete..we will move from this the 4th world to the 5th..I was told by elders to be abouve 10,000 feet ..because exact locations of a "safe place" will not be known by all "THE PEOPLE" Tribes.
The Hopi will be safe....
Alabama City Reopening Fallout Shelters
By JAY REEVES,

AP
Posted: 2007-09-28 00:10:29
Filed Under: Nation News
HUNTSVILLE, Ala. (Sept. 27) - In an age of al-Qaida, sleeper cells and the threat of nuclear terrorism, Huntsville is dusting off its Cold War manual to create the nation's most ambitious fallout-shelter plan, featuring an abandoned mine big enough for 20,000 people to take cover underground.

Photo Gallery: Taking Precautions
Dave Martin, AP
A fallout shelter sign is seen Sept. 19 in Huntsville, Ala. Fearing a nuclear strike by terrorists, officials are working to identify potential shelters for 300,000 people in the city and surrounding county.
1 of 5

Others would hunker down in college dorms, churches, libraries and research halls that planners hope will bring the community's shelter capacity to 300,000, or space for every man, woman and child in Huntsville and the surrounding county.

Emergency planners in Huntsville - an out-of-the-way city best known as the home of NASA 's Marshall Space Flight Center - say the idea makes sense because radioactive fallout could be scattered for hundreds of miles if terrorists detonated a nuclear bomb.

''If Huntsville is in the blast zone, there's not much we can do. But if it's just fallout ... shelters would absorb 90 percent of the radiation,'' said longtime emergency management planner Kirk Paradise, whose Cold War expertise with fallout shelters led local leaders to renew Huntsville's program.

Huntsville's project, developed using $70,000 from a Homeland Security grant, goes against the grain because the United States essentially scrapped its national plan for fallout shelters after the collapse of the Soviet Union. Congress cut off funding and the government published its last list of approved shelters at the end of 1992.

After Sept. 11, Homeland Security created a metropolitan protection program that includes nuclear-attack preparation and mass shelters. But no other city has taken the idea as far as Huntsville has, officials said.

Many cities advise residents to stay at home and seal up a room with plastic and duct tape during a biological, chemical or nuclear attack. Huntsville does too, in certain cases.

Local officials agree the ''shelter-in-place'' method would be best for a ''dirty bomb'' that scattered nuclear contamination through conventional explosives. But they say full-fledged shelters would be needed to protect from the fallout of a nuclear bomb.

Program leaders recently briefed members of Congress, including Rep. Charlie Dent, R-Pa., who called the shelter plan an example of the ''all-hazards'' approach needed for emergency preparedness.

''Al-Qaida, we know, is interested in a nuclear capability. It's our nation's fear that a nuclear weapon could get into terrorists' hands,'' Dent said.

As fallout shelters go, the Three Caves Quarry just outside downtown offers the kind of protection that would make Dr. Strangelove proud, with space for an arena-size crowd of some 20,000 people.

Last mined in the early '50s, the limestone quarry is dug 300 yards into the side of the mountain, with ceilings as high as 60 feet and 10 acres of floor space covered with jagged rocks. Jet-black in places with a year-round temperature of about 60 degrees, it has a colony of bats living in its highest reaches and baby stalactites hanging from the ceiling.

''It would be a little trying, but it's better than the alternative,'' said Andy Prewett, a manager with The Land Trust of Huntsville and North Alabama, a nonprofit preservation group that owns the mine and is making it available for free.

In all, the Huntsville-Madison County Emergency Management Agency has identified 105 places that can be used as fallout shelters for about 210,000 people. They are still looking for about 50 more shelters that would hold an additional 100,000 people.

While officials have yet to launch a campaign to inform people of the shelters, a local access TV channel showed a video about the program, which also is explained on a county Web site.

If a bomb went off tomorrow, Paradise said, officials would tell people where to find shelter through emergency alerts on TV and radio stations. ''We're pretty much ready to go because we have a list of shelters,'' he said.

Most of the shelters would offer more comfort than the abandoned mine, such as buildings at the University of Alabama in Huntsville that would house 37,643. A single research hall could hold more than 8,100.

Homeland Security spokeswoman Alexandra Kirin said of Huntsville's wide-ranging plan: ''We're not aware of any other cities that are doing that.''

Plans call for staying inside for as long as two weeks after a bomb blast, though shelters might be needed for only a few hours in a less dire emergency.

Unlike the fallout shelters set up during the Cold War, the new ones will not be stocked with water, food or other supplies. For survivors of a nuclear attack, it would be strictly ''BYOE'' - bring your own everything. Just throw down a sleeping bag on the courthouse floor - or move some of the rocks on the mine floor - and make yourself at home.

''We do not guarantee them comfort, just protection,'' said Paradise, who is coordinating the shelter plans for the local emergency management agency.

Convenience store owner Tandi Prince said she cannot imagine living in the cavern after a bombing.

''That would probably not be very fun,'' she said.

Copyright 2007 The Associated Press. The information contained in the AP news report may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or otherwise distributed without the prior written authority of The Associated Press. All active hyperlinks have been inserted by AOL.
2007-09-27 17:16:33

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Looking for song lyrics "Rich man's War"

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Fri, 17 Aug 2007 16:28:48 GMT

Looking for song lyrics "Rich man's War"
This song mixes Native American music lyrics with english..I own it onI-Tunes but I do not remeber who gave it to me..and have simply labeled it skins music.
Can someone help me find the lyrics and message me Please?

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

UPDATE~Sharbot Lake

Tue, 04 Sep 2007 16:08:43 GMT

I would like to post this update...if it's not ok...please feel free to take it off!~

Peace
nanci

OPP “SNUBBED” BY SHARBOT LAKE ALGONQUINS

MNN. Sept. 3, 2007. 200 or more Indigenous and their supporters
shouted down a sheriff who was delivering a colonial court order.
This is very strange. The colonial courts pretend to protect
property rights. There is no evidence that the Algonquin people
ever gave up their rights to this land. Why would the court make
an order to support intruders? It seems to be taking orders from
a private company that wants the Algonquins to remove a
blockade and stop protecting their land. They’ve been blocking
a proposed uranium mine north of Sharbot Lake since June 2007.

Superior Court Justice Gordon Thomson issued the order on
Monday, August 27th. The Algonquins are not Canadians.
Foreigners have no jurisdiction over them according to
international law. The Ontario Provincial Police OPP, Frontenac
Ventures and all the other non-Algonquins are trespassing.

The settlers could be given a temporary right to reside by the
Algonquins. Such permission is not unprecedented. These
were granted in early colonial times based on Algonquin law
and consensual agreements. The settlers who have homes
on Algonquin land are supporting their landlords. The
Algonquins could grant them ‘permission’ to continue using
their ancestral land so long as they respect Algonquin laws
and protect the integrity of the environment for future
generations.

The two sheriffs, escorted by OPP, were met on the road
outside the mine by 24 Ardoch and Shabot Obaadjiwan
warriors. They were not allowed on the property, which is
located off Highway 509 about 12 kilometres north of
Sharbot Lake. The sheriffs shouted from the road over the
crowd who drummed, chanted and yelled.

The OPP had come to break the peace and the Algonquins
refused to cooperate with them. Shabot Obaadjiwan war
chief, Earl Badour, signalled for the native flag to be turned
upside down to symbolize that "the colonial
government has put them all in distress."

The sheriffs left with their armful of papers and could not
get close enough to post one on the fence.

The native and non-native defenders want a peaceful
resolution through talks and consensual agreement. This
will be impossible so long as belligerent tactics like court
injunctions are used.

The Algonquins are not leaving their land. Residents and
Algonquins oppose uranium mining because of concerns
over devastating environmental affects. The water table of
Eastern Ontario and Western Quebec from the lakes into the
Ottawa and St. Lawrence rivers will be contaminated and
make the area unlivable for humans, animals and vegetation.
Algonquins environmental laws do not allow such exploitation
by anyone.

Ontario has no right to issue “death warrants” to the
Algonquin people and the settler population at large by
granting permits and licenses to organizations involved in
illegal activities or any other harmful ventures.

The trespasser, Frontenac Ventures, is suing the Algonquins
for $77 million and is seeking a court injunction to have the
defenders kicked off their land. The temporary injunction will
have a full hearing on September 20th in Kingston Ontario.

The Ontario government has no authority over the Algonquin.
The Algonquins never accepted to become British subjects
or Canadian citizens and there has been no conquest. They
will accordingly be boycotting this kangaroo court. The judges,
the government and the exploiters all sit on the same side of
the table as the judge, jury and executioner. If Canada and
Ontario are not willing to respect Algonquin rights, they should
bring the matter before a neutral independent international court.

OPP spokesman, Paige Whiting, said they have no plans to
move in on the Algonquin defenders for the time being [because
they know they have no right to do so]. They usually prepare for
such an attack by considering a ratio of at least 4 cops or more
to 1 victim. The estimate in this case of 200 people would mean
they have to muster 800 or 1,000 policemen and soldiers to
conduct their oppressive operation.

This would be an international invasion of the Algonquin nation.
Whiting said, “We’ll warn them a few minutes before the big
onslaught to give them a chance to get out of the way of our
war machines”, or words to that effect.

OPP have set up a large command post at the Sharbot Lake
detachment. More OPP have been brought in from neighboring
counties [for the forthcoming ‘big’ action!]. It’s obvious they’re
getting ready for some kind of aggressive action against the
Algonquin and their supporters.

Algonquin war chief Badour said his group has always been
"non-confrontational" and is always ready to talk outside the
colonial court with the police, the corporations, their government
puppets and the press at anytime.

The defenders have caught the attention of the Christian
Peacemakers Team International, an organization that claims
to work to conserve peace through “pacifism”. Those who
want to work with them have to learn the pacifist philosophy.
They will teach us how to turn the other cheek. If that’s the case,
then they’re visiting the wrong side of the issue. We have
peaceful ways. They should use their philosophy to pacify
the police and other colonial agencies who are constantly
threatening to break the peace and the laws and to commit
atrocities against us.

The “Christian Peacekeepers” is another pacification group.
They work with such police as the OPP that threaten to
come onto independent Indigenous lands to attack us and
help the exploiters to our resources. These people should
tell the OPP that we abhor their threats of invasions, court
injunctions, demonization of us on the media and the
impending contamination of our people and our land.

About 80 vehicles lined the roads for the protest yesterday.
Many non-natives wore bright yellow T-shirts with the slogan
"no uranium mine, there is a better solution." Ever since the
officers left, the crowd has been happy and relaxed. Everyone
was happy to defy such a destructive court order. We like these
kinds of pow wows!

Brothers, Sisters, Friends and Allies, to help please contact:
paulasherman@trentu.ca; chiefdoreen@aol.com;
john@plentycanada.com; rcota@sympatico.ca

Kahentinetha Horn
MNN Mohawk Nation News

See: "Sharbot Lake"
http://www.mohawknationnews.com/news/news4.php?lang=en&layout=mnn&category=58&srcurl=%2Fnews%2Fnews3.php%3Flang%3Den%26layout%3Dmnn%26sortorder%3D0

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Crystals

Mon, 03 Sep 2007 00:58:30 GMT

I was reading in another post that crystals are sacred to I think the Cherokee people? Not to start any new age discussion, but was wondering if we could oopen a dialogue about the role and use of crystals in our native culture? I am from the Northeast and they are also sacred in our traditions and used in ceremonies and healings. Why does anyone think it is appropriate to hang them around their neck, as if they are some sort of protectant against negativity or an adornment? "Oh lookee...I got this crystal in Sedona..." DUH!!!

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

Siksika Speakers?

Darter02 — Tue, 07 Feb 2006 17:22:01 GMT

Years and years ago I attended an event and ended up camping with the Siksika elders by accident. Through the course of the weekend I was "adopted" and given a name as well as pin to wear.

The only thing is, I never learned how to spell the name. If anyone knows the language, please contact me.

Thank you,
Ron

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

EMERGENCY POST: HAUNTED CHILD - TIM CAFFREY

Elaine — Mon, 20 Aug 2007 15:00:18 GMT

THIS MESSAGE HAS BEEN POSTED AT HUMAN RIGHTS IN ACTION (GOOGLE GROUPS), VARIOUS TRIBE SITES, EFx2, FACE BOOK, MY SPACE, YAHOO, MS LIVE & BLOGGAR, ETC. I WRITE UNDER A COMMON CONTENTS LICENSE SO AS LONG AS YOU DON'T EDIT IT OR FORGET TO CREDIT THE AUTHOR PLEASE FEEL FREE TO POST THIS ANYWHERE YOU FEEL IT WILL HELP TIM CAFFREY. OH BOTHER IT! JUST DON'T EDIT IT FORGET MY NAME IF YOU WANT! emch

King George, VA

Achairde All:

Well, I survived the first half of the trip and it was just about as pleasant as one could imagine it to be. However, I have hoisted the EMERGENCY Flag because there is a man in South Dakota who is in dire need of our help. By that I mean a concentrated effort and not merely reading this and saying how horrible it is and moving on. I have placed this is its entirety so you can read it for yourselves. I have been in touch with Arnie Berkeland and Arnold Miller who is Governor Rounds Aide when it comes to Clemency & Pardons. I have obtained two experts willing to donate their time- one in Bi-racial Adoptions and the other is a Guardian Ad Litem Attorney who has worked on similar cases. Right now I am attempting to find a Psychiatrist or Psychologist who has the expertise in PTSD and Child Abuse we need to complete our efforts. The Oglala Sioux Nation passed a Resolution in Tim's favor on Friday, August 10th and when I spoke with Mr. Berkeland this past Monday, August 13th, he advised that a very respected retired Politician has also agreed to speak to the Governor on Tim's behalf.

Modblog refugees will remember the flaming I took when I reported an abused child to the Norman, OK Police Department after I read her postings at her Blog. I and some of my friends in Human Rights & Children's Rights work offered her our help and her answer was to take her pages down and pretend that she was just mad at her Mom. Folks, I appreciate a good vent as much as the next woman but I DO know the difference and so did the Norman Police because I took the precaution of printing out those pages BEFORE she could delete them. The result was that she and her mother received the help they needed. The saddest thing about Tim Caffrey is that a whole cadre of Adults KNEW about his abuse and NO ONE- NOT EVEN THEIR MINISTER AND HIS WIFE DID ANYTHING CONCRETE TO HELP HIM. When the Norman Detective asked why I had "bothered' to report the case my response was simply, 'IT WAS THE RIGHT THING TO DO."

Tim Caffrey was originally charged with Murder One and it was changed to Manslaughter One when the Judge refused the charge. In every other state he would have received a maximum of 40 to 45 years. Done, on average, a third of that sentence or 14 years and been Paroled. He received Life WITHOUT Parole and has been incarcerated for twenty-seven years. Of course he didn't exactly get the most objective of trials. Everyday we read about some sexual predator who got twenty-five to Life and is out in five. Don't believe me? Check out your state's Sexual Offender List. The one that is supposed to let you know where they are so you can protect your kids. Since a large majority of them seem to want to move Florida I check the FDLE List once a month. There is a man who just moved in directly across from me who is not only listed as a Registered Sex Offender in big bold red letters it says:

THIS MAN IS ALSO REGISTERED AS A VIOLENT SEXUAL PREDATOR

NOW there is a comforting thought now isn't it? In his entire 'career' he has done less than a third of time that Tim Caffrey has done. We need to change that and we need your help to do it. I KNOW that I can count on you to do the right thing because we have made a difference on other issues. Jeb Bush may not be governor anymore but you can be he remembers the 11 days we shut his email down. 0;-) We can do it again- so please spread the word.

Keep the Faith mo Charan!

Slan leat,
Elaine
AKA Cabin Fever
CABIN FEVER ONLINE

PICTURE OF ABUSED CHILD CONTINUES TO HAUNT WOMAN

By Betty Adams Aitchison

Caldwell, Idaho

Published: August 7, 2007 - ARGUS

I am a voice from the faraway past of Timothy Sean Caffrey. I am Betty Adams Aitchison, whose husband pastored the little Faith Missionary Church in Martin, S.D., for 10 years. This was in the mid-1960s and 70s. The Bill and Olive Caffrey family attended our church. I knew them well.

Tim Caffrey is an Oglala Sioux, adopted by the Caffreys when he was less than a year old. I was a part of Tim's formative years. I taught him in Sunday School and vacation Bible school.

Bill Caffrey was a politically powerful man as South Dakota regional director of health and welfare. He also was an abusive alcoholic. I witnessed some of the abuse of Tim and tried to intervene but to no avail.

One particular incident has continued to haunt me through the years. It is a picture of a little 14-year-old Sioux Indian boy, sitting in the living room of Bill and Olive Caffrey's home, being disciplined for sharing marijuana with a friend.

I was living in Idaho at the time but visiting Martin. Olive asked me to basically act as a mediator when they addressed this issue.

Olive began the questioning. I still remember exactly how we were all seated. I was on the couch. Olive was across the room to my left, Tim, to my right, and Bill, pacing the floor. Olive asked Tim where he had gotten the marijuana, and Tim reluctantly told her. She asked, "Why didn't you just say 'no' and tell us what had happened?"

Tim replied, "I made a mistake, and I'm sorry."

At this point, Bill stomped toward Tim. "You made a mistake. We are the ones who made the mistake. The biggest mistake we ever made was when we adopted you, you stupid Indian," Bill said, cuffing Tim on the head.

Tim burst into convulsive sobs, and Bill walked away.

I got up from my seat and went to Tim. I said, "Timmie, you are a good boy who did a bad thing. You are not a stupid Indian. You are a brilliant boy with a right and powerful heritage."

Bill Caffrey was an overbearing, abusive alcoholic who often inflicted physical and emotional abuse on Tim. Olive worked at the Gordon hospital, 50 miles away, and left home at 2 p.m., not returning until after midnight, leaving Tim at the mercy of Bill's drunken outbursts and hostilities.

I have never, nor do I now, condone Tim's handling of this situation. However, almost 27 years have passed since I sat through the trial of a 17-year-old Indian boy, tried as an adult, by a white judge, 12 white jurors and a white attorney, and I heard the sentence of life without parole.

There is no question that the boy acted wrongfully when he shot and killed his adoptive father. However, many years of agonizing remorse have made Tim the man he is today. He is a well-rounded, gentle man who has worked hard to prepare himself for life outside the prison walls. He has mastered the art of welding and continues his education as much as is available to him.

Tim has a very strong support group. It is headed by Arnie Berkeland, a Sioux Falls businessman, who has visited Tim more than 1,200 times in the past 27 years. Tim will be provided with good employment and housing as well as spiritual and emotional support.

I urge you to please write Gov. Mike Rounds, asking him to sign the unanimous recommendation of the South Dakota Board of Pardons and Paroles to commute Tim's sentence from life to time served. This is the third time the board has voted to reduce Tim's sentence.

Tim was never a 'murderer.' He was an abused child, pressed beyond measure and made a terrible mistake in dealing with his abuser. For this, I feel he has paid sufficiently.

White men charged with the same crime are walking free today. Please work for 'equal justice' in this case. -30-

Timothy S. Caffrey # 20483
S.D.S.P. Box 5911
Sioux Falls, SD 57117-5911 USA

Date of birth: May 28-1963
Nation/tribal affiliation: Oglala Sioux
Release date: none

I would like a pen pal that would increase my intelligence based upon what
I've written. No gossip, no complaining, just learning and expanding.
Thank you!

Listening To: WALELA - TELL THEM THAT THEY LIE
I'm Feeling: RAGE AGAINST THE MACHINE
Tags: abuse, bigotry, child, injustice, native, american and petition

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

THE WORLD KNOWS WHAT HAPPENED TO THE GOOD PEOPLE OF THE PAIUTE NATION NOW.

Wed, 25 Jul 2007 06:22:58 GMT

THE WORLD KNOWS WHAT HAPPENED TO THE GOOD PEOPLE OF THE PAIUTE NATION NOW.
As Governor Butch Otter of Idaho makes a declaration of the state of emergency in the counties that border the Nevada and the overlapping Duck Valley Reservation and Governor Jim “All Is Well” Gibbons tosses matches at a tobacco store north of Vegas along I-15. The grass roots efforts of faceless human beings came to the aid of The People of the Paiute Nation. The Raft River Rural Electric Cooperative is shipping a 2,000 kilowatt power plant to the stricken community from Denver Colorado today. The Red Cross said they have been in contact with the tribe for a week now and have been aware of the situation. Great, then what were they waiting for?? Power official said it would be 3 to 4 weeks before power was back on, still leaving people without a place to keep their food or electricity to run. pumps. Why do people have to be dead and bloated on the streets before help arrives anyway?

While all this is going on, the cob webs of ambivalence from the main stream media coupled with their Orwellian axiom of double speak have yet to respond in earnest to what I consider a true breaking news event. Thank goodness for the Native Telegraph. Si Thomas, educator and member of the Paiute nation and I breathed a little easier as assistance began to come their way and the phones began to ring from the wonderful and caring people who’ve gotten wind of this potentially life threatening situation on the Duck Valley Rez.

By no means is the drama over but the good news is people are calling to first verify this plight exists. I don’t blame them since there are so many scams on the internet these days. So maybe when the next time my Native Telegraph announces another catastrophe or news item from out Native world, they will pay a little more attention.

As we all know we as Native people have become keenly aware of the lack of concern for our social issues and have followed the time honored practice of making false promises and not honoring their word. We’ve lived as a conquered people for a war we did not start and our oral histories are riddled with dead, betrayal and sorrow. So as the powers that be start to show face in light of our queries about our brothers and sister in Duck Valley, let it be known the Green Machine of our grass roots efforts made a difference since now “The eyes of the world are watching” and we know the truth of what transpired. No one cared till we did and it would not have happened if it were not for a little e-mail I received asking for help from a Native girl name Paz. Fore if it was not for her I would not have known, called the rez and ultimately find out the truth. She is a hero. You go girl………..

Then there is Robin Carneen, Producer and host of NAMAPAHH First People’s Radio in Washington State and all her wonderful associates who’ve diligently used all the means at their disposal to get the word out. Are we evolving a Native Emergency Broadcast System? Sounds like a good idea to me. It’s already known we can’t depend on anyone else but ourselves. The Green Machine, our version of FEMA. Our logo could be, “No Tribe To Small”. Hmmmmmmmmmm………

Si, Brent and the Smoke Eaters of the Sho-Pai Fire Station are also champions for their people and I am honored to be associated with them at this time of crisis. The two out-of-control fires have merged into one cataclysmic inferno so the struggle to survive presses onward. And fire crews are risking their lives to battle this blazing wall of destruction. The safety of the Fire Warriors on the line is always a concern and they have my prayers as well. I was a smoke eater and I’ve blazed a trail with my Pulaski a time or two and its hot grueling work with death just around the corner. I was also FEMA trained and certified at one time and believe me, there is nothing expeditious about how they do things now. I was an Emergency Management Director and worked in the Office of Emergency Management of the community I now reside. I was also a Level 6 Hazardous Materials Operations Coordinator so I don’t buy into any of the empty words from excuse making government officials who will no doubt have many fancy excuses and reasons why there was no assistance for the People of the Duck Valley Rez.

FACT IS NO ONE CARED, till now.

Keep them calls coming……………

Your Devil’s Advocate

Buffalohair

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Kimowan

Pequamo — Tue, 24 Jul 2007 23:05:47 GMT

Does anyone have an update on our friend and brother, Kimowan? His sensible voice is missed in our circle.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Governor and Red Cross Lie About Conditions On Paiute Reservation

Tue, 24 Jul 2007 00:48:20 GMT

TO THE CHAGRIN OF THE PAIUTE NATION, THE GOVERNOR AND THE RED CROSS SAYS "ALL IS NICE AND NO NEED TO HAVE CONCERN SINCE EVERYTHING IS UNDER CONTROL.

Sadly this is a bold face lie since I personally have been in constant communications with representitives of this proud nation. To re-enforce this position the Paiute Nation has started a fund for the stricken people of this region since, well no one from the Red Cross or the Emergency Services of Nevada will act. The Red Cross claims that all is well. LIE LIE LIE.

Here is the latest posting from this stricken nation as of 4:47 MST and judge for yourself

ARE WE BEING SERVED???

The Shoshone-Paiute Tribes has a set up a bank account
for those organizations or persons that would like to
donate. This is to help the tribe overcome what has
become a heart ache to most of the people on the
Reservation. Thanks again.

Account information:
Great Basin Bank (775)748-4431
Elko, Nevada 89801
Attn: Angie Thomas

Wells Fargo Bank
Attn: Emergency Fund

For contact info for Shoshone-Paiute Tribes
Headquarters: (775)757-3211, Press "0" for operator.
Tribal Chairman: Kyle Prior
Tribal Vice Chairman: Robert Bear
Tribal Advisor: Herman Atkins
Emergency Relief Info.(775)757-2922
These personal can assist in all ways.

So tell me, if all is well then why are they in dire need of assistance??

Oh my, I hear Gary Owen in the back ground.

Your Devil's Advocate
Buffalohair

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

GRAVE NEWS FROM THE FIRE STRICKEN DUCK VALLEY INDIAN RESERVATION IN NEVADA

Mon, 23 Jul 2007 06:26:14 GMT

There is a dire emergency at the Duck Valley Indian Reservation in Owyhee Nevada. It’s a very isolated reservation on the Nevada/Idaho border. One of the many fires that have been burning out of control in the west devastated this little village and people are suffering without water and electricity for 5 day now with no relief in sight. Food is going bad since there is no electricity since all the power poles are burned to a crisp. The elderly and the children are taking a direct hit as water supplies dwindle and food is in short supply. Since there is no power the heat is taking its toll and there is human suffering since there has been no aid. If ever there was a time for The People to pull together it’s now.

So give these people a chance to survive in this blistering heat. Give them a call and see what you can do. These are our brothers and sister who are literally baking in the hot Nevada sun. If nothing is done like soon, there will be fatalities as the elderly will soon expire from the heat and the lack of water.

This is a human tragedy in the making and they need help now. Do you think the feds will help them? Well it’s been 5 days now and do the math. Lives will soon be lost if help does not get there soon. Please, Please contact do your bit for our relations………….

Contact info: Shoshone-Paiute Tribes
Sho-Pai Fire Station
1935 FireLane PO Box 219 89832
(775)757-2473
Ask for Brent Hunter, or you may contact me here in Elko,NV, Si Thomas 775-777-7739

Hu Ho

Buffalohair

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Salutations From The Far Side Of Sanity

Sun, 22 Jul 2007 16:23:09 GMT

Hmmmmmmmmmm, let me see.

I'm a American Indian Film Maker/writer. Maybe some of you heard some of my ramblings on other sites ot published works. I'm that Injun with an attitude who does news items from all around the First Nation. I seek out news items that don't get proper exposiure from the main stream media. I have an international viewership and can spread the word regardless of what the main stream media wants to release.

As far as the supernatural, I simply call it the medicine since within my culture we don't disect all the goings on within the spirit world so I don't respond to all the techno ga ga that most people use when describing paranormal events. I don't do UFO, Ghosts, magic or parlor games with my medicine. Nothing is imposible within the confines of the spirit world, it's all medicine simple as that. Seeing and talking with spirits as well as dealing with pinhead spirits is the norm with Native communities anyway, so whats the hoopa all about anyway.

I don't use devices such as crystals, cards, or any other props to do my medicine. Cheyenne way does not use nor utilize any 20th century devices to perform our healing medicine or fighting evil. We never had printing presses for spirit cards or machines to gleen perfect crystals and we don't believe in incantations or spells. Cheyenne way is to Walk with Sweet Medicine, to have complete faith in the Creator and to never side step or superceed the Creators wishes. That is, we don't tell everything we see since it's not our place to be fortune tellers. Only after we ask the Creator do we ever mention what we see. And in many cases, we have to simply bit our tougnes. Why, well we begin and end cycles all the time and within these cycles are lessons. Some lessons are very stark indeed since people are so stubborn. Sometimes people have to learn the hard way in order to completely understand their lessons. If you act like a fortune teller and spill the beans. The person will never learn the lesson or simply have to go through the process again.

The time of change or the humbling times? Yup it's very real, it's been told from camp fire to camp fire since the last Ice Age and well it's back like the old buzzards said. The only way to prepare for this event is within your heart. Ma Earth is pissed since she is having her season and she is in the process of cleansing all that causes her disconfort. There is no free ride and everyone needs to seek out their spirituality and to realize which spirits are cool and which ones that are not so cool. After all you need to be able to distinguish between good and bad so you can heed any warnings. Sort of like Moses and Egypt. If he did not know to verify if a spirit was good or bad, he would never have gotten the message to smear the lambs blood at all the doorways to keep death at bay. That was the real lesson in that story eh.

But by the same token, I respect the ways of others but I don't mix my medicine and stick to my traditional ways and not that of the 20th century or any Euro idologys, I'm strictly Cheyenne and walk the ways of my people.

Anyway, that's my schpeel on all this...........

See you in the funny papers eh.

Buffalohair

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

educating and sharing

Pequamo — Wed, 18 Jul 2007 12:26:46 GMT

I have recently been reading Jack Weatherford's book, " Indian Givers" and it helps me realize how much the world has been influenced and benefitted by the Native American Indian cultures of North and South America. I would recommend it for all to read. I had not realized the extent of the agricultural accomplishments that had contributed to the development of potatoes, corn, and other food crops. It makes the genetic efforts of ADM and Monsanto look like childs play. The highways of the US basically follow the foot trails layed down by the many generations of our forefathers over many centuries. Many of the names of rivers, cities, states, and counties in the US were contributed by our people. There are many words and concepts that are now a part of the American vocabulary which are derived, if not adopted, from our languages. I hope that some others will share and post their observations about some of these positive 'gifts' to the dominant culture.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Corbin Harney Western Shosone Spiritual Leader has passed

Tue, 10 Jul 2007 22:31:58 GMT

Public Statement by Corbin’s Immediate Family

July 10, 2007 (TurtleIsland). Corbin Harney Spiritual Leader of the Western Shoshone Nation crossed over at 11:00 a.m. this morning in a house on a sacred mountain near Santa Rosa, CA (Turtle Island). He had dedicated his life to fighting the nuclear testing and dumping.

That battle claimed his life through cancer.

Before he passed, he said to remember:

“We are one people. We cannot separate ourselves now.

There are many good things to be done for our people and for the world.

It is important to let things be good. And it is important to teach the younger generation so that things are not lost.”

According to witnesses present, in the morning fog, the spirits of four Shoshoni dog soldiers were outside on horseback before Corbin’s passing. But then one of the Shoshone present, Santiago Lozada, yelled “Tosawi Tosawi!” (White Knife). And then the fog shifted and there were thousands of spirits waiting.

Corbin passed peacefully at the end. He was only worried that he still had more to do. When he finally let go and went with the dog soldiers, Red Wolf Pope, grandson of Rolling Thunder, was present and sang him the Tosawi death song to call the dog soldiers to come take him home. Golden eagles continue to circle the house hours after his crossing.”

True to form Corbin joked around several days ago that he was going to go at 11:00, and kept his promise.

Over his lifetime, Corbin traveled around the world as a speaker, healer and spiritual leader with a profound spiritual and environmental message for all. He received numerous national and international awards and spoke before the United Nations in Geneva, Switzerland. Corbin also authored two books: “The Way It Is: One Water, One Air, One Earth” (Blue Dolphin Publishing, 1995) and a forthcoming book, “The Nature Way”. Numerous documentaries have been made about his work and message. In 1994, Corbin established the Shundahai Network to work with people and organizations to respond to spiritual and environmental concerns on nuclear issues. He also established Poo Ha Bah, a native healing center located in Tecopa Springs, California. He will be missed but always honored for his work and dedication to traditional ways.

Corbin Harney is descended from generations of Newe (Shoshone) traditional healers and was always grateful for the many extraordinary teachers who shared their knowledge in his lifetime. Corbin is survived by his daughter Reynaulda Taylor; granddaughters Ann Taylor and Nada Leno; grandsons Keith, Jon and Joel Leno and William Henry Taylor; seven great-grandchildren; two great-great grandchildren; and his sister Rosie Blossom’s family and many cousins and other family members as well as many, many friends around the world. Corbin was preceded in death by his mother, father, sister, grandparents, uncle, great granddaughter, cousins, and friends. A very special thanks to Patricia Davidson, Corbin’s caregiver in his final months; Dominic Daileda, Corbin’s friend and companion for his support and compassion in hard times, and the family of Dixie and Martin van der Kamp for opening up their home and their hearts to Corbin and his family and friends during his time of need.

Dates and times for services are being made with official announcement to follow. Three day services are planned at the home of Larson R. Bill, So Ho Bee – Newe Sogobe (Lee, Nevada –Western Shoshone Territory) with burial services at Battle Mountain Indian Community, Battle Mountain Nevada.

Family contact information (non-media only):

Donations may be made either to the immediate family through:

Reynaulda Taylor

P.O. Box 397

Owyhee, Nevada 89832

775-757-2610 or 775-757-2064

annietaytay@yahoo.com

Or, to:

The Corbin Harney Way

6360 Sonoma Mtn. Rd.

Santa Rosa, CA 95404

No other individual, organization or entity is authorized to receive donations on behalf of Corbin’s immediate family or Corbin Harney.

(more on www.shundahai.org)

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

THE NOTHING / MATRIX HAS YOU

truthgathering — Tue, 03 Jul 2007 03:30:24 GMT

36 hours later .... NO DONATIONS SO FAR

Life is getting tricky again / worse than usual

With no donations, I have to decide whether to
cancel the website, or not be able to eat in a
week's time when my monthly payment is taken
for http://www.worldgathering.net

One reason I feel 'World Gathering' may be worth
pursuing is because two days after launching 'World
Gathering 25/26 August 2007' - on May 1st - the
power of the directed energy attack on me doubled.

This increase in harassment seemed to tell me
that there are things 'they' do not want me to do.
The truth is, though, whenever I do any large
postings on the Internet, the power of the laser,
microwave, pulse, sonic, or whatever it is, increases.

'They' just do not want me to communicate with
many other people.

Why are they worrying?

So far, hardly anyone seems interested in the
World Gathering.

A few weeks ago quite a large number of people
were copying World Gathering posters and banners
onto their websites and blogs. But I didn't really
receive feedback from anyone, saying it’s a great
idea, or promising organisation of a local supporting
event for 25/26 August.

I get a spooky feeling.

I was bankrupted in 2004 by four years of targeting,
24/7, by severe amounts of directed energy (my eyesight
went bad and I could hardly walk on many days). I was
therefore made homeless in 2004 and had my full time
attention on the Internet diverted.

The spooky feeling I get is that the world seems to
have disappeared in the three years I have been pushed
off the Net.

People won't participate.

People won't encourage other people.

People won't give donations.
(In the past three years, I have received three
donations via the Internet ... in that time many
millions of people have benefited from the information
I left on the Net and duplicated at perhaps 200+
other websites.... not a very good 'energy exchange',
is it?)

It feels like 'The Nothing' has rendered people useless.

It looks like people are lost in The Matrix.

I think the massive Chemtrail Spraying has perhaps
made most people even more apathetic than they were
three years ago.

Perhaps that is why the World Gathering 25/26 August
2007 would be important .... to help people waken up
again. And to warn the world about the 'Nothing'
spraying......

As the late Hopi elder Dan Evehema said:
We must unite for our SURVIVAL.

But .................... NO donations so far.

Michael Irving

> World Gathering 25 & 26 August 2007
> http://www.worldgathering.net
> http://www.michael-irving.com
> Mirror websites
>
> 1) Appeal By World-Action / World Gathering
> 2) Words of Inspiration To Change The World
>
> ---------
>
> 1) Appeal By World-Action / World Gathering
>
> WORLD GATHERING NEEDS DONATIONS
> - OR WEBSITE MAY GO
>
> World Gathering Needs Your Help ...
>
> http://www.worldgathering.net/news03.html
>
> I am asking people who have benefited now
> or in the past from inspiration, information
> and events organised through the various
> websites I have had over the years, to make
> a donation to help this effort to assist
> the world keep going.
>
> Can you put in a bit to help?
>
> Then, together we can press on forwards
> to help change the world.
>
> Please go to this webpage:
> http://www.worldgathering.net/news03.html
>
> Please pass this request to your friends who know
> about World-Action, Stop-Chemtrails, World Gathering,
> Inspiring Times, Words Waken World, etc. - thank you
>
> Thank you for your help.
>
> Sincerely,
> Michael Irving
> World Gathering, World-Action, Stop Chemtrails,
> Inspiring Times, Words Waken World, World-Action 2
> http://www.worldgathering.net
> http://www.michael-irving.com
>
> ---------
>
> 2) Words of Inspiration To Change The World
>
> "We must do what we conceive to be the right
> thing and not bother our heads or burden our
> souls with whether we will be successful.
> Because if we don't do the right thing, we
> will be doing the wrong thing and we will just
> be a part of the disease and not a part of
> the cure." - E. F. Schumacher
>
> "Each of us is put here in this time and this
> place to personally decide the future of humankind.
> Did you think you were put here for something
> less?" - Chief Arvol Looking Horse
>
> "To be yourself, in a world that tries, night
> and day, to make you just like everybody else
> - is to fight the greatest battle there ever
> is to fight, and never stop fighting."
> - e. e. cummings
>
> "We are at the final stages now ... so as our
> prophecy says. Then it must be up to the people
> with pure hearts that will not be afraid to
> help us to fulfil our destiny in peace for
> this world" - Dan Evehema, late Hopi elder
>
> "Learn to listen to the voice of truth which
> is within you and will lead you onto the path
> of evolution. This is our message to you,
> our dear friends. We have watched you growing
> for many years, just as you have watched our
> lights in the sky. You know now that we are
> here and that there are more beings on and
> around your Earth than your scientists care
> to admit. We are deeply concerned about you
> and your path towards the light and we will
> do all that we can to help you."
> --- This is the ending of the 1977 'Voice-Over
> Message' in the UK. Millions of TV viewers
> in southern England heard a voice give this
> message while normal TV pictures were shown.
> TV engineers struggled to stop the audio
> broadcast, but failed. A similar TV voice-over
> happened in the USA within a year or two
> of the above message.
>
> "Our lives begin to end the day we
> become silent about things that matter."
> - Martin Luther King, Jnr
>
> "The most courageous act is still to think
> for yourself. Aloud." - Coco Chanel
>
> "The world is now too dangerous for anything
> less than utopia." - Buckminster Fuller
>
> ---------
>
> WORLD GATHERING NEEDS DONATIONS
> - OR WEBSITE MAY GO
> World Gathering Needs Your Help ...
> http://www.worldgathering.net/news03.html
>
> ---------
>
> World Gathering 25 & 26 August 2007
> http://www.worldgathering.net
> http://www.michael-irving.com
> Mirror websites
>
> Please forward to friends and contacts
> - thank you

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

1st Peoples Of Northeast US

GatesofPerception — Wed, 30 May 2007 13:59:57 GMT

Greetings Friends,
It is my hope this finds you all well. I am currently researching the archeological, anthropological and academic records of the 1st Peoples of the Northeast US, Lenape, Algonquin, Munsee, Raritan, and all related tribes, beginning in my home of Staten Island, NY. I have accumalated(sp?) a good amount of data, but would like to converse with those familiar with tales, stories, legends, oral traditions perhaps handed down through their families, shamanic journey etc, perhaps you have resources I do not and I am always open to the learned experience of my peers. I am also very interested in the Algonquin's tradition with Datura. I am currently undertaking a project that would string narratives into a cohesive whole dating as far back as the Paleo period through the contact. If you are interested in speaking with me further send me a pm for I am wary of posting the entirety of my project online, but please discuss your thoughts, stories here --
I thank you for your time and look forward to speaking with you all,
Anthony

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 9 replies

Attention!!!!!! read this and only post researched material and information if your on a reservation and a true skin

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 13 Jun 2007 04:04:01 GMT

American Indian/Native American 1st Nati
moderated - created 06/13/04
This is a tribe dedicated to those who wish to learn about tradition....that has been researched. This is no place for New agers..I am sorry..please join another Skins tribe.I understand that you c... more
This is a tribe dedicated to those who wish to learn about tradition....that has been researched. This is no place for New agers..I am sorry..please join another Skins tribe.I understand that you can be into original traditions and live in 2 worlds and still not be a new ager
The information here posted should be backed up by a book of credible renown and have significance. This is not a place for games crack pots..new age spirituality. This is native American tradition...not progressive not new age...it is not a place to be a troll and start arguments....Fellow Native Americans/American Indians are welcome 1st and foremost...if your interested in joining please give a reason why...grandma was 1/2 Cherokee is not enough..I did a sweat in Sedona AZ is not enough..this is a tribe for the serious who want to contribute or learn.
Thank you.
Please note that if your remarks are off topic, new age or meant to start an argument..you will leave immediately by delete
Sciences are aloud as Geology anthropology, archeology do apply in some cases.Please use the posts as categories and place poems in the poem section etc. It gets confusing when someone new enters and DOESN"T read a string of thought and information but rather starts a new post..By all means start a new post if needed!

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

some of these posts belong..

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Wed, 13 Jun 2007 04:06:38 GMT

Some of these post belong in Native American (american Indian) original...this is not a place to post new age or other unreseached material...just not the place ..if the monitor has to he will house clean this tribe and posts

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

get real see the signs

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Sat, 02 Jun 2007 16:13:43 GMT

Hopi Elders pass warnings and prophecies from generation to generation
through oral traditions and reference to ancient rock pictographs and tablets.

Hopi Blue Star or Blue Kachina Prophecy

An ancient Hopi Indian prophecy states, "When the Blue Star Kachina makes its appearance in the heavens, the Fifth World will emerge". This will be the Day of Purification. The Hopi name for the star Sirius is Blue Star Kachina. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask.

[Note: Reality is a metaphor in which we quest to find answers to the greater truth of who we are and why we are here. Soemthing in our souls tells us that change is happening on a global consciousness level. The blue frequency is part of that. Sirius is Isis - Return to the feminine of higher frequency energies - Rebirth of Consciousness. Blue links to higher/future frequencies of consciousness as we spiral up through the patterns of Sacred Geometry. Blue - electricity - our reality as an electromagnetic energy grid program. Blue: Indigo children, the blue alien lady, Isis, the Pleiades, Sirius, blue galaxies, blue chakra, blue ray and ascended master, and much more that will come 'out of the blue'. Use search engine to discover more about 'blue'.]

Prophecy Rock

We Are All Related By Dr. Allen Ross

The end of all Hopi ceremonialism will come when a "Kachina" removes his mask during a dance in the plaza before uninitiated children [the general public]. For a while there will be no more ceremonies, no more faith. Then Oraibi will be rejuvenated with its faith and ceremonies, marking the start of a new cycle of Hopi life.

World War III will be started by those peoples who first revealed the light (the divine wisdom or intelligence) in the other old countries (India, China, Islamic Nations, Africa.)

The United States will be destroyed, land and people, by atomic bombs and radioactivity. Only the Hopis and their homeland will be preserved as an oasis to which refugees will flee. Bomb shelters are a fallacy. "It is only materialistic people who seek to make shelters. Those who are at peace in their hearts already are in the great shelter of life. There is no shelter for evil. Those who take no part in the making of world division by ideology are ready to resume life in another world, be they Black, White, Red, or Yellow race. They are all one, brothers."

The war will be "a spiritual conflict with material matters. Material matters will be destroyed by spiritual beings who will remain to create one world and one nation under one power, that of the Creator."

That time is not far off. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask. He represents a blue star, far off and yet invisible, which will make its appearance soon. The time is foretold by a song sung during the Wuwuchim ceremony. It was sung in 1914 just before World War I, and again in 1940 before World War II, describing the disunity, corruption, and hatred contaminating Hopi rituals, which were followed by the same evils spreading over the world. This same song was sung in 1961 during the Wuwuchim ceremony.

The Emergence to the future Fifth World has begun. It is being made by the humble people of little nations, tribes, and racial minorities. "You can read this in the earth itself. Plant forms from previous worlds are beginning to spring up as seeds [as described in SW-II, Effects and Coming Events # 1]. This could start a new study of botany if people were wise enough to read them. The same kinds of seeds are being planted in the sky as stars. The same kinds of seeds are being planted in our hearts. All these are the same, depending how you look at them. That is what makes the Emergence to the next, Fifth World.

"These comprise the nine most important prophecies of the Hopis, connected with the creation of the nine worlds: the three previous worlds on which we lived, the present Fourth World, the three future worlds we have yet to experience, and the world of Taiowa, the Creator, and his nephew, Sotuknang."

The Hopi and others who were saved from the Great Flood made a sacred covenant with the Great Spirit never to turn away from him. He made a set of sacred stone tablets, called Tiponi, into which he breathed his teachings, prophecies, and warnings. Before the Great Spirit hid himself again, he placed before the leaders of the four different racial groups four different colors and sizes of corn; each was to choose which would be their food in this world. The Hopi waited until last and picked the smallest ear of corn. At this, the Great Spirit said:

"It is well done. You have obtained the real corn, for all the others are imitations in which are hidden seeds of different plants. You have shown me your intelligence; for this reason I will place in your hands these sacred stone tablets, Tiponi, symbol of power and authority over all land and life to guard, protect, and hold in trust for me until I shall return to you in a later day, for I am the First and I am the Last."

The Great Chieftain of the Bow Clan led the faithful ones to this new land, but he fell into evil ways. His two sons scolded him for his mistake, and after he died they assumed the responsibilities of leadership. Each brother was given a set of Tiponi, and both were instructed to carry them to a place to which the Great Spirit directed them.

The elder brother [of the shining light] was told to go immediately to the east, toward the rising sun, and upon reaching his destination to start back immediately to look for his younger brother, who remained on Turtle Island [the Continental United States of America].

His mission was to help his younger brother to bring about the Purification Day, at which time all evildoers would be punished or destroyed, after which real peace, brotherhood, and everlasting life would be established. The elder brother would restore all land to his younger brother, from whom the Evil one among the white men had taken it. The elder brother [of the shining light] also would come to look for the Tiponi tablets and fulfill the mission given him by the Great Spirit.

The younger brother was instructed to travel throughout the land and mark his footsteps as he went about. Both brothers were told that a great white star would appear in the sky; when that happened, all people would know that the elder brother had reached his destination. Thereupon all people were to settle wherever they happened to be at that time, there to remain until the elder brother returned.

The Hopi settled in the area now known as Four Corners, where the state lines of Arizona, New Mexico, Utah and Colorado meet. They lived in humble simplicity and the land produced abundant crops. This area is the "heart" of Turtle Island [the U.S.] and of Mother Earth, and it is the microcosmic image of the macrocosm of the entire planet. Each Hopi clan perpetuates a unique ceremony, and the ceremonies together maintain the balance of natural forces of sunlight, rain and winds, and reaffirm the Hopi respect for all life and trust in the Great Spirit.

The Hopi were told that after a time White Men would come and take their land and try to lead the Hopi into evil ways. But in spite of all the pressures against them, the Hopi were told they must hold to their ancient religion and their land, though always without violence. If they succeeded, they were promised that their people and their land would be a center from which the True Spirit would be reawakened.

It is said that after many years the elder brother might change the color of his skin, but his hair will remain black. He will have the ability to write, and he will be the only person able to read the Tiponi. When he returns to find his younger brother, the Tiponi will be placed side by side to show all the world that they are true brothers. Then great judgment will take place, for the elder will help the younger brother to obtain real justice for all Indian brothers who have been cruelly mistreated by the white man since he came to Turtle Island.

The transformed elder brother, the True White Brother, will wear a red cloak or a red cap, similar to the pattern on the back of a horned toad. He will bring no religion but his own, and will bring with him the Tiponi tablets. He will be all-powerful; none will be able to stand against him. He will come swiftly, and in one day gain control of this entire continent. It is said, "If he comes from the East, the destruction will not be so bad. But if he comes from the West, do not get up on your housetops to see because he will have no mercy."

The True White Brother will bring with him two great, intelligent and powerful helpers, one of whom will have a sign of a swastika (a masculine symbol of purity), and the sign of the sun. The second great helper will have the sign of a celtic cross with red lines (representing female life blood) between the arms of the cross.

When the Great Purification is near, these helpers will shake the earth first for a short time in preparation. After they shake the earth two times more, they will be joined by the True White Brother, who will become one with them and bring the Purification Day to the world. All three will help the "younger brother" (the Hopi and other pure-hearted people) to make a better world. In the prophecies, the two helpers are designated by the Hopi word for "population," as if they were large groups of people.

The Hopi were warned that if these three great beings failed, terrible evil would befall the world and great numbers of people would be killed. However, it was said that they would succeed if enough Hopi remained true to the ancient spirit of their people. The True White Brother and his helpers will show the people of earth a great new life plan that will lead to everlasting life. The earth will become new and beautiful again, with an abundance of life and food. Those who are saved will share everything equally. All races will intermarry and speak one tongue and be a family.

Hopi prophecy states that World War III will be started by the people who first received the Light -- China, Palestine, India and Africa. When the war comes, the United States will be destroyed by "gourds of ashes" which will fall to the ground, boiling the rivers and burning the earth, where no grass will grow for many years, and causing a disease that no medicine can cure. This can only mean nuclear or atomic bombs; no other weapon causes such effects. Bomb shelters will be useless, for "Those who are at peace in their hearts already are in the Great Shelter of Life. There is no shelter for evil. When the Saquahuh (blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask, the time of the great trial will be here." The Hopi believe that only they will be saved.

The Hopi also have prophesied that "Turtle Island could turn over two or three times and the oceans could join hands and meet the sky." This seems to be a prophecy of a "pole shift" -- a flipping, of the planet on its axis. The Hopi call this imminent condition -- and that of society today -- "Koyaanisqatsi", which means "world out of balance...a state of life that calls for another way. "

The following extraordinary Hopi prophecy was first published in a mimeographed manuscript that circulated among several Methodist and Presbyterian churches in 1959. Some of the prophecies were published in 1963 by Frank Waters in The Book of the Hopi. The account begins by describing how, while driving along a desert highway one hot day in the summer of 1958, a minister named David Young stopped to offer a ride to an Indian elder, who accepted with a nod. After riding in silence for several minutes, the Indian said:

"I am White Feather, a Hopi of the ancient Bear Clan. In my long life I have traveled through this land, seeking out my brothers, and learning from them many things full of wisdom. I have followed the sacred paths of my people, who inhabit the forests and many lakes in the east, the land of ice and long nights in the north, and the places of holy altars of stone built many years ago by my brothers' fathers in the south. From all these I have heard the stories of the past, and the prophecies of the future. Today, many of the prophecies have turned to stories, and few are left -- the past grows longer, and the future grows shorter.

"And now White Feather is dying. His sons have all joined his ancestors, and soon he too shall be with them. But there is no one left, no one to recite and pass on the ancient wisdom. My people have tired of the old ways -- the great ceremonies that tell of our origins, of our emergence into the Fourth World, are almost all abandoned, forgotten, yet even this has been foretold. The time grows short.

"My people await Pahana, the lost White Brother, [from the stars] as do all our brothers in the land. He will not be like the white men we know now, who are cruel and greedy. we were told of their coming long ago. But still we await Pahana.

"He will bring with him the symbols, and the missing piece of that sacred tablet now kept by the elders, given to him when he left, that shall identify him as our True White Brother.

"The Fourth World shall end soon, and the Fifth World will begin. This the elders everywhere know. The Signs over many years have been fulfilled, and so few are left.

"This is the First Sign: We are told of the coming of the white-skinned men, like Pahana, but not living like Pahana men who took the land that was not theirs. And men who struck their enemies with thunder.

"This is the Second Sign: Our lands will see the coming of spinning wheels filled with voices. In his youth, my father saw this prophecy come true with his eyes -- the white men bringing their families in wagons across the prairies."

"This is the Third Sign: A strange beast like a buffalo but with great long horns, will overrun the land in large numbers. These White Feather saw with his eyes -- the coming of the white men's cattle."

"This is the Fourth Sign: The land will be crossed by snakes of iron."

"This is the Fifth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed by a giant spider's web."

"This is the Sixth sign: The land shall be criss-crossed with rivers of stone that make pictures in the sun."

"This is the Seventh Sign: You will hear of the sea turning black, and many living things dying because of it."

"This is the Eight Sign: You will see many youth, who wear their hair long like my people, come and join the tribal nations, to learn their ways and wisdom.

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of my people will cease.

"These are the Signs that great destruction is coming. The world shall rock to and fro. The white man will battle against other people in other lands -- with those who possessed the first light of wisdom. There will be many columns of smoke and fire such as White Feather has seen the white man make in the deserts not far from here. Only those which come will cause disease and a great dying.

"Many of my people, understanding the prophecies, shall be safe. Those who stay and live in the places of my people also shall be safe. Then there will be much to rebuild. And soon -- very soon afterward -- Pahana will return. He shall bring with him the dawn of the Fifth World. He shall plant the seeds of his wisdom in their hearts. Even now the seeds are being planted. These shall smooth the way to the Emergence into the Fifth World.

"But White Feather shall not see it. I am old and dying. You -- perhaps will see it. In time, in time..."

The old Indian fell silent. They had arrived at his destination, and Reverend David Young stopped to let him out of the car. They never met again. Reverend Young died in 1976, so he did not live to see the further fulfillment of this remarkable prophecy.

The signs are interpreted as follows: The First Sign is of guns. The Second Sign is of the pioneers' covered wagons. The Third Sign is of longhorn cattle. The Fourth Sign describes the railroad tracks. The Fifth Sign is a clear image of our electric power and telephone lines. The Sixth Sign describes concrete highways and their mirage-producing effects. The Seventh Sign foretells of oil spills in the ocean. The Eighth Sign clearly indicates the "Hippy Movement" of the 1960s. The Ninth Sign was the U.S. Space Station Skylab, which fell to Earth in 1979. According to Australian eye-witnesses, it appeared to be burning blue.

Another Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon -- obviously anticipating the Apollo 11 mission that returned with samples of lunar basalt. It this was done, the Hopi warned, the balance of natural and universal laws and forces would be disturbed, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today, though of course not necessarily because of Moon rocks.

The Hopi also predicted that when the "heart" of the Hopi land trust is dug up, great disturbances will develop in the balance of nature, for the Hopi holy land is the microcosmic image of the entire planet; any violations of nature in the Four Corners region will be reflected and amplified all over the Earth.

In 1959, a six-man delegation of traditional Hopi leaders led by the late spiritual leader, Dan Katchongva, traveled to the United Nations Building in New York to fulfill a sacred mission in accordance with ancient Hopi instructions. Because of their prophetic knowledge, the Hopi leaders felt it was time to go east to the edge of their motherland, where "a house of mica" [The United Nations building] would stand at this time, where Great Leaders from many lands would be gathered to help any people who are in trouble."

They were to go when the motherland of the Hopi and other Indian brothers were about to be taken away from them and their way of life was in danger of being completely destroyed by evil ones among the White Men and by some other Indian brothers who were influenced by the White Race. This is a clear and present danger: the betrayal of Indian-U.S.A. treaties, land sales, and coal and uranium mining are destroying the Hopi land and its people -- and all other peoples and lands, in eventual effect...

According to prophecy, at least one, two or three leaders or nations would hear and understand the Hopi warnings, as "It is told that they too should know these ancient instructions". Upon hearing the message of the Hopi, they would act immediately to correct many wrongs being done to the chosen race -- the Red Man who was granted permission to hold in trust all land and life for the Great Spirit. This prophecy would seem to have failed. Hopi prophecy also declares that the doors of the "Glass House" would be closed to them. This was the case at first, though they have delivered their message to the United Nations Assembly since then:

"When the Great Leaders in the Glass House refuse to open the door to you when you stand before it that day, [Repeated, again in 1993] do not be discouraged or turn about on the path you walk, but take courage, determination, and be of great rejoicing in your hearts, for on that day the White Race who are on your land with you have cut themselves from you and thereon lead themselves to the Greatest Punishment at the Day of Purification. Many shall be destroyed for their sins and evil ways. The Great Spirit has decreed it and no one can stop it, change it, or add anything to it. It shall be fulfilled!"

On August 7, 1970, a spectacular UFO sighting was witnessed by dozens of people and photographed by Chuck Roberts of the Prescott (Arizona)"Courier". This sighting occurred after a "UFO calling" by Paul Solem and several Hopi Indians. This sighting was interpreted by some Hopis as being a partial fulfillment of a certain Hopi prophecy given by the Great Spirit Maasau and inscribed on Second Mesa, warning of the coming of Purification Day, when the true Hopi will be flown to other planets in "ships without wings."

Hopi prophecy also tells us that there will be a mass migration of Indians northward from Mexico and Central and South America. The migration will be led by a 130-year old Indian named Etchata Etchana. The movement will come after the huge fire and explosion that will herald the advent of the True White Brother.

According to Hopi belief, the survivors of the Great Deluge thousands of years ago split up into four groups that moved north, south, east and west. Only one group completed their journey -- to the North Pole and back -- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which the Great Spirit Maasau traveled. When he landed, he drew a petroglyph on Second Mesa, showing a maiden (with the traditional "butterfly" hair arrangement) riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph signified the coming Day of Purification when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "ships without wings."

The prophecy also warns that there will be three divisions among the Hopi The first division was in 1906 between the Traditionalists and the Modernists. The Traditionalists were forced to leave Oraibi and move to Hotevilla. The second division took place in the wake of the spectacular appearance of UFOs in August, 1970.

Prophecy Rock

Near Oraibi, Arizona, there is a petroglyph known as Prophecy Rock which symbolizes many Hopi prophecies. Its interpretation is:

The large human figure on the left is the Great Spirit. The bow in his left hand represents his instructions to the Hopi to lay down their weapons. The vertical line to the right of the Great Spirit is a time scale in thousands of years. The point at which the great Spirit touches the line is the time of his return.

The "life path" established by the Great Spirit divides into the lower, narrow path of continuous Life in harmony with nature and the wide upper road of white man's scientific achievements. The bar between the paths, above the cross, is the coming of white men; the Cross is that of Christianity. The circle below the cross represents the continuous Path of Life.

The four small human figures on the upper road represent, on one level, the past three worlds and the present; on another level, the figures indicate that some of the Hopi will travel the white man's path, having been seduced by its glamour.

The two circles on the lower Path of Life are the "great shaking of the earth" (World Wars One and Two). The swastika in the sun and the Celtic cross represent the two helpers of Pahana, the True White Brother.

The short line that returns to the straight Path of Life is the last chance for people to turn back to nature before the upper road disintegrates and dissipates. The small circle above the Path of Life, after the last chance, is the Great Purification, after which corn will grow in abundance again when the Great Spirit returns. And the Path of Life continues forever...

The Hopi shield in the lower right corner symbolizes the Earth and the Four-Corners area where the Hopi have been reserved. The arms of the cross also represent the four directions in which they migrated according to the instructions of the Great Spirit.

The dots represent the four colors of Hopi corn, and the four racial colors of humanity.

Hopi Prophecy

Martin Gashweseoma
Traditional Hopi Elder and Guardian of the
Sacred Stone Tablets of the Fire Clan

Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon. If this were done, the Hopi warned, the balance of natural and universal laws and forces would be disturbed, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today, though of course not necessarily because of Moon rocks.

On August 7, 1970, a spectacular UFO sighting was witnessed by dozens of people and photographed by Chuck Roberts of the Prescott Courier. This occurred after a "UFO calling" by several Hopi Indians and was interpreted by some Hopis as being a partial fulfillment of a certain inscribed on Second Mesa, warning of the coming of Purification Day, when the true Hopi will be flown to other planets in "ships without wings."

The survivors of the Great Deluge thousands of years ago split up into four groups that moved in all four directions. Only one group completed their journey -- to the North Pole and back -- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which the Great Spirit Massau'u traveled. Upon landing, he drew a petroglyph on Second Mesa, showing a maiden riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph signified the coming Day of Purification when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "ships without wings."

The Hopi also predicted that when the heart of the Hopi land trust is dug up, great disturbances will develop in the balance of nature, for the Hopi holy land is the microcosmic image of the entire planet; any violations of nature in the Four Corners region will be reflected and amplified all over the Earth.

Martin Gasheseoma said recently that Hopi "elders told us that when the plants blossom in the middle of winter, we would need to go to Santa Fe to warn everyone of suffering and destruction to come unless they change their ways. Last year, in the middle of winter the plants began to blossom."

How much suffering and destruction will accompany the time of the purification, and what will be its end result? Martin Gasheseoma foretells judgment in front of a big mirror and death to those who are evil and wicked, with only a handful of people surviving in every nation overseas who will then come to this continent, "which we call heaven."

"All the suffering going on in this country with the tornadoes, floods, and earthquakes is carried on the breath of Mother Earth because she is in pain," says Roberta Blackgoat, an elder of the Independent Dineh (Navajo) Nation at Big Mountain. She explains that the Four Corners area is particularly sacred because it literally holds Mother Earth's internal organs -- coal and uranium which the Bureau of Indian Affairs has allowed the Peabody Coal Mine to mine. "They are trying to take her precious guts out for money," says Blackgoat. "My grandfather told me that coal is like the liver, and uranium is both the heart and lungs of Mother Earth." Hopi and Navajo traditionalists are fighting the mining.

These life and death matters will be determined when Pahana returns, and theories abound as to Pahana's identity. Since Pahana has also been called the White Brother, and since he is to return from the east, Hopi of past centuries wondered whether he could have been a Spaniard or an Anglo and devised tests for determining the true Pahana, including knowledge of the greeting of brotherhood, similarities of religious beliefs, and possession of the missing piece of the stone tablet. Many were tested, including Catholics, Baptists, and Mormons, but none passed to the satisfaction of traditional Hopi.

HOPI PROPHECIES CONTINUED

HOPI CIVILIZATION

HOPI CREATION

NATIVE AMERICAN PROPHECIES

PROPHETS AND PROPHECIES INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ALL FILES

CRYSTALINKS MAIN PAGE

CRYSTALINKS MAILING LIST, NEWSLETTER, UPDATES

PSYCHIC READING WITH ELLIE

Google Enter your search terms Submit search form

Search Crystalinks Web

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 1 reply

Sitting Bull 'GATHERING' Message

truthgathering — Fri, 01 Jun 2007 03:02:24 GMT

Sitting Bull 'GATHERING' Message

The 'GATHERING' message appears below my explanation.

I think it's time to tell the truth because we may be running out of time. Time has already run out for many people. I believe the following message is from the soul who was Sitting Bull. I am posting this message in support of the World Gathering, 25/26 August 2007.

I would rather this message, for the time being at least, not go far outside Indian / Native American circles. If Indians would like to pass it on to other Turtle Islanders - that is fine. If you wish to send it on to other of the world's indigenous peoples, and perhaps non-indigenous people, that is up to your choice. For now, it feels like this message should first-line go to native peoples of North America.

I have not promoted this message since the 'Start of the World Gathering for Truth' in 2000, however the message has sat quietly on the Internet in a few places since that time.

This message now appears on the Internet here:
http://www.worldgathering.net/worldgathering.html#crucial

Although this message is nine years old in origin I feel it is really meant for now: 2007 and the next year or two. I feel that because now really is the time for the Gathering. The world is getting dangerous, millions of people are dying in very unusual circumstances. And at the same time many people want to communicate and exchange the information and views they have.

In August 1998, I went to 'The Gathering' in north Wales, British Isles. A very large lodge had been built (please don't jump on my case as a knee-jerk reaction, the native Celts here had a very similar culture to the Indians of North America although, admittedly, the lodge had a distinctly North American feel).

Two medicine women came from North America. Also there was a psychic lady from Holland who brought a very interesting message which was read near the start of the gathering. As far as I remember she said the message was from 'White Wolf'. This message really got through to me, it was strong and clear and seemed to cut through the fog of our daily 'modern' lives.

I kept the Dutch woman's phone number, and in 1999, I phoned her up. She told me that 'White Wolf' is one of two names used by the soul who was Sitting Bull. He had come back, again, into my life. Around 1993, when friends and myself were close to hovering craft in the area of the crop patterns in southern England, many people were dreaming of Sitting Bull and were receiving messages to gather at the White Horse hill carvings, etc.

I have more memories of Sitting Bull, and an Indian lifetime I had, but they are personal.

I am not trying to pinch your culture, I have my own right now: native Celtic.

The only reason I am passing this message on - quite possibly from Sitting Bull - is because I feel it is important.

Please let us not waste time and effort throwing things at each other over whether this really is from Sitting Bull. Instead - I ask - we read the words and see if they may be important for our present situation, Then, above all else - let's take action.

A grumbling and building thunderstorm was over this area just before the opportunity appeared to send this to the indigenous people of North America.

World Gathering 25 & 26 August 2007
http://www.worldgathering.net

---------

The Planet Has Come To A Crucial Time – By Sitting Bull

Express your wishes and your truths. Now is the time to express your thoughts and feelings, your hopes, wishes and plans. Exchange the information and ideas you have. Your truths, that which humanity really wishes, have to be expressed.

The People and Ancestors who will come together shall ring in a return, a turn around. There will come a flow on earth which will burst the dark energies surrounding you and your planet.

It is very important that as many people as possible, in different places, should take part in The Gathering. Decide where and when and how to gather. Your participation is required. This is the beginning of the break we are all waiting for; you all on earth and ourselves, out here.

Trust your intuition, the planet is in trouble.

This is the beginning of the turn around.

Reconnect with your own spirit, the spirit of truth within you.

There were made some agreements which need to be complied with. You may be a part of this plan. Now is the time for action… local action... internet discussion… global debate. I tell you again: your participation is needed.

The next twelve months are crucial. Now is the time for the truth. It is time.

Tatanka Yotanka, The Sitting Bull

---------
Dan Evehema, Hopi Nation elder: “We are at the final stages now… so as our prophecy says. Then it must be up to the people with pure hearts that will not be afraid to help us to fulfil our destiny in peace for this world.”
---------

World Gathering 25 & 26 August 2007
http://www.worldgathering.net

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

World Gathering - 25 & 26 August 2007

truthgathering — Fri, 01 Jun 2007 03:00:53 GMT

World Gathering - 25 & 26 August 2007

Please forward to friends, contacts and mailing lists.
---

World Gathering
- 25 & 26 August 2007
- Saturday and Sunday
http://www.worldgathering.net
http://www.michael-irving.com
(These 2 websites are mirror images of each other.)

- WORLD GATHERING 25 & 26 AUGUST 2007
- All Night Gathering On Hilltops Worldwide
- Use Powerful Flashlights To Signal Other Hilltops
- Time For The Gathering - New Dawn Coming
- Truth For The World - Peace For The World
- Global Meetings - Global Powwows
- The Truth Is Coming
- 25 & 26 AUGUST 2007 WORLD GATHERING
- HILLTOPS WORLDWIDE - BE THERE!

------------------
"Whatever you can do, or dream you can do, begin it.
Boldness has genius, power and magic in it." - Goethe
------------------
"A very great vision is needed and the person who
has it must follow it as the eagle seeks the deepest
blue of the sky." - Chief Crazy Horse
------------------

WORLD GATHERING - August 2007
Saturday August 25 and Sunday August 26
Three Events In One .....
(1) Saturday - DAY: Meet with friends and
contacts and discuss the world situation.
(2) Saturday - NIGHT: Meet on a hilltop and
shine a beacon of hope through the night.
(3) Sunday - DAY: Meet with friends and
contacts and discuss the world situation.

The main details for the World Gathering are here:
http://www.worldgathering.net/gathering.html
http://www.michael-irving.com/gathering.html

Arrange Meetings, Powwows, and Hilltop 'Beacon'
vigils for Saturday and Sunday, 25th & 26th August.
Then, send your event details to the email on this page:
http://www.worldgathering.net/contact.html
http://www.michael-irving.com/contact.html

Details of LOCAL 'World Gatherings' will be displayed
under fourteen 'World Regions'; then by Country/Nation;
then by area, state, etc. The main index for the details
of LOCAL 'World Gatherings' is on this webpage:
http://www.worldgathering.net/events.html
http://www.michael-irving.com/events.html

The World Gathering is being launched at the end of
May, 2007, so there may not be many details at our
websites for Local Events until the end of June.

'What should I organise in my area for the World
Gathering?' - Ideas and suggestions on this webpage:
http://www.worldgathering.net/yourevent.html
http://www.michael-irving.com/yourevent.html

Join our Google and/or Yahoo Newsletter lists:
http://groups.google.com/group/worldgathering
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/worldgathering

Watch a short, 'World Gathering' slideshow video at
either Google Video or YouTube. Search at Google
Video or YouTube for: 'WORLD GATHERING'.

Please help publicise this unusual and unique global
linkup. Print out posters; place a WG banner on your
website; forward our Update mailings to your friends,
contacts, and mailing lists; and tell friends about
the World Gathering video at Google and YouTube.
Ideas and materials for WG promotion here:
http://www.worldgathering.net/publicity.html
http://www.michael-irving.com/publicity.html

------------------
"Use every letter you write, every conversation
you have, every meeting you attend, to express your
fundamental beliefs and dreams. Affirm to others
the vision of the world you want."
- Dr Robert Muller, formerly of the U.N.
------------------
“We are at the final stages now… so as our prophecy
says. Then it must be up to the people with pure hearts
that will not be afraid to help us to fulfil our destiny
in peace for this world.” - Dan Evehema, Hopi Nation
------------------

Additional 'World Gathering' inspiration here:
http://www.worldgathering.net/worldgathering.html
http://www.michael-irving.com/worldgathering.html

- WORLD GATHERING 25 & 26 AUGUST 2007
- All Night Gathering On Hilltops Worldwide
- Use Powerful Flashlights To Signal Other Hilltops
- Time For The Gathering - New Dawn Coming
- Truth For The World - Peace For The World
- Global Meetings - Global Powwows
- The Truth Is Coming
- 25 & 26 AUGUST 2007 WORLD GATHERING
- HILLTOPS WORLDWIDE - BE THERE!

World Gathering
25 & 26 August 2007
http://www.worldgathering.net
http://www.michael-irving.com
(These 2 websites are mirror images of each other.)

Please forward to friends, contacts and mailing lists.

Thank you. World Gathering.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Klamath river's issues told on film

Thu, 31 May 2007 16:56:39 GMT

"The struggle over the Klamath River's dams may soon hit the big screen.

Independent filmmakers from Munich, Germany, have been documenting the process as Portland, Ore.-based PacifiCorp seeks to renew a 50-year federal license to operate its dams on the waterway. Area tribes, fishermen and farmers have sought to block the federal permit, pointing to water quality problems, a 2002 fish kill when more than 60,000 salmon washed up on the river banks and last year's commercial salmon fishing closure along 700 miles of the West Coast."

the full story is here www.triplicate.com/news/story.cfm

also, more info here http://www.upstreambattle.com/

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Sacred Salmon Ceremony June 2 & 3

Mon, 28 May 2007 20:21:25 GMT

This wonderful event takes place in Gold Hill, Oregon.

from Agnes Baker Pilgrim's website:

"Sacred Salmon Ceremony - New Date, New Place

We now have access to the original place where the Sacred Salmon Ceremony has been held for thousands of years!

So we have decided to move the Ceremony and chose another date -- Saturday, June 2.

The date has been changed from the usual time (second Saturday in June) so that the descendants of Rogue Valley Indians from the Confederated Tribes of Siletz will be able to attend this historic event.

We very much regret that this is the same date as the Veterans' Powwow. Many of us are planning to visit the Powwow on Saturday evening.

DIRECTIONS

Interstate 5 to Gold Hill Exit 40. Drive towards Gold Hill. Go left at Stop sign. Take immediate right turn at train tracks to Upper River Road. Drive 1 mile. Parking and camping on right.

For more information, see related stories on this website. http://www.agnesbakerpilgrim.org/Page.asp?PID=90

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

names

Pequamo — Sat, 26 May 2007 15:13:01 GMT

I am not denegrating anyone here but I always wonder why the names of those coming late to the American Indian culture, seem to adopt the identity of familiar creatures e.g., eagles, hawks,bears, horses, etc.I cannot think of any of my family members that have such names. Most of my people tend to have names e.g., One Who speaks to the Lance, or Young Dog, White Pigeon, Good Speaker,Fire Tender,and humorous names, like, Falls in the Mud& Mosquito Eater, though generally in the language of our people.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 2 replies

Tonight is a night which is not ending soon. The dawn is arising and an eye has not closed.......

Wed, 16 May 2007 10:50:46 GMT

Tonight I sat here in my home office and decided to write a post to everyone of my tribes. So it is your turn...... :) Today was a good day for me, good rest, good food, blessings, flowers to plant, and the yellow jackets weren't so bad today. In two hours the light will be here, the dawn returns one more time to stay for a day. I will sleep when sunbeams flash on my blind. For now I am thinking of living in nature someday when I publish and get the money. I see that happening, but it is very disciplined. I think of my brothers and sisters of the past, how they had to show bravery, the women diligently worked so hard. They prospered when they were left alone. That is how people should be on earth. Left alone to live the way they want to live............Blessings............Nancy Child of the Wolf....................I wrote this poem tonight for you.........Adobe Blue

Strong Native arms; basking in the sun spot
Stopping to rest for fifteen minutes of nothing.

In their minds the land is calling for freedom, and truth
Caught up in never ending confusion of two worlds.

Colliding into a symphony of unrest
The white and red dance
What can be done?

Tradition is the sacred past and future for youth
Keep the campfires burning
And graves in the air with feather and wind

As we go to the temptation of the holy streets
Young men struggle to “think out” their future
What azure clouds reveal; is return to the land.

Sapphire ideas drift in the wood smoke
Around a lodge of buckskin, and beautiful flowing hair
Walking softly in the night, like wolves in flight.

Slow down, the time is coming soon
When you can bury yourself in your heritage again
Things will never be the same, but birthright is going to bloom.

Your brother’s voice determines what is said
Grave permissions to dance your dance
As the cobalt shawls twirl into the winds

The bricks fall into place
The depression rises like the sun
Only the Great Spirit leads the men to the water to drink from the well.

And now great hope from this writer
Is wished upon all the souls swirling around, and round
Wondering what happened to the People.

They are right here
In the wind, rain, and forests
In the very deep part of us all.

That’s why the Blood calls
To those innocents; finding they are home again on the lands…………..

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

Memories by Nancy Child of the Wolf

Fri, 11 May 2007 06:47:11 GMT

I am not near Native, but the Blood that is in me calls to me and I have finally come to terms with this challenge. It has meant clearing and cleansing myself of all negativity, and baggage in my life. As a child growing up, I experienced sprinkles of what Native Americans were like. I read about them a lot. Books on these peaceful, natural People. The rides through the reservations, being given a red and white beaded necklace from a wonderful Native woman for painting a school house. In Taos, NM in the fifties; seeing four Native men; eating flat bread, taking a break from building adobe cabins in the woods where black bears still climbed trees and played. Cemeteries modernized to small white crosses instead of beads and feathers in trees. A sacred and holy place where cars passed by in curious paths. These holy places marred by onlookers. Seeing museums with ancient beads, the small pale blue beads covering the toes of moccasins a hundred years old. I imagined talking to the People who wore them, in childish and now adult wonder. The Blood calls me now; in my aging process. I had an ancestor, and I am proud that Comastokee is in me. Only a passing husband and wife long long ago when people owned tents instead of homes; and followed the rails to work. The People are very responsible for my creativity, my words on paper, the poems I write. I have been frustrated with traveling the path of the Native, as I travel it alone. I now have built my own relationship with Natives by my rituals and naive traditions. For I am eternally grateful for who I am; and the spiritual path of the Wolf that has been assigned to me by the Great Spirit; for only the Earth Mother, and I know that I have become someone with special power to bring thought, tenderness, and power to my readers. I may not be among you; but I feel I am among you all the time. The power is great.
I am glad to be in this tribe...............Blessings Nancy Child of the Wolf

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 0 replies

"Scrubbed White" a film by one Native American, about one Native American (possibly more..possibly you)

Kalonapossessorofpeace — Tue, 23 Jan 2007 03:07:25 GMT

Cost $10.95 as a special offer to tribe members and those who support Native Americans and have a sincere interest in our culture, past and present. To order contact me at: Kalonasahaniwaya@aol.com or message me....Film cover ad on my homepage

SYNOPSIS:
An Autobiographical tale, in keeping with oral tradition,
Western Civilization and acculturation.

LIVING IN TWO WORLDS
Who and What is Scrubbed White?

This short experimental film joins together the Native American ”Indian” history or oral traditional story telling with contemporary images, both abstract and representational, evoking and representing memory and thought.

It poignantly addresses while questioning issues of sociopolitical values and ethics with underlying post modern and politically correct notions of western thought, the PC era.

Living in two worlds, Scrubbed White's character faces the challenges and barriers of preconceived, antiquated, and stereotypical views of Native Americans in contemporary Western Society, while struggling for his place, being an educated man of color in the United States.

Striving to keep his Native American Culture, Spirituality and beliefs alive within himself, he finds that he must keep that part of himself secretly hidden, to survive, and in order to participate and become accepted in a Western homogenized ”Scrubbed White” world.

The Character is torn, confused dismayed and indeed questions his place and existence within the larger scheme of reality.

Both provoking and enlightening, this film enrages its audience with an educated approach, asking while not preaching to its audience to question, evaluate and examine for themselves, WHO and What is Scrubbed White?

It is the artist's wish that the images and spirit of the film will touch the viewer's very soul and social consciousness.

posted in American Indian/Native American 1st Nati - 3 replies